F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment - Joint Base Elmendorf ...

F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment 

Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson, Alaska 

June 2011



Our goal is to give you a reader-friendly document that provides an in-depth, accurate analysis of potential environmental consequences. 

The organization of this Environmental Assessment, or EA, is shown below: 

Executive Summary 

Chapter 1.0 Purpose and Need for F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 

1.1 Background 

1.2 Purpose of F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 

1.3 Need for F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 

Chapter 2.0 Description of Proposed Action and Alternatives 

2.1 Proposed Action Elements Affecting JBER-Elmendorf 

2.2 Proposed Action Elements Affecting Alaskan Airspace 

2.3 Alternatives Considered But Not Carried Forward 

2.4 No Action Alternative 

2.5 Environmental Impact Analysis Process 

2.6 Regulatory Compliance 

2.7 Environmental Comparison of the Proposed Action and No Action Alternative 

Chapter 3.0 Affected Environment 

3.1 Airspace Management and Air Traffic Control 

3.2 Noise 

3.3 Safety 

3.4 Air Quality 

3.5 Hazardous Materials and Waste Management 

3.6 Biological Resources 

3.7 Cultural Resources 

3.8 Land Use, Transportation, and Recreation 

3.9 Socioeconomics 

3.10 Environmental Justice 

Chapter 4.0 Environmental Consequences 

4.1 Airspace Management 

4.2 Noise 

4.3 Safety 








Chapter 5.0 Cumulative Impacts 

5.1 Cumulative Effects Analysis 

5.2 Other Environmental Considerations 

References 

How to Use This Document 

This Environmental Assessment (EA) is prepared to 

help the reader understand the environmental 

consequences of the Proposed Action to plus-up the 

two F-22 squadrons at JBER-Elmendorf. Chapter 1.0 

and 2.0 present the purpose and details of the 

proposed beddown. 

Chapter 3.0 explains the affected environment of the 

proposed F-22 plus-up at JBER and within the Alaskan 

training airspace. The No Action Alternative is also 

addressed. 

Chapter 4.0 explains the environmental consequences 

of the proposed F-22 plus-up at JBER and training 

within the Alaskan training airspace. The No Action 

Alternative is also addressed. 

Public, Alaska Native, and Agency comments are 

incorporated into this EA. 

The box to the left summarizes the EA contents. 

Acronyms and Abbreviations can be found on the 

inside back cover. 

List of Preparers 

Appendices

Cover Sheet 

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (EA) FOR 

THE F-22 PLUS-UP AT JOINT BASE ELMENDORF-RICHARDSON (JBER) 

a. Responsible Agency: United States Air Force (Air Force) 

b. Proposals and Actions: This EA analyzes the potential environmental consequences of a proposal to plus-up the existing F-22 

operational wing at JBER with six primary and one backup aircraft. In 2007, following the 2006 decision to beddown the 

second F-22 operational wing at Elmendorf AFB, 42 of the 60 F-15 primary aircraft assigned to then Elmendorf AFB were 

replaced by 36 F-22 primary and four backup aircraft. Subsequently, the remaining F-15C squadron of 18 primary aircraft 

was reassigned from Elmendorf AFB, leaving what is now JBER with 36 F-22 primary aircraft. The Proposed Action is to 

beddown six additional primary and one backup F-22 aircraft; conduct flying sorties at the base with F-22s operating with 

approximately 25 percent of departures from the cross-wind runway; train in existing Alaskan airspace; and implement 

personnel changes to conform to the F-22 Wing requirements. The additional F-22s would result in two squadrons each 

with 21 primary and two backup F-22 aircraft, and one attrition reserve aircraft, for a total of 47 F-22 aircraft. Personnel 

changes associated with the F-22 plus-up would result in an increase of 103 positions at the base. F-22 training flights 

would take place on existing Alaskan Military Operations Areas (MOAs), Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace (ATCAAs), 

and ranges. During training, F-22s would continue to train at supersonic speeds, employ defensive chaff and flare 

countermeasures in airspace authorized for their use, and deploy munitions on approved ranges. The No Action 

Alternative would not locate additional F-22s at JBER at this time. 

c. For Additional Information: 673d Air Base Wing Public Affairs, Environmental Community Affairs Coordinator, 10480 22 nd 

St., Ste. 118, JBER AK, 99506. Telephone inquiries may be made to 907-552-5756. 

d. Designation: Environmental Assessment (April 2011 draft). 

e. Abstract: This EA has been prepared in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The analysis 

focused on the following environmental resources: airspace management and air traffic control, noise, safety, air quality, 

hazardous materials and waste management, biological resources, cultural resources, land use, socioeconomics, and 

environmental justice. 

Airspace management would not be impacted by the additional six primary F-22 aircraft. Additional portions of the Knik 

Arm, the Port of Anchorage, and land west of the Knik Arm would experience noise levels of 65 decibels (dB) Day-Night 

Average Sound Level (L dn) or greater, but this change is not projected to significantly impact any human or natural 

resources, including threatened or endangered species. On February 22, 2011, the National Marine Fisheries Service 

evaluated the potential consequences and issued a finding of may affect but not likely to adversely affect Cook Inlet beluga 

whales. There would be no construction required. Hence, there would be no construction noise, no construction air 

emissions and no impacts to JBER cultural resources. Any hazardous materials associated with aircraft would be handled 

in the existing specialized F-22 maintenance facility and controlled to protect air and water resources. An increase of 103 

base positions (less than one percent of base employment) is not expected to substantially affect commute times and would 

result in no measurable effect upon the regional economy. No on- or off-base residences are exposed to noise levels greater 

than 80 dB L dn. Workers on JBER are protected against possible noise impacts by adherence to DoD noise management 

guidelines. The 65 dB L dn noise contours would not extend off base over residential areas. Disadvantaged populations 

would not be disproportionately affected by the proposed plus-up, and there would be no health or safety impacts to 

children. 

The additional aircraft would not affect airspace management in existing Alaskan training airspace, including Special Use 

Airspace (SUA). The F-22 pilot’s improved situational awareness and the F-22 normal training altitude are expected to 

result in no safety impacts to civil aviation. F-22 Class A mishap rates per 100,000 flight hours are expected to be 

comparable to those of the F-15. The increase in noise between baseline conditions and the Proposed Action would be 1 dB 

L dnmr or less in all training airspaces. The additional F-22s would result in one to three additional sonic booms per month 

under approved training airspaces. This is not expected to affect special-status or game species, although Alaska Natives or 

others who reside or spend extensive time under the airspace could experience increased annoyance. Air quality, land use, 

recreation, and cultural resources would not be affected by the additional six primary aircraft. Chaff and flare use and 

munitions training by the additional F-22s on approved ranges would be expected to increase proportionate to the 

additional F-22 training, or approximately 16.7 percent from existing F-22 use. No safety or biological consequences from 

continued chaff and flare or munitions use are anticipated. 

With the previous departure of the three F-15 squadrons from JBER, No Action would affect the Air Force consolidation of 

F-22 aircraft to maximize aircraft for contingencies and would affect the enhancement of F-22 operational flexibility.

This page intentionally left blank.

F-22 Plus-Up 

Environmental Assessment 

Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson, 

Alaska 

June 2011



Table of Contents 


ACRONYMS .................................................................................................................. Inside Back Cover 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .................................................................................................................. ES-1 

1.0 PURPOSE AND NEED FOR F-22 PLUS-UP AT JBER ........................................................... 1-1 

1.1 Background ........................................................................................................................... 1-1 

1.1.1 Aircraft Characteristics of the F-22.......................................................................... 1-3 

1.1.2 Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER)............................................................... 1-5 

1.2 Purpose of F-22 Plus-Up at JBER ......................................................................................... 1-5 

1.3 Need for the F-22 Plus-Up at JBER ...................................................................................... 1-6 

2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES ............................ 2-1 

2.1 Proposed Action Elements Affecting JBER-Elmendorf ......................................................... 2-2 

2.1.1 JBER-Elmendorf Flight Activities ........................................................................... 2-2 

2.1.2 JBER-Elmendorf Facilities ...................................................................................... 2-3 

2.1.3 JBER-Elmendorf Personnel ..................................................................................... 2-5 

2.2 Proposed Action Elements Affecting Alaskan Airspace ............................................................ 2-5 

2.2.1 F-22 Training Flights Within Alaskan Airspace .................................................... 2-12 

2.2.2 Air-to-Ground Training .......................................................................................... 2-14 

2.2.3 Defensive Countermeasures ................................................................................... 2-14 

2.3 Alternatives Considered But Not Carried Forward ............................................................. 2-16 

2.3.1 Alternative Locations ............................................................................................. 2-16 

2.3.2 Alternative Flight Operations at JBER .................................................................. 2-16 

2.4 No Action Alternative ......................................................................................................... 2-16 

2.5 Environmental Impact Analysis Process ............................................................................. 2-17 

2.5.1 EA Organization .................................................................................................... 2-17 

2.5.2 Scope of Resource Analysis ................................................................................... 2-18 

2.5.3 Public and Agency Input ........................................................................................ 2-18 

2.6 Regulatory Compliance ....................................................................................................... 2-19 

2.6.1 National Environmental Policy Act ....................................................................... 2-19 

2.6.2 Endangered Species Act ......................................................................................... 2-19 

2.6.3 Cultural Resources Regulatory Requirements ....................................................... 2-20 

2.6.4 Clean Air Act ......................................................................................................... 2-20 

2.6.5 Other Regulatory Requirements ............................................................................. 2-21 

2.7 Environmental Comparison of the Proposed Action and No Action Alternative ............... 2-21 

3.0 BASE AND TRAINING AIRSPACE AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT .................................... 3-1 

3.1 Airspace Management and Air Traffic Control .................................................................... 3-1 

3.1.1 Base Airfield and Vicinity Existing Conditions ....................................................... 3-1 

3.1.2 Training Airspace Existing Conditions .................................................................... 3-2 

3.2 Noise ..................................................................................................................................... 3-6 

3.2.1 Noise Characteristics and Measures......................................................................... 3-6 

3.2.2 Base Existing Conditions ......................................................................................... 3-9 

3.2.3 Training Airspace Existing Conditions .................................................................. 3-14 

3.3 Safety .................................................................................................................................. 3-17 

3.3.1 Base Existing Conditions ....................................................................................... 3-17 

3.3.2 Training Airspace Existing Conditions .................................................................. 3-22 

3.4 Air Quality .......................................................................................................................... 3-26 


3.4.2 Training Airspace Air Quality Existing Conditions ............................................... 3-30 

Page i



3.5 Hazardous Materials and Waste Management .................................................................... 3-31 



3.6 Biological Resources ........................................................................................................... 3-32 

3.6.1 Base and Vicinity Existing Conditions .................................................................. 3-33 


3.7 Cultural Resources .............................................................................................................. 3-37 



3.8 Land Use, Transportation, and Recreation .......................................................................... 3-43 



3.9 Socioeconomics .................................................................................................................. 3-53 

3.9.1 Base Socioeconomic Existing Conditions ............................................................. 3-55 

3.9.2 Training Airspace Socioeconomic Existing Conditions ........................................ 3-56 

3.10 Environmental Justice ......................................................................................................... 3-58 

3.10.1 Base Environmental Justice Existing Conditions .................................................. 3-59 

3.10.2 Training Airspace Environmental Justice Existing Conditions ............................... 3-59 

4.0 BASE AND TRAINING AIRSPACE ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES ................... 4-1 

4.1 Airspace Management ........................................................................................................... 4-1 

4.1.1 Base Airspace Management Environmental Consequences .................................... 4-1 

4.1.2 Training Airspace Environmental Consequences .................................................... 4-1 

4.1.3 No Action ................................................................................................................. 4-2 

4.2 Noise ..................................................................................................................................... 4-2 

4.2.1 Base Environmental Consequences ......................................................................... 4-2 

4.2.2 Training Airspace Environmental Consequences .................................................... 4-7 

4.2.3 No Action ................................................................................................................. 4-9 

4.3 Safety .................................................................................................................................... 4-9 

4.3.1 Base Environmental Consequences ......................................................................... 4-9 

4.3.2 Training Airspace Environmental Consequences .................................................. 4-10 

4.3.3 No Action ............................................................................................................... 4-11 

4.4 Air Quality .......................................................................................................................... 4-11 

4.4.1 Base Environmental Consequences ....................................................................... 4-11 

4.4.2 Training Airspace Air Quality Environmental Consequences ............................... 4-12 

4.4.3 No Action ............................................................................................................... 4-12 

4.5 Hazardous Materials and Waste Management .................................................................... 4-12 



4.5.3 No Action ............................................................................................................... 4-13 

4.6 Biological Resources ........................................................................................................... 4-13 



4.6.3 No Action Alternative ............................................................................................ 4-15 

4.7 Cultural Resources .............................................................................................................. 4-16 



4.7.3 No Action ............................................................................................................... 4-18 

Page ii



4.8 Land Use, Transportation, and Recreation .......................................................................... 4-18 



4.8.3 No Action ............................................................................................................... 4-20 

4.9 Socioeconomics .................................................................................................................. 4-20 



4.9.3 No Action ............................................................................................................... 4-21 

4.10 Environmental Justice ......................................................................................................... 4-21 


4.10.2 Training Airspace Environmental Consequences .................................................. 4-22 

4.10.3 No Action ............................................................................................................... 4-22 

5.0 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS .......................................................................................................... 5-1 

5.1 Cumulative Effects Analysis ................................................................................................. 5-1 

5.1.1 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Actions ................................................ 5-1 

5.1.2 Cumulative Effects Analysis .................................................................................... 5-2 

5.2 Other Environmental Considerations .................................................................................. 5-10 

5.2.1 Relationship Between Short-Term Uses and Long-Term Productivity ................. 5-10 

5.2.2 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources ...................................... 5-10 

REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................................ 1 

LIST OF PREPARERS .............................................................................................................................. 9 

List of Figures 

1.0-1 Airfield Area of Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson Referred to in this EA 

as JBER-Elmendorf ............................................................................................................. 1-2 

1.1-1 Training Special Use Airspace .......................................................................................... 1-4 

2.1-1 Location of F-22 Facilities .................................................................................................. 2-4 

2.2-1 Types of Training Airspace ............................................................................................... 2-6 

2.2-2 Alaska Training Special Use Airspace ............................................................................ 2-7 

2.2-3 MOAs, Restricted Areas, and Air-to-Ground Ranges .................................................. 2-8 

3.2-1 Land Use in Relation to Baseline Noise Contours ....................................................... 3-11 

3.3-1 JBER-Elmendorf Clear Zones and Accident Potential Zones .................................... 3-19 

3.3-2 F-15 Cumulative Class A Mishap Rates ........................................................................ 3-20 

3.7-1 Historic Districts within the JBER-Elmendorf Project Area ....................................... 3-38 

3.7-2 Alaska Native Villages in the Airspace Environment ................................................ 3-40 

3.8-1 JBER-Elmendorf Existing Land Use .............................................................................. 3-46 

3.8-2 JBER-Elmendorf Roads .................................................................................................... 3-48 

3.8-3 Special Use Areas Underlying Special Use Airspace .................................................. 3-49 

3.8-4 Special Use Areas Underlying Restricted Areas and MOAs ..................................... 3-54 

4.2-1 Baseline and Proposed Action Noise Contours ............................................................. 4-4 

4.2-2 Land Use and Noise Contours Under Baseline Conditions and the 

Proposed Action ................................................................................................................. 4-5 

Page iii

List of Tables 



2.1-1 Baseline and Proposed Primary Aircraft Assigned to JBER-Elmendorf .................... 2-3 

2.1-2 JBER-Elmendorf Airfield Annual Operations ................................................................ 2-3 

2.1-3 Manpower Requirements.................................................................................................. 2-5 

2.2-1 Current and Projected F-22 Training Activities (Page 1 of 2) .................................... 2-10 

2.2-1 Current and Projected F-22 Training Activities (Page 2 of 2) .................................... 2-11 

2.2-2 Current and Projected F-22 Altitude Use...................................................................... 2-12 

2.2-3 Baseline and Projected Annual Sortie-Operations in Regional MOAs ..................... 2-13 

2.2-4 Current and Projected Annual Training Munitions .................................................... 2-14 

2.2-5 Existing and Proposed F-22 Annual Chaff and Flare Use .......................................... 2-15 

2.7-1 Summary of Impacts by Resource (Page 1 of 3) ........................................................... 2-22 

2.7-1 Summary of Impacts by Resource (Page 2 of 3) ........................................................... 2-23 

2.7-1 Summary of Impacts by Resource (Page 3 of 3) ........................................................... 2-24 

3.1-1 Description of MOAs ......................................................................................................... 3-4 

3.1-2 Description of Restricted Airspace .................................................................................. 3-6 

3.2–1 Relation Between Annoyance and L dn ............................................................................ 3-9 

3.2-2 Land Area Noise Exposures Under Baseline Conditions ........................................... 3-10 

3.2-3 Acres on JBER in Several Land Use Categories Impacted by Noise 

Greater Than 65 L dn .......................................................................................................... 3-12 

3.2-4 Maximum Noise Level (Lmax) Under the Flight Track for Aircraft at 

Various Altitudes in the Primary Airspace 1 ................................................................. 3-15 

3.2-5 Sound Exposure Level (SEL) under the Flight Track for Aircraft at 

Various Altitudes in the Primary Airspace 1 ................................................................. 3-15 

3.2-6 Baseline Noise Levels Beneath Training Airspace Units ............................................ 3-15 

3.2-7 Sonic Boom Peak Overpressures (psf) for F-15 and F-22A Aircraft at 

Mach 1.2 Level Flight 1 ..................................................................................................... 3-16 

3.3-1 Airfield Waivers and Exemptions ................................................................................. 3-18 

3-4-1 Alaska Ambient Air Quality Standards (18 AAC 50.010) .......................................... 3-27 

3.4-2 GHG Emissions & Percentages by ADEC Source Category ...................................... 3-29 

3.4-3 JBER Estimated Emissions Summary (2010) ................................................................ 3-29 

3.4-4 Regional Emissions for Greater Anchorage Area ........................................................ 3-30 

3.4-5 Annual Emissions Associated with Six Primary F-22s ............................................... 3-30 

3.6-1 The Occurrence of Special-Status Species at JBER-Elmendorf and 

Environs ............................................................................................................................. 3-36 

3.8-1 Special Use Areas within F-22 Airspace (Page 1 of 3) ................................................. 3-50 

3.9-1 Demographic Characteristics of Affected Regions (2000) .......................................... 3-57 

3.9-2 Economic Characteristics of Regions (2000)................................................................. 3-58 

3.10-1 Minority and Low-Income Populations by Area (2000) ............................................. 3-60 

4.2-1 Areas Exposed to Noise Intervals Under Baseline Conditions and the 

Proposed Action ................................................................................................................. 4-3 

4.2-2 Acres on JBER in Several Land Use Categories Impacted by Noise 

Greater Than 65 L dn ............................................................................................................ 4-6 

4.2-3 Noise Levels Under Baseline Conditions and the Proposed Action ........................... 4-8 

5.1-1 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Military Projects (Page 1 of 2) ................ 5-3 

5.1-1 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Military Projects (Page 2 of 2) ................ 5-4 

5.1-2 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Civil Projects ............................................ 5-5 

Page iv



A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

Characteristics of Chaff 

Appendices 

Characteristics and Analysis of Flares 

Public and Agency Outreach 

Aircraft Noise Analysis and Airspace Operations 

Sec 7 (ESA) Compliance Wildlife Analysis for F-22 Plus UP Environmental Assessment, 

Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER), Alaska 

Review of Effects of Aircraft Noise, Chaff, and Flares on Biological Resources 

Page v



This page intentionally left blank. 

Page vi



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 

The United States (U.S.) Congress has approved the next-generation F-22 air dominance fighter 

to replace and supplement the increasingly vulnerable F-15C and F-15E aircraft fleets. In 2006 

the United States Air Force (Air Force) relocated one squadron of F-15C and one squadron of F- 

15E aircraft from Elmendorf Air Force Base (AFB) and established the Second F-22 Operational 

Wing at what is now Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER), Alaska. On July 29, 2010, the 

Department of the Air Force announced actions to consolidate the F-22 fleet by redistributing 

aircraft from Holloman AFB, New Mexico, to existing F-22 units, including the 3rd Wing (3 

WG) at JBER. This Environmental Assessment (EA) analyzes the Air Force proposal to augment 

the F-22 Operational Wing at JBER by consolidating six primary and one backup F-22 aircraft to 

JBER from Holloman AFB. 

The proposal is to plus-up the existing F-22 Operational Wing at JBER with six primary aircraft 

and one backup aircraft; conduct flying sorties at the base and in existing Alaskan airspace for 

training and deployment; and implement personnel changes to conform to the F-22 Wing 

requirements. The plus-up aircraft would result in two JBER squadrons, each with 21 primary 

and two backup F-22 aircraft, plus one attrition reserve aircraft, for a total of 47 F-22 aircraft. 

F-22 training flights would continue to take place on Alaskan Military Operations Areas 

(MOAs), Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace (ATCAA), and Restricted Areas (R-). During 

training, F-22s would continue to employ defensive chaff and flare countermeasures in airspace 

authorized for their use and deploy munitions on approved ranges under Restricted Airspace. 

This EA and Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) have been prepared in accordance with 

the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and its implementing regulations. This EA and 

draft FONSI were issued for a 30-day public and agency review and comment period. 

Comments on the EA and draft FONSI, in addition to the EA analyses, were considered in 

decision-making regarding the F-22 plus-up proposal. 

PURPOSE AND NEED 

The F-22 is a 21st century fighter designed to replace and supplement F-15C and F-15E aircraft 

which can be targeted by enemy air defenses at increasingly greater distances. The F-22 has the 

low-visibility, speed, and maneuverability to overcome adversaries and ensure air dominance 

over any battlefield. In 2007, following the 2006 decision to beddown the second F-22 

operational wing at Elmendorf AFB, 42 of the 60 F-15 primary aircraft assigned to then 

Elmendorf AFB were replaced by 36 F-22 primary and four backup aircraft. Subsequently, the 

remaining F-15C squadron of 18 primary aircraft was reassigned from Elmendorf AFB, leaving 

what is now JBER with 36 F-22 primary aircraft. The proposed beddown would add six 

primary aircraft and one backup aircraft to JBER to meet Air Force mission requirements. The 

purpose of augmenting the JBER F-22 operational wing is to locate more combat aircraft where 

they would be available for contingencies and enhance F-22 operational flexibility. 

Page ES-1



PROPOSED ACTION AND NO ACTION ALTERNATIVES 

The Proposed Action is to augment the existing F-22 operational wing at JBER, composed of 36 

primary and three backup aircraft, and one attrition reserve aircraft to result in two squadrons 

each with 21 primary and two backup F-22 aircraft, plus one attrition reserve aircraft, for a total 

of 47 F-22 aircraft. The additional F-22 aircraft would conduct operations at JBER comparable to 

the existing F-22 operations, with approximately 75 percent of the departures and all landings 

on the main runway and approximately 25 percent of departures on the cross-wind runway. 

The additional F-22 aircraft would train in existing Alaska training airspace and ranges 

comparable to training of existing F-22 aircraft. Augmentation of the existing F-22 operational 

wing at JBER is proposed to take place over a period of approximately one year. An additional 

103 personnel would be added to JBER. No new buildings would be needed to support the 

additional aircraft. 

The No Action Alternative would not beddown an additional six F-22 primary aircraft at JBER 

at this time. The consolidation of F-22 aircraft for contingencies and to enhance F-22 operational 

flexibility would not occur. Existing F-22 aircraft would continue to train at supersonic speeds 

and use defensive countermeasures in approved airspace and deploy munitions at approved 

ranges in Alaska. 

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 

The focused analysis is on the following environmental resources: 

airspace management and air traffic control (including airport traffic), 

noise, safety, air quality, hazardous materials, biological resources, 

cultural resources, land use, socioeconomics, and environmental justice. 

Airspace Management and Air Traffic Control 

Please refer to Figure 2.1-1 

for a map of JBER- 

Elmendorf and Figure 2.2-2 

for a map of Alaskan 

airspace. 

Base. The additional six primary F-22 aircraft would use the base runways and fly in the base 

environs as the existing F-22 aircraft do today. The Proposed Action would add an average of 

approximately five F-22 sorties per day to base operations. Anchorage Alaska Terminal Area 

(AATA) management of airspace regional would not be impacted by this increase. 

Airspace. The additional six primary F-22 aircraft would use the same Alaska airspace 

currently used for F-22 training. The additional aircraft would not affect regional airspace 

management. The usage of the airspace would not change to the extent that civil aviation 

would be affected. The time spent at higher MOA and ATCAA altitudes by the F-22, should 

have minimal or no effect upon civil aviation, including general aviation that normally flies at 

lower altitudes. 

Noise 

Base. Noise in military airspace is quantified by metrics called the Day-Night Average Sound 

Level (L dn) and the Onset-Rate Adjusted Monthly Day-Night Average Sound Level (L dnmr). No 

on- or off-base residences are exposed to noise levels greater than 80 dB L dnmr and, therefore, 

hearing loss risk for on- or off-installation residents is relatively low. Structures in the flightline 

Page ES-2



exposed to noise at greater than 80 dB L dn would increase slightly from 52 to 63. Workers on 

JBER are protected against possible noise impacts by adherence to DoD noise management 

guidelines. 

Additional off-base areas expected to be within the 65 dB L dn noise contour are 6.6 acres over 

the Port of Anchorage, 410.7 acres over water of the Knik Arm, and 0.2 acre of land west of the 

Knik Arm. The 65 dB L dn noise contours would not extend into residential areas off-base. The 

increased noise areas are not projected to impact human or natural resources in the area. Noise 

effects on biological resources are described below under biology. 

Airspace. No discernible difference in subsonic noise is projected in MOAs used for training. 

The change in L dnmr between baseline conditions and the Proposed Action under MOAs used for 

training would be 1 dB or less. F-22 aircraft currently train at supersonic speed approximately 

25 percent of a typical air-to-air engagement. The plus-up would result in a noticeable increase 

in sonic booms, from 18.1 to an estimated 21.5 per month under the Stony MOAs/ATCAAs. 

Other MOAs/ATCAAs approved for supersonic training would have increases in sonic booms 

from one to three per month depending on the airspace. Currently there are from 10 to 26 sonic 

booms per month under the approved MOAs/ATCAAs. Sonic booms would not pose a health 

or other risk but could increase annoyance. 

Safety 

Base. There would be no substantial change regarding airfield safety conditions, Bird-Aircraft 

Strike Hazard (BASH), munitions, or personnel safety. The number of aircraft at the base 

would be fewer than had been in 2006. JBER-Elmendorf aircraft ground safety would 

essentially remain the same with an F-22 plus-up. 

The F-22 is a new aircraft which has an approximate Class A mishap rate after eight years of test 

and operations nearly identical to the twin-engine F-15 mishap rate of 6.35 per 100,000 flight 

hours after eight years of test and operations. As experience with the F-22 grows, the F-22 is 

expected to have approximately the same long-term Class A mishap rate of 2.46 per 100,000 

flight hours as the F-15. 

Explosive safety includes the management and use of ordnance or munitions associated with 

airbase operations and training activities. The amount of munitions associated with the two 

F-22 squadrons, with the plus-up, would be lower than munitions use of the historic F-15 

squadrons. The use of chaff and flares would be below historic F-15 levels but would increase 

proportionally to the number of F-22s training in the airspace (an approximate 16.7 percent 

increase). JBER has the personnel and facilities to handle the proposed levels of munitions, 

chaff, and flares associated with the additional aircraft. 

Airspace. Within the training airspace, aircraft safety and bird-aircraft strikes with the 

additional six primary F-22s would be proportioned to the 36 primary aircraft already assigned 

to the base. All safety actions that are in place for existing F-22 training would continue to be in 

place for the additional aircraft. The F-22 pilot’s improved situational awareness and the F-22 

normal training altitude is expected to result in no safety impacts to civil aviation within the 

airspace. 

Page ES-3



Additional F-22s training in the airspace would increase chaff or flare use proportionately (an 

estimated 16.7 percent) over baseline F-22 use. After deployment of each chaff bundle, four 1- 

inch by 1/2-inch plastic or nylon pieces and six 2-inch by 3-inch pieces of paper fall to the 

ground. After deployment of each flare, three plastic pieces of up to 2 inches by 2 inches and 

one 1-inch by 1-inch to 4-inch by 15-inch aluminum-coated duct tape-type mylar wrapping fall 

to the ground. These nylon, paper, or other pieces would not affect safety for human or 

biological resources under the airspace. No safety consequences from continued chaff and flare 

use are anticipated. 

Air Quality 

Base. The Anchorage area is in air quality attainment for all criteria pollutants and anticipated 

emission resulting from the Proposed Action would not cause or contribute to a new National 

Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) violation. No conformity determination is required as 

the emissions for all pollutants are below the de minimis threshold established by the U.S. 

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 93.153. 

Airfield flight operation emissions are projected to be minimally higher than at present, yet 

should result in no change in air quality within the Anchorage area. No additional global 

Green House Gases (GHG) would be emitted by transferring six F-22 aircraft from New Mexico 

to Alaska. Regional GHG would increase less than one percent of the regional military GHG 

emissions. 

Airspace. Areas under the training airspace are within air quality attainment. Emissions from 

the increase above current F-22 operations would be transitory and dispersed over the extensive 

Alaskan Special Use Airspace (SUA). More than 99.5 percent of F-22 flight operations occur at 

altitudes above the mixing height of pollutants. Residents and visitors to Alaska Native villages 

and traditional subsistence areas underlying this airspace would not experience any change in 

emissions associated with the Proposed Action. 

Hazardous Materials and Waste Management 

Base. There would be no significant impacts on hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, or the 

Environmental Restoration Program (ERP). Existing procedures are adequate to handle the 

changes anticipated with the expected approximate 16.7 percent increase in use of F-22 

hazardous materials associated with the plus-up. 

Airspace. The F-22 plus-up would not substantially change airspace use or training. The F-22 

does not discharge hazardous wastes in the Alaskan airspace. Various hazardous materials and 

fluids are contained in the aircraft but are not released in the training airspace. No significant 

impacts on hazardous materials or wastes in the training airspace are expected. 

Biological Resources 

Base. No impacts would occur to vegetation and no wildlife habitat would be lost within the 

base environs Region of Influence (ROI) at JBER-Elmendorf. Concerns for biological resources 

include potential impacts on threatened or endangered species, and noise associated with F-22 

operations. 

Page ES-4



Although there are no federally listed threatened or endangered species that inhabit JBER- 

Elmendorf, noise contours associated with the proposed increased operation of F-22s extend 

into the Knik Arm of Cook Inlet, where Cook Inlet beluga whales (CIBW) occur. Potential 

effects to the CIBW include behavioral response to the overflight of F-22s over the Knik Arm. 

Overflight patterns and noise contours were quantified over the Knik Arm. The quantifications 

demonstrate that approximately 0.04 individuals per year (four individuals in 100 years) would 

be expected to adjust behavior as a result of the noise generated by the proposed additional F-22 

flying operations. On February 22, 2011, the National Marine Fisheries Service determined that 

this level of behavior response would mean the plus-up may affect but is unlikely to adversely 

affect the CIBW. On February 8, 2011, the USFWS indicated that no federally listed or proposed 

species and/or designated or proposed critical habitat for which the USFWS is responsible are 

within the action area of the project. The additional F-22 aircraft operating from JBER would not 

be expected to have a significant environmental effect upon any biological species, including 

listed or candidate species. 

Airspace. No discernible difference in subsonic noise is projected in MOAs used for training. 

There would be no change in effects to wildlife. Increases in sonic booms under some airspace 

units may startle some individual animals, although wildlife under the training airspaces have 

previously experienced sonic booms and are likely habituated. An approximate 16.7 percent 

increase in F-22 chaff and flare use would not be expected to adversely impact biological 

resources. 

Cultural Resources 

Base. No new construction would be necessary to accommodate the F-22 plus-up. Thus, no 

direct impacts to cultural resources are anticipated. The personnel increase of less than one 

percent of the JBER population is not expected to result in any indirect impacts to cultural 

resources. 

Airspace. There would be no impacts to historic properties under the airspace. The increase in 

sonic booms may be detected and could annoy some Alaska Native users of land but would not 

be expected to affect subsistence hunting or other activities. 

Land Use, Transportation, and Recreation 

Base. No changes in land use or transportation on base would be expected. There would be 

some extension of the 65 dB L dn noise contour over a portion of the Knik Arm, and over 

compatible land uses in the Port of Anchorage area. The noise increase from additional F-22 

operations should not result in changes to land use or land ownership. The 65 dB L dn contour 

extending over an additional 0.2 acre of the Matanuska-Susitna Borough-owned peninsula tip 

across the Knik Arm is not projected to affect land uses in the area. Noise contours of 65 dB L dn 

would not extend off-base into residential areas. There would be no changes to the safety 

zones. 

A less than one percent increase in on-base employment could slightly increase vehicle trips in 

the long term. The negligible increase in traffic is not expected to substantially affect commute 

times. 

Page ES-5



Airspace. An increase in average sonic booms by an estimated one to three booms per month 

would occur under MOAs used for training. Alaska Natives who live under or spend extensive 

time subsistence hunting and fishing under these MOAs could discern the additional sonic 

booms. The increased frequency of sonic booms would not be expected to affect land use or 

land use patterns, ownership, or management, but the increase has the potential to cause 

additional annoyance to residents and long-term users of the lands under the affected airspace. 

Socioeconomics 

Base. The addition of 103 Air Force personnel to support the additional six F-22 primary 

aircraft represents less than one percent of JBER employment. The potential population, 

employment, income, and output associated with an addition of less than one percent of the 

personnel and no new construction would be expected to result in no measurable effect upon 

the regional economy. The Anchorage housing market with approximately 6,700 vacant units 

and a 6.0 percent vacancy rate would be expected to easily absorb the additional personnel. 

Airspace. There would be no discernible effects on social or economic conditions under the 

airspace. The projected increase in sonic booms may annoy individuals participating in 

subsistence or recreational hunting or fishing. This would not be expected to significantly affect 

activities under the airspace or local economies that rely on subsistence resources. The Air 

Force has established procedures for any damage claims associated with sonic booms that begin 

by contacting the JBER Public Affairs Office. 

Environmental Justice 

Base. Federal agencies are required by law to address potential impacts of their actions on 

environmental and human health conditions in minority and low-income communities. 

Furthermore, they must identify and assess environmental health and safety risks that may 

disproportionately affect children. The low-income communities and the minority and youth 

population near JBER were evaluated. The off-base community of Mountain View has a 

concentration of minority and low-income population. The proportion and type of JBER flight 

operations from the main and cross-wind runways are performed to avoid the extension of 65 

dB L dn noise contours into the Mountain View community. No off-base significant noise 

impacts are expected to minority or low-income communities. There would be no health and 

safety risks to children. 

Airspace. High proportions of Alaska Natives who live under the airspace are representative of 

rural populations throughout the state. Persons living under the airspace, particularly the 

Stony MOAs, could notice or be annoyed by increased sonic booms. This change in sonic 

booms by an additional one to three per month would not be expected to damage health or 

other environmental resources. No disproportionately high or adverse impacts to minority or 

low-income communities would result from increased F-22 training. There would be no health 

and safety risks to children. 

Page ES-6



Cumulative Consequences 

Cumulative effects analysis considers the potential environmental consequences resulting from 

“the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably 

foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency (federal of non-federal) or person 

undertakes such actions” (40 CFR 1508.7). Multiple federal and non-federal projects near the 

base and airspace were identified and evaluated to see whether cumulative impacts could 

occur. 

Base. The relocation of three F-15 aircraft squadrons, the beddown of C-17 aircraft, Base 

Realignment and Closure (BRAC) decisions regarding C-130 aircraft, proposed transportation 

projects, and other projects were cumulatively evaluated. As JBER combines administrative, 

air, and ground activities over the next few years, there could be a desire to assess such 

combined efforts in a future environmental analysis. Such a future analysis, should it occur, 

would include all JBER activities and would not be connected to the F-22 plus-up. The F-22 

plus-up would not be expected to have adverse cumulative effects in combination with past, 

present, or reasonably foreseeable cumulative actions. 

Airspace. The airspace analysis in this EA includes all expected aircraft operations in existing 

Alaska training airspace. Potential airspace enhancements to the Joint Pacific-Alaskan Range 

Complex (JPARC) are currently under study. Any potential JPARC impacts to airspace 

management will be addressed in separate environmental documentation. The cumulative 

replacement of three squadrons operating a total of 60 primary twin-engine fighter aircraft with 

42 (36 plus 6) similarly-sized twin-engine fighter aircraft would not be expected to have an 

adverse cumulative effect in combination with past, present, or reasonably foreseeable 

cumulative actions. 

Page ES-7



This page is intentionally left blank. 

Page ES-8


1.0 Purpose and Need for F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 

1.0 PURPOSE AND NEED FOR F-22 PLUS-UP 

AT JBER 

In 1985, Congress determined that a need existed to provide the United States Air Force (USAF) 

with a next-generation fighter to replace and supplement the aging F-15C and newer F-15E 

fleet, and to ensure air dominance well into the 21 st century. Congress determined that the F-22 

would meet this need. In 2006 the Air Force selected what is now Joint Base Elmendorf- 

Richardson (JBER), Alaska as the location for the second F-22 operational wing (F-22 Beddown 

Environmental Assessment [EA], Elmendorf, Alaska, and Finding of No Significant Impact [FONSI], 

2006). Figure 1.0-1 illustrates the airfield area. 

On July 29, 2010, the Department of the Air Force announced proposed actions to consolidate 

the F-22 fleet. The Secretary of the Air Force and the Chief of Staff of the Air Force determined 

that the most effective basing for the F-22 requires redistributing aircraft from an F-22 squadron 

at Holloman Air Force Base (AFB), New Mexico to existing F-22 units at JBER, Langley AFB 

(Virginia), and Nellis AFB (Nevada). A second F-22 squadron at Holloman AFB would be 

relocated to Tyndall AFB (Florida), also an existing F-22 base. 

The purpose of the proposed F-22 plus-up at JBER is to consolidate F-22 aircraft to maximize 

combat aircraft and squadrons available for contingencies, and enhance F-22 operational 

flexibility (Air Force 2010a). The F-22 plus-up at JBER is needed for improved combat 

effectiveness of existing F-22 operational squadrons. 


The F-22 is a 21 st century fighter designed to replace and 

supplement F-15C and F-15E aircraft, both of which can be 

targeted by enemy air defenses at increasingly greater 

distances. The F-22 has the low visibility, speed, and 

maneuverability to overcome adversaries and ensure air 

dominance over any battlefield. The purpose of 

augmenting the JBER F-22 operational wing is to locate 

more of these advanced assets in the westernmost United 

States. 

JBER is home to the second operational wing of 

F-22 fighter aircraft. 

The Proposed Action is to plus-up the F-22 

squadrons in Alaska by adding seven aircraft to 

the F-22 operational wing. 

In 2006, the Air Force completed an EA and FONSI for the 

beddown of 36 primary aircraft F-22s at Elmendorf AFB (Air 

Force 2006). In 2007, 36 of the 54 F-15 primary aircraft plus six 

backup aircraft assigned to Elmendorf AFB were replaced by 

36 F-22 primary aircraft and four F-22 backup aircraft. 

Subsequently, the remaining F-15C primary aircraft were 

reassigned from Elmendorf AFB, leaving only the 36 F-22 

primary aircraft. The proposed plus-up would add six 

additional primary aircraft and one backup aircraft to JBER to 

meet Air Force mission requirements. 

Page 1-1


1.0 Purpose and Need for F-22 Plus-Up at JBER` 

Figure 1.0-1. Airfield Area of Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson Referred to in this EA 

Page 1-2



The proposal is to beddown six primary and one back up F-22 aircraft, conduct flying sorties at 

the base for training and deployment, and implement personnel changes to conform to the F-22 

Wing requirements. Primary aircraft are aircraft authorized to a unit for performance of its 

operational mission. The primary authorization forms the basis for the allocation of operating 

resources to include manpower, support equipment, and flying-hour funds. Backup aircraft are 

aircraft assigned to a base to support the operational mission when a primary aircraft is 

unavailable to fly for any reason. Attrition reserve aircraft serve to replace any aircraft lost 

through Class A mishaps. 

Training flights of the additional F-22 aircraft would take place in Alaskan Military Operations 

Areas (MOAs), Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace (ATCAA), and Restricted Areas where F- 

22 aircraft currently train at subsonic and supersonic speeds (Figure 1.1-1). 

During training, F-22s employ defensive chaff and flare countermeasures in airspace authorized for 

their use. Air-to-ground munitions continue to be deployed by F-22 fighters on approved ranges. 

This EA addresses the potential environmental consequences associated with the F-22 Plus-Up, 

according to the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 United States 

Code [U.S.C.] 4321 et seq.), Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations (40 Code of 

Federal Regulations [CFR] 1500–1508), and The Environmental Impact Analysis Process 

(32 CFR 989 et seq.). NEPA is the basic national charter for identifying environmental 

consequences of major federal actions. NEPA ensures that environmental information is available 

to the public, agencies, and decision makers before decisions are made and actions are taken. 

The F-22 Raptors based at JBER are designed to ensure that America’s armed forces retain air 

dominance. This means complete control of the airspace over an area of conflict, thereby allowing 

freedom to attack and freedom from attack at all times and places within the full spectrum of 

military operations. Air dominance provides the ability to defend American and Allied forces 

from enemy attack, and to attack air and ground adversary forces without hindrance from enemy 

aircraft. During the initial phases of deployment into an area of conflict, the first aircraft to arrive 

are the most vulnerable because they face the entire 

warfighting capability of an adversary. The F-22’s state-of-theart 

technology, advanced tactics, and skilled aircrew will 

ensure air dominance from the outset of such situations. The 

F-22 has the low-visibility, speed, and maneuverability to 

overcome adversary improvements in air defenses, and ensure 

air dominance over any battlefield. 

1.1.1 Aircraft Characteristics of the F-22 

The F-22 has enhanced low visibilty, speed, 

maneuverability, electronics, and maintainability. 

The F-22 Raptor is a single-seat, all-weather, multipurpose fighter capable of both air-to-air and 

air-to-ground missions. Powered by two 35,000-pound thrust-class engines, the F-22 routinely 

operates at high altitudes (above 30,000 feet mean sea level [MSL]). The F-22 can achieve speeds 

needed for air-to-air combat while using relatively low power settings. F-22 characteristics 

make the aircraft able to launch sophisticated weapons at high speeds and from greater 

distances than possible with other aircraft. The F-22 is approximately 62 feet long, with a 

wingspan of 44 feet, and a height of more than 16 feet. 

Page 1-3



Figure 1.1-1. Training Special Use Airspace 

Page 1-4



JBER F-22 aircraft can carry air-to-air missiles and a variety of conventional and Long Range 

Standoff Weapons (LRSOW) for air-to-ground ordnance delivery. The F-22 has a 20-millimeter 

multi-barrel cannon. Training in Alaskan airspace simulates air-to-air missiles by aircraft 

exercising all aspects of the weapon system without actually launching an air-to-air missile. 

Air-to-ground training with LRSOW would include flying to launch profiles and speeds at high 

altitude with simulated launches. Existing Alaska conventional ranges would be used for 

munitions training. Release profiles, altitudes, and speeds are now, and would continue to be, 

limited to keep weapon safety footprints within established Alaskan ranges. 

1.1.2 Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER) 

JBER, located near Anchorage, Alaska, is the home of the Air Force’s Alaskan Command, 11 th 

Air Force, Alaskan North American Air Defense region, and the 673d Air Base Wing, as well as 

U.S. Army Alaska. The F-22 3rd Wing (3 WG) is comprised of two squadrons of F-22s (36 

primary aircraft). JBER also is home to C-17 transports, 

C-12 and E-3 aircraft, and CH-47 Chinook and UH-60 

Blackhawk helicopters, all of which have been regularly 

deployed to combat areas. JBER covers 84,000 acres, 

including a 10,000-foot main runway and a 7,500-foot 

cross-runway. Figure 1.0-1 presents JBER’s airfield and 

operational area; the airfield and operational area is 

referred to as JBER-Elmendorf. The Proposed Action 

would include 103 additional personnel to support the 

additional F-22 aircraft. 

JBER has had multiple squadrons at different times 

during its history. 

JBER has extensive airspace for training (Figure 1.1-1), including overland MOAs and ATCAAs 

which provide regular training airspace for the F-22s, other aircraft, and larger two-week 

scheduled Major Flying Exercises (MFEs). Many of these airspaces permit supersonic flight and 

allow the use of chaff and flares for defensive training. Existing Army Training Ranges provide 

for local air-to-ground training for F-22 aircraft. No airspace modifications are proposed for the 

additional F-22 aircraft; Chapter 2.0 of this EA describes the F-22 missions and training. 


The purpose of the proposed plus-up of F-22 aircraft at JBER is to provide additional Air Force 

capabilities at a strategic location to meet mission responsibilities for worldwide deployment. 

This consolidation of F-22 operational aircraft would be designed to maximize combat aircraft 

and squadrons available for contingencies. The plus-up of six F-22 primary aircraft and one 

backup aircraft would fill out the existing JBER F-22 squadrons and provide enhanced 

capabilities while efficiently using JBER facilities designed and constructed for the existing F-22 

operational wing. 

Page 1-5

1.3 Need for the F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 



Two squadrons of F-15C air superiority aircraft and one 

squadron of F-15E air-to-ground aircraft were relocated 

from JBER between 2005 and 2010. Since World War II, 

JBER has provided an advanced location on U.S. soil for 

projection of U.S. global interests. Additional F-22 

aircraft are needed at JBER to provide expanded U.S. 

Air Force capability to respond efficiently to national 

objectives, be available for contingencies, and enhance 

F-22 operational flexibility. 

JBER capabilities with multi-role F-22 operational 

squadrons would be enhanced by the addition of six 

operational F-22 aircraft. 

Page 1-6


2.0 Description of the Proposed Action and Alternatives 

2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED 

ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES 

The Proposed Action is to augment the existing F-22 operational wing at JBER with six primary 

aircraft and one backup aircraft. This chapter describes the Proposed Action and the No Action 

Alternative. The No Action Alternative would not beddown the additional F-22 aircraft at JBER 

at this time. 

Augmentation of the existing F-22 operational wing at JBER is 

proposed to take place over a period of approximately one year. 

An additional 103 personnel would be added to JBER. No new 

buildings would be needed to support the aircraft. Training 

would occur in existing Alaska military use airspace. 

The existing F-22 operational wing at JBER consists of two 

squadrons of 18 primary aircraft each, plus a total of three 

backup aircraft. With the proposed plus-up, each of the two F- 

22 squadrons at JBER would be composed of 21 primary aircraft plus two backup aircraft. The 

two-squadron F-22 operational wing would include 42 primary aircraft, four backup aircraft, 

and one attrition reserve aircraft for a total of 47 aircraft. Primary aircraft consists of the aircraft 

authorized and assigned to perform the squadron’s missions in training, deployment, and 

combat. Backup aircraft are additional aircraft that are used as substitutes for primary aircraft 

during, for example, scheduled and unscheduled maintenance and modifications. Attrition 

reserve aircraft serve to replace any aircraft lost through Class A mishaps. 

Activities Affecting JBER 

• Beddown six additional primary and one backup F-22 

aircraft over a period of approximately one year. 

• Conduct flying sorties at the base for training and 

deployment. 

• Implement the personnel changes at the base to 

conform to the expanded F-22 wing’s requirements. 

Elements Affecting Alaskan Airspace 

• Conduct subsonic and supersonic F-22 training flights 

in MOAs, Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace 

(ATCAA), and Restricted Areas. 

• Employ defensive countermeasures (chaff and flares) 

in airspace authorized for their use. 

• Train for air-to-air and air-to-ground missions. 

The existing F-22 operational wing 

capabilities at JBER would be enhanced by 

the additional aircraft. 

The Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) Act of 

2005 directed that one of the two squadrons of F-15C 

aircraft and the single F-15E squadron be relocated 

from what is now JBER. This relocation was 

completed in 2007. Subsequent to the BRAC action, 

the remaining squadron of F-15C aircraft was 

relocated from Elmendorf AFB by September 2010. 

The plus-up of six primary F-22 aircraft to the 

existing operational wing would retain Air Force 

mission capabilities at JBER. 

The proposed plus-up of the F-22 operational wing 

would involve activities at the base and in the 

associated training airspace. This chapter presents 

proposed activities at the base, training use of Special Use Airspace (SUA) and other training 

airspace, use of air-to-ground ranges, and personnel associated with a plus-up of six primary F- 

22 aircraft at JBER. The No Action Alternative is described in conformance with the CEQ 

regulations [40 CFR 1502.14(d)] in Section 2.4. 

Page 2-1



2.1 Proposed Action Elements Affecting JBER-Elmendorf 

JBER is used in this EA to refer to the entire Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson. JBER-Elmendorf 

refers to the F-22 activities and operations at, and in the vicinity of, the airfield. The proposed 

plus-up of the F-22 operational wing at JBER-Elmendorf could affect two aspects of the base: 

1. The beddown and flight activity of six primary aircraft could affect the base and its 

environs. This section describes existing and proposed flight activities near the base. 

2. The beddown would affect the numbers and responsibilities of base personnel. The 

proposed personnel change is described in this section. 

2.1.1 JBER-Elmendorf Flight Activities 

The additional six F-22 primary aircraft would use the base runways, and fly in the base 

environs, similarly to how the existing 36 F-22 aircraft do currently. This includes take-off and 

landings, training, and deployment. 

The Air Force anticipates that, by completion of the plus-up beddown, the 

JBER F-22 operational wing would fly approximately 5,210 sorties per year 

from JBER-Elmendorf. The Air Force would continue occasional use of 

other Alaskan locations at the same levels currently used by F-22 training 

aircraft. 

A sortie is the flight of 

a single aircraft from 

takeoff to landing. 

JBER F-22s would continue to fly the same percentage (30 percent) of sorties after dark (i.e., 

about one hour after sunset) as required under the Air Force’s initiative to increase readiness. 

Aircrews operating from JBER-Elmendorf can normally fulfill the annual night flying 

requirements during winter months without flying after 10:00 p.m. or before 7:00 a.m. to be 

consistent with the JBER-Elmendorf noise abatement program. 

The drawdown of the third F-15C squadron has reduced total fighter aircraft based at JBER- 

Elmendorf by 24 primary aircraft. The proposed addition of six F-22 primary aircraft would 

partially backfill the number of aircraft assigned to JBER. The 

F-22 operational wing at JBER-Elmendorf would be 

comprised of two squadrons of 21 primary aircraft each. The 

number of F-22 sorties would be as described above. 

Table 2.1-1 presents the type and number of fixed-wing 

aircraft currently assigned to and proposed for JBER- 

Elmendorf. Additional aircraft assigned to JBER include 

helicopters. This table permits a comparison of current 

aircraft assignments and proposed F-22 beddown 

assignments. 

Due to long hours of darkness during the winter 

months, aircrews operating from JBER can 

fulfill night-flying requirements without flying 

during environmental night (after 10:00 p.m. to 

7:00 a.m.). 

JBER-Elmendorf flight operations occur on the main runway (06/24) and the cross-wind 

runway (16/34). The existing and plus-up F-22 operations would consist of approximately 25 

percent of departures on Runway 16/34 and all landings and second approaches on Runway 

06/24. The main runway would be the primary runway used by F-22 and other JBER-based 

Page 2-2



and transient aircraft except in the case of national emergencies, major flying exercises, runway 

or taxiway maintenance, or limited programs to evaluate alternative flight operations. Other 

than in these cases, F-22 launches, existing and projected with the plus-up, would be 

approximately 25 percent on Runway 34 (northbound crosswind) and no launches would be 

expected to occur on Runway 16 (southbound crosswind). Figure 2.1-1 identifies the runways. 

F-22 landings would continue to occur almost exclusively on Runway 06/24. C-17 flight 

operations will continue to use primarily Runway 06/24 with limited use of Runway 16/34. 

Many of the C-17 approaches to Runway 16 are not followed by a departure from Runway 16 to 

complete a standard closed pattern. Rather, these approaches are often followed by a departure 

from Runway 06/24 and then maneuvering for another approach to Runway 16. 

Table 2.1-1. Baseline and Proposed Primary Aircraft Assigned 

to JBER-Elmendorf 

Aircraft Type 

Number Assigned 

Baseline 

Proposed 

F-22 36 42 

C-17 8 8 

C-130 16 16 

C-12 2 2 

E-3A 2 2 

JBER-Elmendorf also supports a range of transient users. On an annual basis, the installation has 

supported the levels of aviation operations shown in Table 2.1-2. An operation can be a take-off 

or departure, a landing or arrival, or a touch-and-go within a closed pattern around the airfield. 

Table 2.1-2. JBER-Elmendorf Airfield Annual Operations 

Fiscal Year (FY) Number of Operations 

2005 41,340 

2006 59,567 

2007 42,346 

2008 40,354 

2009 44,561 

2010 47,315 

Operations conducted in recent years have been affected 

by many factors, including beddown of C-17 and C-130 

aircraft, drawdown of F-15C aircraft, and frequent 

deployment of assigned units overseas. While annual 

traffic has been highly variable, annual operations 

conducted in fiscal years (FYs) 2009 and 2010 provide an 

approximation of the installation’s expected annual 

demand. 

2.1.2 JBER-Elmendorf Facilities 

JBER existing weather shelters, Hangar 15, and 

other facilities provide adequate space for the F-22 

plus-up without the need for new buildings. 

Facilities constructed for the initial F-22 operational wing beddown (Figure 2.1-1) would be able 

to accommodate the proposed additional six primary and one backup F-22 aircraft. Thus, no 

new construction would be necessary. 

Page 2-3



Figure 2.1-1. Location of F-22 Facilities 

Page 2-4



2.1.3 JBER-Elmendorf Personnel 

The addition of six primary and one backup F-22 aircraft at 

JBER-Elmendorf would require additional personnel to 

operate and maintain the aircraft and to provide necessary 

support services. F-22 personnel would increase by an 

estimated 103 positions from the personnel numbers 

associated with the current F-22 squadrons. Table 2.1-3 

details the manpower requirements to support the plus-up 

of the F-22 wing. 

Multiple personnel and skills are needed to support 

F-22 operational aircraft. 

Table 2.1-3. Manpower Requirements 

Manpower Requirements 

Officer Enlisted Civilian Total 

F-22 1 92 661 193 946 

F-22 2 102 734 213 1,049 

Notes: 

1. Existing two squadrons of 18 primary aircraft. 

2. Requirements for two squadrons of 21 primary aircraft. 

2.2 Proposed Action Elements Affecting Alaskan Airspace 

F-22s at JBER-Elmendorf conduct similar missions and training programs as performed with the 

F-15Cs and F-15Es previously located at what is now JBER. The Air Force expects that the 

additional F-22s would use the training airspace associated with JBER in a manner similar to the 

F-22s currently based there. All F-22 flight activities would use existing Alaskan airspace. 

Figure 2.2-1 displays the five types of Alaskan training airspace. Four of those airspace types 

are used by F-22 aircraft for training. Airspace managed by JBER associated with the proposed 

F-22 plus-up includes MOAs, ATCAAs, Warning Areas, and Restricted Areas. Restricted Areas 

and the ground ranges supporting air-to-ground training are provided by joint use ranges at 

Stuart Creek Range (R-2205) and the Oklahoma Impact Area of R-2202 (Figures 2.2-2 and 2.2-3). 

The Army’s Blair Lakes Range (R-2211) is exclusively used by the Air Force. 

Operational requirements and performance characteristics 

of the F-22 dictate that most training would occur in MOAs 

and ATCAAs. MOAs are established by the Federal 

Aviation Administration (FAA) to separate military training 

aircraft from non-participating aircraft (those not using the 

MOA for training). Nonparticipating military and civil 

aircraft flying under visual flight rules may transit an active 

MOA by employing see-and-avoid procedures. When 

flying under instrument rules, nonparticipating aircraft 

must obtain an air traffic control clearance to enter an active 

MOA. 

The additional F-22 aircraft would train in existing 

Alaskan airspace where the two squadrons of JBER 

F-22 aircraft now train. 

Page 2-5



Figure 2.2-1. Types of Training Airspace 

Page 2-6



Figure 2.2-2. Alaska Training Special Use Airspace 

Page 2-7



Figure 2.2-3. MOAs, Restricted Areas, and Air-to-Ground Ranges 

Page 2-8



An ATCAA is airspace, often overlying a MOA, extending from 18,000 feet MSL to the altitude 

assigned by the FAA. Assigned on an as-needed basis and established by a letter of agreement 

between a military unit and the local FAA Air Route Traffic Control Center (ARTCC), each 

ATCAA provides additional airspace for training. ATCAAs are released to military users by 

the FAA only for the time they are to be used, allowing maximum access to the airspace by 

civilian aviation. 

Currently, military training routes (MTR) are not utilized by the F-22s at JBER-Elmendorf and 

are not expected to be used under the proposed plus-up. MTRs are flight corridors used to 

practice high-speed, low-altitude training, generally below 10,000 feet MSL. They are described 

by a centerline, with defined horizontal limits on either side of the centerline and vertical limits 

expressed as minimum and maximum altitudes along the flight track. 

Table 2.2-1 describes the current and projected F-22 air 

superiority missions and training. The F-22s typically fly one 

and one-half to two hour long missions, including takeoff, 

transit to and from the training airspace, training activities, and 

landing. Depending upon the distance and type of training 

activity, the F-22 spends between 20 to 60 minutes in a training 

airspace. On occasion during an exercise, the F-22 spends up to 

90 minutes in one or a set of airspace units. The additional F- 

22s would train just as the existing F-22s currently train. On 

average, the additional F-22s would fly the same percentage of 

The F-22 spends 70 percent of training time 

above 30,000 feet MSL. 

time after dark (30 percent) as do the F-22s currently using the airspaces. Barring a national 

emergency or a large scale exercise, after-dark sorties are not expected to occur during 

environmental night (10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.). 

The F-22 could use the full, authorized capabilities of the airspace units from 500 feet above 

ground level (AGL) to above 60,000 feet MSL. The F-22 would rarely (5 percent or less) fly 

below 10,000 feet MSL and consistently operates from 10,000 feet MSL to well above 30,000 feet 

MSL (see Table 2.2-2.) Actual flight altitudes in a specific airspace would depend upon the 

lower and upper limits of specific airspace units. 

More than 99 percent of supersonic 

flight would be conducted above 

10,000 feet MSL, with approximately 

75 percent occurring above 30,000 feet 

MSL. In authorized airspace, less 

than one percent of supersonic flight 

would occur below 10,000 feet MSL. 

Notes: 

AGL = above ground level; MSL = mean sea level; 

Page 2-9



Table 2.2-1. Current and Projected F-22 Training Activities (Page 1 of 2) 

Activity 

Aircraft 

Handling 

Characteristics 

Basic Fighter 

Maneuvers 

Air Combat 

Maneuvers 

Low-Altitude 

Training 

Tactical 

Intercepts 

Night 

Operations 

Description 

Training for proficiency in use and exploitation of 

the aircraft’s flight capabilities (consistent with 

operational and safety constraints), including, but 

not limited to, high/maximum angle of attack 

maneuvering, energy management, minimum time 

turns, maximum/optimum acceleration and 

deceleration techniques, and confidence 

maneuvers. 

Training designed to apply aircraft (1 versus 1) 

handling skills to gain proficiency in recognizing 

and solving range, closure, aspect, angle, and 

turning room problems in relation to another 

aircraft, to either attain a position from which 

weapons may be launched, or defeat weapons 

employed by an adversary. 

Training designed to achieve proficiency in 

formation (2 versus 1 or 2 versus 1+1) 

maneuvering, and the coordinated application of 

Basic Fighter Maneuvers to achieve a simulated kill 

or effectively defend against one or more aircraft 

from a pre-planned starting position, including the 

use of defensive countermeasures (chaff, flares). 

Air Combat Maneuvers may be accomplished from 

a visual formation, or short-range to beyond visual 

range. 

Aircraft offensive and defensive operations at low 

altitude, G-force awareness at low altitude, aircraft 

handling, turns, tactical formations, navigation, 

threat awareness, defensive response, defensive 

countermeasures (chaff/flares), low-to-high and 

high-to-low altitude intercepts, missile defense, and 

combat air patrol against low/medium altitude 

adversaries. 

Training (1 versus 1 up to 4 versus multiple 

adversaries) designed to achieve proficiency in 

formation tactics, radar employment, identification, 

weapons employment, defensive response, 

electronic countermeasures, and electronic counter 

countermeasures. 

Aircraft intercepts (1 versus 1 up to 4 versus 

multiple adversaries) flown between the hours of 

sunset and sunrise, including tactical intercepts, 

weapons employment, offensive and defensive 

maneuvering, chaff/flare, and electronic 

countermeasures. 

Airspace 

Type 

MOA 

and 

ATCAA 

MOA 

and 

ATCAA 

MOA 

and 

ATCAA 

MOA 

MOA 

and 

ATCAA 

Warning 

Area, 

MOA, 

and 

ATCAA 

Altitude 

(feet) 

5,000 

AGL to 

60,000 

MSL 

5,000 

AGL to 

30,000 

MSL 

5,000 

AGL to 

60,000 

MSL 

500 AGL 

to 5,000 

AGL 

500 AGL 

to 60,000 

MSL 

2,000 

AGL to 

60,000 

MSL 

Time in 

Airspace 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.75 to 

1.5 hour 

Page 2-10



Activity 

(Dissimilar) 

Air Combat 

Tactics 

Basic Surface 

Attack 

Tactical 

Weapons 

Delivery 

Table 2.2-1. Current and Projected F-22 Training Activities (Page 2 of 2) 

Surface Attack 

Tactics 

LRSOW 

Delivery 

Suppression of 

Enemy Air 

Defenses 

Major Flying 

Exercises / 

Mission 

Employment 

(60 days per 

year) 

Description 

Multi-aircraft and multi-adversary (2 versus 

multiple to larger force exercises) conducting 

offensive and defensive operations, combat air 

patrol, defense of airspace sector from composite 

force attack, intercept and simulate and destroy 

bomber aircraft, destroy/avoid adversary ground 

and air threats with simulated munitions and 

defensive countermeasures, strike-force 

rendezvous and protection. 

Air-to-ground simulated delivery of ordnance on a 

range. 

More challenging multiple attack headings and 

profiles; pilot is exposed to varying visual cues, 

shadow patterns, and the overall configuration and 

appearance of the target. Supersonic speeds that 

can include target acquisition are added to the 

challenge. 

Practiced in a block of airspace such as a MOA or 

Restricted Area that provides room to maneuver up 

to supersonic speeds. Defensive countermeasures 

may be deployed. Precise timing during the 

ingress to the target is practiced, as is target 

acquisition. Training includes egress from the 

target area and reforming into a tactical formation. 

Practiced in a MOA or ATCAA that provides for 

maneuvering room and supersonic speeds. Precise 

timing for speed, altitude, and launch parameters is 

practiced at high altitudes without release. Use of 

inert munitions in low altitude drops to evaluate 

timing and aircraft performance. Remote training 

using LRSOW at authorized ranges outside Alaska. 

Highly specialized mission requiring specific 

ordnance and avionics and can include supersonic 

speeds and defensive countermeasures. The 

objective of this mission is to simulate neutralizing 

or destroying ground-based anti-aircraft systems. 

Multi-aircraft and multi-adversary composite strike 

force exercise (day or night), air refueling, strikeforce 

rendezvous, conducting air-to-ground strikes, 

strike force defense and escort, air intercepts, 

electronic countermeasures, electronic countercounter 

measures, combat air patrol, defense 

against composite force, bomber intercepts, 

destroy/disrupt/avoid adversary fighters, 

defensive countermeasure (chaff/flare) use. 

Airspace 

Type 

MOA 

and 

ATCAA 

MOA, R- 

ATCAA, 

MOA, R- 

ATCAA, 

MOA, R- 

ATCAA, 

MOA, R- 

ATCAA, 

MOA, R- 

ATCAA, 

MOA, 

and R- 

Altitude 

(feet) 

500 AGL 

to 60,000 

MSL 

Surface 

to 60,000 

MSL 

Surface 

to 60,000 

MSL 

Surface 

to 60,000 

MSL 

Surface 

to 60,000 

MSL 

Surface 

to 60,000 

MSL 

Surface 

to 60,000 

MSL 

Time in 

Airspace 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

0.5 to 1.0 

hour 

Notes: 

MOA = Military Operations Area; ATCAA = Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace; R- = Restricted Area; AGL = 

above ground level; MSL = mean sea level; LRSOW = Long-Range Standoff Weapon 

Page 2-11



Table 2.2-2. Current and Projected F-22 Altitude Use 

Altitude (feet) Percent of Flight Hours: F-22 

>30,000 MSL 70% 

10,000-30,000 MSL 25% 

5,000-10,000 MSL 3% 

2,000-5,000 AGL 1.5% 

1,000-2,000 AGL .25% 

500-1000 AGL 0.25% 

Additional F-22 operational aircraft would fly training flights in one or more of the Alaskan 

training airspaces, as do the existing F-22s. Activities in the training airspace are termed sortieoperations. 

A sortie-operation is defined as the use of one airspace unit by one aircraft. Each 

time a single aircraft flies in a different airspace unit, one sortie-operation is counted for that 

unit. Thus, a single aircraft can generate several sortie-operations in the course of a mission. 

The JBER affected airspace units consist of MOAs and ATCAAs currently used by the F-22s for 

routine training. Figure 2.2-2 presents these airspaces. ATCAAs overlie nearly all of the MOAs. 

Figure 2.2-3 presents a closer view of Restricted Areas with the air-to-ground ranges currently 

used for F-22 air-to-ground missions. 

The additional F-22s would employ supersonic flight to train with the full capabilities of the 

aircraft as do the existing F-22s. All supersonic flight would occur at altitudes and within 

airspace already authorized for such activities. The augmented F-22 squadrons would continue 

to fly approximately 25 percent of the time spent in MOAs and ATCAAs at supersonic speed. 

The F-22 has greater performance capabilities than either the F-15C or F-15E, and pilots must 

train to use those capabilities. 

2.2.1 F-22 Training Flights Within Alaskan Airspace 

The F-22 has the potential to use missiles or a gun in air-to-air engagements. Training for the 

use of these weapons is predominantly simulated. Simulating air-to-air attacks uses all the 

radar and targeting systems available on the F-22, but nothing is fired in Alaskan airspace. F-22 

live-fire air-to-air training would continue to occur during specialized training or exercises at 

ranges authorized for these activities. 

The current sortie-operations in JBER MOAs within Alaska are 

presented in Table 2.2-3. The existing 36 F-22s use the Fox, 

Stony, and Susitna MOAs and associated ATCAAs for 65 

percent of their training sortie-operations. Table 2.2-4 compares 

existing MOA training of JBER-based F-22 aircraft with the 

proposed training activity of the augmented squadrons of F-22 

aircraft. 

The F-22 aircraft do not train in MTRs, and they are not 

projected to do so with current missions. F-22 training does 

include incidental training in the Blying Sound Warning Area 

(W-612) (see Figure 2.2-2). A Warning Area is an over-water 

airspace similar to range airspace over land. 

Operational pilots must continually train to 

maintain skills essential for combat. Existing 

Alaskan airspace would meet the training 

needs of F-22 pilots based at JBER. 

Page 2-12

Page 2-13 

Table 2.2-3. Baseline and Projected Annual Sortie-Operations in Regional MOAs 

Airspace Unit 

Floor 

Ceiling 1 

FY 2009 Use Current Year Use - BASELINE 2 Proposed Use 2 

(feet AGL) (feet MSL) F-22 3 F-15C Other Total F-22 3 F-15C Other Total F-22 4 Other 5 Total 

Birch 500 5,000 0 0 2,149 2,149 0 0 2,149 2,149 0 2,149 2,149 

Buffalo 300 7,000 0 0 2,150 2,150 0 0 2,150 2,150 0 2,150 2,150 

Delta 6 3,000 18,000 378 360 2,377 3,115 378 171 2,377 2,926 456 2,548 3,004 

Eielson 100 18,000 1,284 1,145 4,613 7,042 1,284 503 4,613 6,400 1,550 5,116 6,666 

Fox 1 5,000 18,000 1,284 1,145 4,613 7,042 1,284 503 4,613 6,400 1,550 5,116 6,666 

Fox 2 5,000 18,000 1,284 1,145 4,613 7,042 1,284 503 4,613 6,400 1,550 5,116 6,666 

Fox 3 5,000 18,000 1,307 1,204 3,854 6,365 1,307 551 3,854 5,712 1,577 4,405 5,982 

Galena 1,000 18,000 16 200 40 256 16 192 40 248 19 232 251 

Naknek 1/2 3,000 18,000 95 205 10 310 95 158 10 263 115 168 282 

Stony A/B 100 18,000 1,565 1,321 8 2,894 1,565 539 8 2,112 1,889 547 2,435 

Susitna 

5,000 AGL or 10,000 

18,000 1,202 901 15 2,118 1,202 300 15 1,517 1,451 

MSL, whichever is higher 

315 

1,766 

Viper 500 18,000 392 384 3,999 4,775 392 188 3,999 4,579 473 4,187 4,660 

Yukon 1 100 18,000 392 384 3,999 4,775 392 188 3,999 4,579 473 4,187 4,660 

Yukon 2 100 18,000 392 382 3,026 3,800 392 186 3,026 3,604 473 3,212 3,685 

Yukon 3 A/B 7 100 18,000 392 382 2,636 3,410 392 186 2,636 3,214 473 2,822 3,295 

Yukon 4 100 18,000 392 382 2,582 3,356 392 186 2,582 3,160 473 2,768 3,241 

Yukon 5 8 5,000 18,000 386 372 2,447 3,205 386 179 2,447 3,012 466 2,626 3,092 

Notes: 

1. ATCAAs overlie all MOAs in the table. 

2. Current and future year use expected to be same as FY 2009 use except for reduction in F-15C operations resulting from 19th Fighter Squadron (19 FS) 

relocation from JBER-Elmendorf completed in FY10. The number of sortie operations conducted by 19 FS is assumed to be approximately equal to the 

sorties conducted by a single F-22 squadron. Each of the two F-22 squadrons at JBER-Elmendorf was assumed to fly 1/2 of the FY09 F-22 sortie-operations. 

Therefore, current year F-15C sortie operations by transient aircraft were estimated to be the number of F-15C operations in FY09 minus half the FY09 

number of F-22 operations. 

3. Numbers in this column are for 2 F-22 squadrons (36 primary aircraft). 

4. Numbers in this column are for 2 plus-up F-22 squadrons (42 primary aircraft). 

5. ‘Other’ aircraft include F-15C aircraft as well as other transient aircraft types 

6. Delta MOA sortie-operations are derived from historic use of the Delta T-MOA. 

7. Consists of Yukon 3A (100 AGL-10,000 MSL); Yukon 3B (2,000 AGL-18,000 MSL). 

8. Used for MFE only. 

AGL = above ground level; MSL = mean sea level; ATCAA = Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace; MOA = Military Operations Area. 


2.0 Description of the Proposed Action and Alternatives



Table 2.2-4. Current and Projected Annual Training Munitions 

Training Munition Class Current F-22 Projected F-22 

Ammunition 

20 mm 26,659 31,102 

Air to Ground 

250 pound 200 200 

1,000 pound 50-60 60-70 

2.2.2 Air-to-Ground Training 

The F-22 has an air-to-ground mission. F-22 pilots spend approximately 80 percent of their 

training in air-to-air missions and 20 percent of their training in air-to-ground missions. 

Most air-to-ground training would be simulated, where no munitions would be released from 

the aircraft. The F-22s use avionics to simulate ordnance delivery on a target. This type of 

training could be conducted in any of the airspace units and would not require an air-to-ground 

range. 

Air-to-ground training also includes ordnance delivery training. All ordnance delivery training 

would continue to adhere to the requirements and restrictions of the ranges. Table 2.2-4 

presents the current and projected F-22 air-to-ground munitions used in training. The primary 

air-to-ground ordnance carried by the F-22 is the Guided Bomb Unit (GBU)-32, and will also 

include the Small Diameter Bomb (SDB) (GBU-39/B). The GBU-32 is a 1,000 pound equivalent 

variant of the Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM). JDAMs are guided to the target by an 

attached Global Positioning System receiver. SDBs are guided 250 pound equivalent munitions. 

Training with these weapons in Alaskan airspace could include accelerating to launch speed, 

altitude, and delivery profile prior to opening the weapons bay. JDAMs or SDBs can only be 

deployed at approved air-to-ground ranges. 

Actual live ordnance delivery training at approved delivery profiles occurs during the times 

when F-22 squadrons are deployed to locations where levels of munitions training are 

authorized. Such locations include the Nellis Range Complex in Nevada, the Utah Test and 

Training Range, and the approved ranges associated with Eglin AFB. The negligible level of 

use of these remote ranges and the current level of use by others suggest that projected F-22 use 

does not warrant additional detailed environmental analysis for these ranges. 

F-22 training with inert munitions comparable in size to a 

JDAM or an SDB could occur on approved Alaskan 

Ranges. F-22 flight profiles, altitudes, and speed would 

be restricted to ensure that such munitions meet 

approved range weapon safety footprints. 

2.2.3 Defensive Countermeasures 

Chaff and flares are the principal defensive 

countermeasures dispensed by military aircraft to avoid 

detection or attack by enemy air defense systems. 

Ground personnel are trained in handling munitions 

and chaff and flares to ensure the F-22 operational 

wing is combat ready. 

Page 2-14



Although the F-22’s low visibility features reduce its detectability, pilots must still train to 

employ defensive countermeasures. The additional F-22s would use RR-180/AL chaff and 

MJU-10/B flares in approved Alaskan airspace as the existing F-22s do. Defensive chaff and 

flares are used to keep aircraft from being successfully targeted by weapons such as surface-toair 

missiles, anti-aircraft artillery, or other aircraft. Appendix A describes the characteristics of 

chaff, and Appendix B describes the characteristics of flares used in defensive training. 

Effective use of chaff and flares in combat requires frequent training by aircrews to master the 

timing of deployment and the capabilities of the defensive countermeasure, and by ground 

crews to ensure safe and efficient handling of chaff and flares. Defensive countermeasures 

deployment in JBER-authorized airspace is governed by a series of regulations based on safety, 

environmental considerations, and defensive countermeasures limitations. These regulations 

establish procedures governing the use of chaff and flares over ranges, other governmentowned 

and controlled lands, and nongovernment-owned or controlled areas. Chaff and flares 

would continue to be used in approved training airspace. Table 2.2-5 presents the existing and 

proposed F-22 chaff and flare use. 

A bundle of chaff consists of approximately 0.5 to 5.6 million fibers, each thinner than a human 

hair, that are cut to reflect radar signals and, when dispensed from aircraft, form a brief 

electronic “cloud” that breaks the radar signal and temporarily hides the maneuvering aircraft 

from radar detection. With each F-22 chaff bundle, approximately 3.5 ounces of chaff fibers are 

widely dispersed along with four 1-inch by ½-inch by 1/8-inch pieces of plastic or nylon and six 

approximately 2-inch by 3-inch pieces of parchment paper which fall to the ground. 

Table 2.2-5. Existing and Proposed F-22 Annual Chaff and Flare Use 

Aircraft Existing Proposed Change 

Chaff Bundles 17,132 19,987 +2,855 

Flares 22,747 26,538 +3,791 

Source: 

1. FY 2009 Usage 

Flares ejected from aircraft provide high-temperature heat sources that mislead heat-sensitive or 

heat-seeking targeting systems. Flares burn for less than five seconds at a temperature of 

approximately 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit to simulate jet exhaust. During the burn, a flare 

descends approximately 400 feet. The burning magnesium flare pellet is completely consumed 

and two ¼ inch by 2-inch by 2-inch pieces of plastic or nylon, one 2-inch by 1-inch by ½-inch 

plastic Safety and Initiation (S & I) device, and an up to 4-inch by 15-inch piece of aluminumcoated 

duct tape-type mylar wrapping material fall to the ground. Restrictions for flare use in 

Alaskan MOAs are described below. 

• Flares may only be deployed above 5,000 feet AGL from June 1 through September 30 to 

reduce the potential for fires. 

• For the remainder of the year, the minimum altitude for flare use is 2,000 feet AGL, well 

above the safety standards set by the Department of Defense (DoD). 

Page 2-15



2.3 Alternatives Considered But Not Carried Forward 

On July 31, 2010, the Air Force Secretariat, after review of the basing of the Air Force’s F-22 

aircraft, determined the most effective basing for the F-22. This requires relocating one 

Holloman F-22 Squadron to an existing F-22 base, Tyndall AFB, Florida, and redistributing the 

second Holloman AFB F-22 squadron aircraft to units at three existing F-22 bases. The F-22s 

would be redistributed as follows: JBER-Elmendorf, Alaska, would receive six additional 

primary aircraft; Langley AFB, Virginia, would receive six additional primary aircraft; and 

Nellis AFB, Nevada, would receive two additional primary aircraft. 

2.3.1 Alternative Locations 

The Air Force Secretariat reviewed F-22 aircraft bases and operational requirements and 

determined that the proposed redistribution of existing squadrons and aircraft would maximize 

combat aircraft and squadrons available for operational contingencies. Consolidating aircraft at 

existing F-22 bases, including JBER, enhances F-22 operational flexibility. 

Redistributing the six primary and one back-up F-22 aircraft designated for JBER to other 

locations would not be consistent with achieving combat readiness. Different distributions or 

locations of aircraft represent alternatives considered but not carried forward for analysis in this 

EA. 

2.3.2 Alternative Flight Operations at JBER 

Alternative percentage distributions of flight operations for the JBER-Elmendorf main runway 

(06/24) and the cross-wind runway (16/34) were evaluated for F-22 and C-17 aircraft 

operations. A range of F-22 flight operations from 45 percent to 100 percent on the main 

runway were evaluated to determine operational and noise effects. C-17 flight operations were 

also evaluated for short-field cross-wind runway operations during the day and night. 

Potential alternatives which exceeded approximately 25 percent of F-22 launches or some C-17 

closed pattern operations on the cross-wind runway were estimated to produce off-base noise 

impacts south of the base. Operations on the cross-wind runway above the approximate 25 

percent use described in the proposed action were determined to be alternatives considered but 

not carried forward. 


No Action for this EA means no beddown of an additional six F-22 primary aircraft would 

occur at JBER at this time. Analysis of the No Action Alternative provides a benchmark for 

environmental analysis. Section 1502.14(d) of NEPA requires an EA to analyze the No Action 

Alternative. The No Action Alternative would result in no additional F-22 aircraft being 

assigned to JBER, no F-22 related personnel changes, and no additional F-22 flight activities near 

the base or in training airspace. 

For this EA, No Action is the baseline condition, with two squadrons of F-22 aircraft based at 

JBER. Table 2.2-3 presents the airspace training associated with existing F-22 squadrons. This 

airspace training would be expected to continue under No Action. Taking no action would 

Page 2-16



negatively affect the overall consolidation of F-22 combat aircraft and Air Force operational 

flexibility (see Section 1.0). 


The Environmental Impact Analysis Process, in compliance with NEPA guidance, includes 

public and agency review of information pertinent to the Proposed Action, and provides a full 

and fair discussion of potential consequences to the natural and human environment. A Notice 

of Intent (NOI) to prepare an EA was published in the Anchorage Daily News, the Mat-Su 

Valley Frontiersman, and the Eagle River Star December 19 to 27, 2010. Public and agency 

inputs to the environmental analysis of the proposed F-22 plus-up were requested. Interagency 

and Intergovernmental Coordination for 

Environmental Planning (IICEP) letters were sent and 

responses received through January 2011. 

Government-to-government communication with 

potentially affected Alaska Native groups were 

conducted between December 2010 and February 2011. 

2.5.1 EA Organization 

This EA is organized into the following chapters and 

appendices. Chapter 1.0 describes the purpose and 

need of the proposal to beddown the additional six 

primary and one backup F-22 aircraft at JBER. A 

description of the Proposed Action and the No Action 

Alternative is provided in Chapter 2.0. Finally, Chapter 

2.0 provides a comparative summary of the effects of 

the Proposed Action and No Action Alternative with 

respect to the various environmental resources. 

Chapter 3.0 describes the existing conditions both at 

JBER-Elmendorf and within the Alaskan training 

airspace. Chapter 4.0 overlays the Chapter 2 Proposed 

Action on the Chapter 3 baseline conditions to produce 

the environmental consequences at JBER-Elmendorf 

and within the Alaskan training airspace. Chapter 5.0 

presents a cumulative analysis, considers the 

relationship between short-term uses and long-term 

productivity identified for the resources affected, and 

summarizes the irreversible and irretrievable 

commitment of resources if the Proposed Action were 

implemented. References cited in the EA, lists of 

individuals and organizations contacted during the 

preparation of the EA, and a list of the document 

preparers is included after Chapter 5.0. 

F-22 Plus-Up EA 


Chapter 1.0 Purpose and Need for F-22 Plus- 

Up at JBER 



1.3 Need for F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 

Chapter 2.0 Description of Proposed Action 

and Alternatives 

2.1 Proposed Action Elements Affecting 

JBER-Elmendorf 

2.2 Proposed Action Elements Affecting 

Alaskan Airspace 

2.3 Alternatives Considered But Not Carried 

Forward 




2.7 Environmental Comparison of the 

Proposed Action No Action Alternative 

Chapter 3.0 Affected Environment 

3.1 Airspace Management and Air Traffic 

Control 

3.2 Noise 

3.3 Safety 


3.5 Hazardous Materials and Waste 

Management 



3.8 Land Use, Transportation, and 

Recreation 



Chapter 4.0 Environmental Consequences 


4.2 Noise 

4.3 Safety 


4.5 Hazardous Materials and Waste 

Management 



4.8 Land Use, Transportation, and 

Recreation 



Chapter 5.0 Cumulative Impacts 



References 


Appendices 

Page 2-17



In addition to the main text, the following appendices are included in this document: Appendix 

A, Characteristics of Chaff; Appendix B, Characteristics and Analysis of Flares; Appendix C, 

Agency Coordination; Appendix D, Aircraft Noise Analysis and Airspace Operations; 

Appendix E, Section 7 (Endangered Species Act) Compliance Wildlife Analysis for F-22 Plus Up 

Environmental Assessment; Appendix F, Review of Effects of Aircraft Noise, Chaff, and Flares 

on Biological Resources. 

2.5.2 Scope of Resource Analysis 

The Proposed Action has the potential to affect certain environmental resources. These 

potentially affected resources have been identified through communications with state and 

federal agencies and Alaska Natives, review of past environmental documentation, and public 

input. Specific environmental resources with the potential for environmental consequences 

include airspace management and air traffic control (including airport traffic), noise, safety, air 

quality, biological resources, cultural resources, land use (including recreation and 

transportation), socioeconomics, and environmental justice. Since there would be no 

construction associated with the Proposed Action, there would be no expected environmental 

consequences to certain resources, such as water and earth resources. Therefore, these resources 

are not included in this EA. 

2.5.3 Public and Agency Input 

The Air Force initiated early public and agency 

involvement in the environmental analysis of the proposed 

plus-up of the additional six primary and one backup F-22 

aircraft. The Air Force distributed IICEP letters and 

published notices of the intent to prepare this EA in the 

Anchorage Daily News, the Mat Su Valley Frontiersman, and 

the Eagle River Alaska Start. These announcements solicited 

public and agency input on the proposal. The IICEP 

Distribution List and Agency Coordination are presented in 

Appendix C. 

JBER F-22 pilots are residents of Alaska and listen 

to the concerns of agencies and the public to be 

good neighbors during operational training. 

The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) response to the IICEP letter included their 

statement that there are no federally listed or proposed species and/or designated or proposed 

critical habitat for which they are responsible within the action area of the project (USFWS 

2011). The National Marine Fisheries Service determined that the F-22 plus-up may affect but is 

unlikely to adversely affect the Cook Inlet beluga whale (CIBW) (Appendix C). 

Notices of the intent to prepare this EA with enclosed stamped return postcards were sent to 35 

Alaska Native villages and Tribal government entities. Nine Alaska Native villages returned the 

response postcards. No specific comments on the proposed action from any Alaska Native 

village or Tribal government entity were received during or after the scoping period (Appendix 

C). Information from previous consultation with Alaska Natives has been included in this EA. 

No written comments were received from the public in response to the notices of the intent to 

prepare this EA published in the local newspapers. 

Page 2-18



This EA and draft FONSI were issued for a 30-day public and agency review and comment 

period. Public and Agency comments received during the entire environmental impact analysis 

process have been incorporated into this EA. 


This EA analyzes the potential environmental consequences associated with the F-22 plus-up 

according to the requirements of NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), CEQ regulations (40 CFR 1500– 

1508), and The Environmental Impact Analysis Process (32 CFR 989 et seq.). NEPA is the basic 

national charter for identifying environmental consequences of major federal actions. NEPA 

ensures that environmental information is available to the public, agencies, and the decision 

makers before decisions are made and before actions are taken. 

2.6.1 National Environmental Policy Act 

In accordance with NEPA of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4347), CEQ Regulations for Implementing the 

Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR §§ 1500-1508), and 32 CFR 989, et seq., Environmental 

Impact Analysis Process (EIAP) (formerly promulgated as AFI 32-7061), the Air Force is preparing 

this EA to consider the potential consequences to the human and natural environment that may 

result from implementation of this proposal. 

NEPA requires federal agencies to take into consideration the potential environmental 

consequences of proposed actions in their decision-making process. The intent of NEPA is to 

protect, restore, and enhance the environment through well-informed federal decisions. The 

CEQ was established under NEPA to implement and oversee federal policy in this process. The 

CEQ subsequently issued the Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of the 

NEPA (40 CFR Sections 1500–1508) (CEQ 1978). 

The activities addressed within this document constitute a federal action and therefore must be 

assessed in accordance with NEPA. To comply with NEPA, as well as other pertinent 

environmental requirements, the decision-making process for the Proposed Action includes the 

development of the EA to address the environmental issues related to the proposed activities. 

The Air Force implementing procedures for NEPA are contained in 32 CFR 989 et seq., EIAP. 

2.6.2 Endangered Species Act 

The ESA of 1973 (16 USC §§ 1531–1544, as amended) established measures for the protection of 

plant and animal species that are federally listed as threatened and endangered, and for the 

conservation of habitats that are critical to the continued existence of those species. Compliance 

with the ESA requires communication with the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and 

the USFWS in cases where a federal action could affect listed threatened or endangered species, 

species proposed for listing, or candidates for listing. Federal agencies must evaluate the effects 

of their proposed actions through a set of defined procedures, which can include the 

preparation of a Biological Assessment and can require formal consultation with USFWS under 

Section 7 of the Act. The primary focus of this consultation is to request a determination of 

whether any of these species occur in the proposal area. If any of these species is present, a 

determination is made of any potential adverse effects on the species. The appropriate USFWS 

Page 2-19



and NMFS offices as well as state agencies were contacted to inform them of the proposal and 

to request data regarding applicable protected species. The USFWS replied on February 8, 2011 

that there are no federally listed or proposed species and/or designated or proposed critical 

habitat for which they are responsible within the action area of the project. The NMFS replied on 

February 22, 2011 with their determination that the F-22 plus-up may affect but is unlikely to 

adversely affect the CIBW. Appendix C includes copies of relevant coordination letters, and 

Appendix E is the wildlife study used in informal consultation with the NMFS under Section 7 

of the ESA. 

2.6.3 Cultural Resources Regulatory Requirements 

The NHPA of 1966 (16 USC § 470) established the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) 

and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) outlining procedures for the 

management of cultural resources on federal property. 

Cultural resources can include archaeological remains, architectural structures, and traditional 

cultural properties such as ancestral settlements, historic trails, and places where significant 

historic events occurred. NHPA requires federal agencies to consider potential impacts to 

cultural resources that are listed, nominated to, or eligible for listing on the NRHP; designated a 

National Historic Landmark; or valued by modern Alaska Natives for maintaining their 

traditional culture. Section 106 of NHPA (as amended) requires federal agencies to take into 

account the effects of their undertakings on historic properties. Protection of Historic and Cultural 

Properties (36 CFR 800 [1986]) provides an explicit set of procedures for federal agencies to meet 

their obligations under Section 106 of the NHPA, which includes inventorying of resources and 

consultation with State Historic Preservation Officers (SHPOs). 

The American Indian Religious Freedom Act (AIRFA) (42 USC § 1996) established federal 

policy to protect and preserve the rights of Native Americans to believe, express, and exercise 

their traditional religions, including providing access to sacred sites. 

AFI 32-7065, Cultural Resources Management (2004) establishes guidelines for managing and 

protecting cultural resources on property affected by Air Force operations in the U.S. and U.S. 

territories and possessions. 

The preservation of Alaska Native cultural resources is coordinated by the SHPO, as mandated 

by the NHPA and its implementing regulations. Letters were sent to potentially affected Alaska 

Native communities informing them of the proposal (Appendix C). Further communication is 

included as part of this EA review process. 

2.6.4 Clean Air Act 

The Clean Air Act (CAA) (42 USC §§ 7401–7671q, as amended) provided the authority for the 

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) to establish nationwide air quality 

standards to protect public health and welfare. Federal standards, known as the National 

Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), were developed for six criteria pollutants: ozone 

(O 3), nitrogen dioxide (NO 2), carbon monoxide (CO), sulfur dioxide (SO 2), both coarse and fine 

inhalable particulate matter (less than or equal to 10 micrometers in diameter [PM 10], and 

particulate matter less than or equal to 2.5 micrometers in diameter [PM 2.5]), and lead (Pb). The 

Page 2-20



Act also requires that each state prepare a State Implementation Plan (SIP) for maintaining and 

improving air quality and eliminating violations of the NAAQS. In nonattainment and 

maintenance areas, the CAA requires federal agencies to determine whether their proposed 

actions conform with the applicable SIP and demonstrate that their actions will not (1) cause or 

contribute to a new violation of the NAAQS, (2) increase the frequency or severity of any 

existing violation, or (3) delay timely attainment of any standard, emission reduction, or 

milestone contained in the SIP. JBER is in attainment for all criteria pollutants and therefore an 

Air Conformity Review under the CAA Amendments is not required as emissions for air 

pollutants are below the de minimis threshold. 

2.6.5 Other Regulatory Requirements 

Additional regulatory legislation that potentially applies to the implementation of this proposal 

includes guidelines promulgated by Executive Order (EO) 12898, Federal Actions to Address 

Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, to ensure that 

disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on citizens in either 

of these categories are identified and addressed, as appropriate. Additionally, potential health 

and safety impacts that could disproportionately affect children are considered under the 

guidelines established by EO 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and 

Safety Risks. 

2.7 Environmental Comparison of the Proposed Action 

and No Action Alternative 

Table 2.7-1 summarizes the consequences at JBER-Elmendorf and the 

training airspace of implementing the Proposed Action, and includes 

the No Action Alternative. This summary is derived from the detailed 

analyses presented in Chapter 4.0. Chapter 5.0 addresses cumulative 

consequences and finds that there are no significant cumulative 

environmental consequences resulting from an F-22 Plus-up decision 

when added to other past, present, or reasonably foreseeable future 

federal and non-federal actions. 

The Proposed Action is to 

beddown six additional primary 

and one backup F-22 aircraft. 

Page 2-21

Airspace 

Management and 

Air Traffic Control 

Noise 

Safety 



Table 2.7-1. Summary of Impacts by Resource (Page 1 of 3) 

Resource Proposed Action Options No Action 

Base. AATA management of airspace would not 

be impacted by additional F-22 sorties. 

Airspace. The additional aircraft would not affect 

regional airspace management, and usage of the 

airspace would not change to the extent that civil 

aviation could be affected. 

Base. Portions of JBER would experience 

increased noise levels. No JBER residences would 

be exposed to noise levels greater than 80 L dn. 

Structures in the flightline would continue to be 

exposed to noise at greater than 80 dB L dn. 

Workers on JBER are protected against possible 

noise impacts by adherence to DoD noise 

management guidelines. 

Off-base areas expected to be within the 65 dB L dn 

noise contour are part of the Port of Anchorage, a 

portion of the Knik Arm, and a small area of land 

across the Knik Arm. The slightly increased area 

would not be expected to impact human or 

natural resources in off-base areas. 

Airspace. The change between baseline conditions 

and the Proposed Action would be 1 dB L dnmr or 

less in all training airspaces. Sonic booms under 

training MOAs would increase by between 1 and 

3 per month from the existing 10 to 26 per month. 

Sonic booms would not pose a health or other 

risk, but could increase annoyance. 

Base. No change in off-base safety conditions or in 

Bird-Aircraft Strike Hazard (BASH), munitions, or 

personnel safety. F-22 Class A mishap rate 

expected to be comparable to F-15. 

Airspace. No substantive change in or impacts to 

flight, ground, or other safety aspects. F-22 flight 

altitudes and situational awareness is expected to 

result in no safety impacts within the airspace. 

No safety impacts from chaff and flare use. Flare 

use would continue to adhere to altitude and 

seasonal restrictions. 

Existing terminal airspace, 

MOA, range, and other 

airspace usage would not 

change; F-22s would 

continue to train from 

JBER-Elmendorf and 

continue to train in the 

airspace as they do today. 

Noise contours and 

conditions at JBER would 

remain the same as 

baseline conditions. 

Continuation of current 

noise levels from subsonic 

and supersonic flight in 

training airspace. No 

change in sonic booms in 

any MOAs. 

Continuation of current 

safety conditions at JBER- 

Elmendorf. 

No change from existing 

training by F-22s in 

airspace. Continued use 

of chaff and flares in 

training airspace. 

Page 2-22





Air Quality 

Base. Plus-up of six primary F-22 aircraft would 

not affect air quality. JBER-Elmendorf is in 

attainment for all criteria pollutants. Anticipated 

emission resulting from the Proposed Action 

would not cause or contribute to a new NAAQS 

violation. Green House Gas emissions would not 

change globally by a transfer of aircraft from one 

base to another. 

Aircraft operations at the 

base or in the airspace 

would not change from 

current F-22 training 

activity. There would be 

no change to the current 

air quality. 

Hazardous Materials 

and Waste 

Management 

Biological Resources 

Airspace. Because the F-22 flight altitude is above 

the mixing height, along with the large area of 

training airspace, the approximate 16.7 percent 

increase in training sorties would not affect air 

quality. 

Base. No significant effect on hazardous 

materials, hazardous wastes, or the 

Environmental Restoration Program (ERP). 

Existing hazardous waste accumulation sites and 

procedures are adequate to handle the changes 

anticipated with the expected six additional 

primary aircraft. 

Airspace. No significant effect on hazardous 

materials or hazardous wastes in training 

airspace. 

Base. Potential effects to CIBW include slight 

potential for behavioral response to the overflight 

of F-22s over the Knik Arm. Approximately 0.04 

CIBW individuals are projected to be behaviorally 

harassed annually resulting from the noise 

generated by the proposed additional F-22 flying 

operations (an estimated four whales in 100 

years). NMFS determined that the plus-up may 

affect, but is unlikely to adversely affect, the 

CIBW. No sensitive species, including threatened 

or endangered species, are expected to be 

impacted by the additional F-22 aircraft. 

Airspace. Slight increase in subsonic noise from 

current conditions with no change in effects to 

wildlife. Increase in sonic booms may startle some 

individual animals. However, regional wildlife in 

the affected MOAs has previously experienced 

sonic booms and is likely habituated. Increase in 

paper, plastic, and other residual pieces from 

chaff and flare use would not be expected to affect 

biological resources. 


use of hazardous 

materials and generation 

of hazardous waste. 

Biological resources 

would not change from 

existing conditions. 


conditions with military 

training overflights and 

sonic booms. Continued 

sonic booms with the 

potential to startle 

wildlife. Continued chaff 

and flare usage. 

Page 2-23





Cultural Resources Base. No construction and no impacts to historic No change from existing 

properties at JBER-Elmendorf. 

conditions. 

Land Use/ 

Transportation/ 

Recreation 

Socioeconomics 

Environmental 

Justice 

Airspace. No impacts to historic properties under 

the airspace. 

Increase in sonic booms, when discernible, may 

annoy users of land, but would not be expected to 

affect Alaska Native subsistence hunting. 

Base. No change in land use or transportation on 

base. Some extension of the 65 dB L dn noise 

contour over 6.6 acres of compatible land uses in 

the Port of Anchorage, 410.7 acres over water of 

the Knik Arm, and over a 0.2 acre area across the 

Knik Arm. Industrial land uses would be 

compatible with existing and projected noise 

levels. 

Airspace. No affect to land use or land use 

patterns under the airspace. Recreationists, 

hunters, and fishermen may discern an increase in 

sonic booms. 

Base. No measurable effect upon the regional 

economy with an addition of less than one percent 

of the personnel and no new construction. 

Airspace. No discernible effects on social or 

economic conditions under the airspace. Increase 

in sonic booms, where discernible, may annoy 

some individuals participating in subsistence or 

recreational hunting and/or fishing. Any 

disturbance would not be expected to affect 

activities under the airspace or local economies 

that rely on subsistence resources. 

Base. No disproportionate off-base impacts are 

anticipated on disadvantaged populations. There 

would be no health or safety risks to children. 

This includes no 65 dB L dn noise contours off-base 

to the community of Mountain View. 

Airspace. Distributions of Alaska Natives under 

the airspace are representative of rural 

populations throughout the state. No 

disproportionate impact to minority and lowincome 

populations anticipated. No health and 

safety effect to children under the airspace. 

No change to the noise 

environment on the base 

or off the base. 

No F-22 plus-up change in 

base personnel. 


airspace use conditions. 

Continued presence of 

military aircraft and sonic 

booms under training 

airspace. 

No F-22 plus-up induced 

change in base personnel. 


airspace use conditions. 

No increase in sonic 

booms. 

No change to existing 

base or airspace 

conditions. Continued 

military training in 

airspace over rural 

populations. 

Page 2-24


3.0 Affected Environment 

3.0 BASE AND TRAINING AIRSPACE 

AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT 

This chapter contains the environment potentially affected by the Proposed Action. The NEPA 

requires that the analysis address those areas and components of the environment with the 

potential to be affected; locations and resources with no potential to be affected need not be 

analyzed. 

Each environmental resource discussion begins with an explanation of the potential geographic 

scope of any potential consequences, the Region of Influence (ROI). For most resources in this 

chapter, the ROI is defined as the vicinity of the airfield where F-22s are located or the existing 

military training airspace where F-22s train. In this EA, the airfield and its vicinity are termed 

JBER-Elmendorf. For some resources (such as Noise, Air Quality, and Socioeconomics), the ROI 

extends over a larger jurisdiction unique to the resource. 

The Existing Condition of each relevant environmental resource is described to give the public 

and agency decision-makers a meaningful point from which they can compare potential future 

environmental, social, and economic effects. The baseline conditions described in this chapter 

constitute conditions under the No Action Alternative. 

3.1 Airspace Management and Air Traffic Control 

The affected environment or ROI for F-22 aircraft operations at JBER-Elmendorf includes the 

airfield, airspace surrounding the airfield, and airspace designated for military training in 

Alaska. Airspace management and Air Traffic Control (ATC) is defined as the direction, 

control, and handling of flight operations in the “navigable airspace” that overlies the 

geopolitical borders of the U.S. and its territories. “Navigable airspace” is airspace above the 

minimum altitudes of flight prescribed by regulations under USC Title 49, Subtitle VII, Part A, 

and includes airspace needed to ensure safety in the takeoff and landing of aircraft, as defined 

in FAA Order 7400.2E (49 USC). This navigable airspace is a limited natural resource that 

Congress has charged the FAA to administer in the public interest as necessary to ensure the 

safety of aircraft and its efficient use (FAA Order 7400.2E 2000). 

3.1.1 Base Airfield and Vicinity Existing Conditions 

JBER-Elmendorf manages airspace in accordance with processes and procedures detailed in AFI 

13-201, Air Force Airspace Management (Air Force 2001b; 2009). AFI 13-201 implements Air Force 

Planning Document 13-2, Air Traffic Control, Airspace, Airfield, and Range Management, and DoD 

Directive 5030.19, DoD Responsibilities on Federal Aviation and National Airspace System Matters. 

This AFI addresses the aeronautical matters governing the efficient planning, acquisition, use, 

and management of airspace required to support Air Force flight operations (Air Force 2001b). 

Airspace supporting operations at JBER-Elmendorf are within the Anchorage Alaska Terminal 

Area (AATA). The AATA is divided into six segments: the International Segment; the Seward 

Highway Segment; the Lake Hood Segment; the Merrill Segment; the Elmendorf Segment; and, 

the Bryant Segment (3 WG 2004). 

Page 3-1



Class D controlled airspace has been established around the JBER-Elmendorf airfield. This 

controlled airspace abuts the Class C controlled airspace around Anchorage International 

Airport to the southwest, and the Restricted Area R-2203 over JBER-Fort Richardson to the 

northeast. While the base control tower manages arrivals and departures at JBER-Elmendorf, 

Anchorage Approach Control has overall responsibility for traffic management within the 

AATA. Detailed processes, procedures, and altitude separation requirements that must be 

followed by military and civilian pilots operating within the AATA are published in 

aeronautical charts. 

Aircraft at the base have flown in this airspace for more than 

60 years without conflict with civil aviation. While the 

AATA is congested, continued coordination between base 

ATC and Anchorage Approach Control minimizes conflicts. 

The existing conditions include approximately 40,000 to 

60,000 operations per year at JBER-Elmendorf (see table 2.1- 

2). The base control tower coordinates closely with the 

AATA to support military and civil aviation in the region. 

3.1.2 Training Airspace Existing Conditions 

JBER-Elmendorf actively supports AATA 

management of the regional airspace. That 

support includes transient military aircraft 

such as this C-5. 

Navigable airspace is a national resource administered by the FAA. FAA has charted and 

published SUA for military and other governmental activities. Management of SUA considers 

how airspace is designated, used, and administered to best accommodate the individual and 

common needs of civil and military aviation. The FAA considers multiple and sometimes 

competing demands for aviation airspace in relation to airport operations, Federal Airways, Jet 

Routes, military flight training activities, and other special needs to determine how the National 

Airspace System can best be structured to address all user requirements. 

The FAA has designated four types of airspace within the U.S.: Controlled, Special Use, Other, 

and Uncontrolled airspace. Controlled airspace is airspace of defined dimensions within which 

ATC service is provided to Instrument Flight Rule (IFR) flights and to Visual Flight Rule (VFR) 

flights in accordance with the airspace classification (Pilot/Controller Glossary [P/CG] 2004). 

Controlled airspace is categorized into five separate classes: Classes A through E. These classes 

identify airspace that is controlled, airspace supporting airport operations, and designated 

airways affording en route transit from place-to-place. The classes also dictate pilot 

qualification requirements, rules of flight that must be followed, and the type of equipment 

necessary to operate within that airspace. Elmendorf aircrews fly under FAA rules when not in 


SUA is designated airspace within which flight activities are conducted that require 

confinement of participating aircraft, or place operating limitations on non-participating 

aircraft. Restricted Areas and MOAs depicted on Figure 2.2-2 are examples of SUA. 

Other airspace consists of advisory areas, areas that have specific flight limitations or 

designated prohibitions, areas designated for parachute jump operations, MTRs, and Aerial 

Refueling Tracks (ARs). This category also includes ATCAAs. When not required for other 

Page 3-2



needs, ATCAA is airspace authorized for military use by the managing ARTCC, usually to 

extend the vertical boundary of SUA. ATCAAs overlie the MOAs depicted in Figure 2.2-2. 

Uncontrolled airspace is designated Class G airspace and has no specific prohibitions associated 

with its use. 

Military training airspace currently used by F-22 aircrews at JBER-Elmendorf includes MOAs, 

ATCAAs, and Restricted Areas. The F-22s do not train on MTRs. Use of training airspace units 

is normally scheduled by the owning/using agency, and is managed by the military or the 

applicable ARTCC. 

The following sections discuss the existing SUA that supports F-22 training activity. Refer to 

Figure 2.2-1 for a depiction of airspace types. Alaskan SUA is managed by the 11 th Air Force 

Commander. 

3.1.2.1 Military Operations Area 

MOAs are airspace of defined vertical and lateral 

limits to separate and segregate certain nonhazardous 

military activities from IFR traffic and 

to identify for VFR traffic where these activities 

are conducted (P/CG 2004). MOAs are outside 

Class A airspace. Class A airspace covers limited 

parts of Alaska, including the airspace overlying 

the water within 12 nautical miles (NM) of the 

coast. Class A airspace extends from 18,000 feet 

MSL up to and including 60,000 feet MSL (P/CG 

2004). 

MOAs are considered “joint use” airspace. Nonparticipating 

aircraft operating under VFR are 

permitted to enter a MOA, even when the MOA 

is active for military use. Aircraft operating 

under IFR must remain clear of an active MOA 

Aviation and Airspace Use Terminology 

Above Ground Level (AGL): Altitude expressed in feet measured 

above the ground surface. 

Mean Sea Level (MSL): Altitude expressed in feet measured above 

average (mean) sea level. 

Flight Level (FL): Manner in which altitudes at 18,000 feet MSL and 

above are expressed, as measured by a standard altimeter setting of 

29.92. 

Visual Flight Rules (VFR): A standard set of rules that all pilots, both 

civilian and military, must follow when not operating under IFRs and in 

visual meteorological conditions. These rules require that pilots remain 

clear of clouds and avoid other aircraft. 

Instrument Flight Rules (IFR): A standard set of rules that all pilots, 

civilian and military, must follow when operating under flight conditions 

that are more stringent than visual flight rules. These conditions 

include operating an aircraft in clouds, operating above certain 

altitudes prescribed by FAA regulations, and operating in some 

locations such as major civilian airports. Air Traffic Control (ATC) 

agencies ensure separation of all aircraft operating under IFR. 

Source: FAA 2004 

unless approved by the responsible ARTCC. Flight in a MOA by both training military and 

VFR aircraft is conducted under the “see-and-avoid” concept, which stipulates that “when 

weather conditions permit, pilots operating IFR or VFR are required to observe and maneuver 

to avoid other aircraft. Right-of-way rules are contained in CFR Part 91” (P/CG 2004). The 

responsible ARTCC provides separation service for aircraft operating under IFR and MOA 

participants. The see-and-avoid procedures mean that if a MOA were active during inclement 

weather, the general aviation pilot could not safely access the MOA airspace. 

Table 3.1-1 describes the MOAs used by JBER and other Alaskan military users for flight 

training. 

Page 3-3

Table 3.1-1. Description of MOAs 



MOA 

Altitudes Hours of Use 1 Controlling 

Minimum Maximum 2 From To ARTCC 

Birch 

500 AGL 

Up to and 

including 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

5,000 MSL 

Buffalo 300 AGL 7,000 MSL 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Delta 3,000 AGL FL 180 3 Only During Major Flying 

Exercise 

Anchorage 

Eielson 100 AGL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Fox 1 5,000 AGL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Fox 2 7,000 MSL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Fox 3 5,000 AGL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Galena 1,000 AGL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Naknek 1 3,000 AGL FL 180 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Naknek 2 3,000 AGL FL 180 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Stony A 100 AGL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Stony B 2,000 AGL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Susitna 

10,000 MSL or 5,000 

AGL (whichever is FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 

higher) 

Yukon 1 100 AGL FL 180 8:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. Anchorage 


Yukon 3 High 10,000 MSL FL 180 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Yukon 3A Low 100 AGL 10,000 MSL 

10:00 a.m. 11:30 a.m. 

1:30 p.m. 3:00 p.m. 

Anchorage 

Yukon 3B 2,000 AGL FL 180 

Only During Major Flying 

Exercise 

Anchorage 


Yukon 5 5,000 AGL FL 180 

Only During Major Flying 

Exercise 

Anchorage 

Viper 4 500 AGL FL 180 7:00 a.m. 10:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Notes: 

1. Days of use are Monday through Friday. All times are local times as normally scheduled. 

2. Maximum is up to, but not including unless otherwise noted. 

3. Described in terms of hundreds of feet MSL using a standard altimeter setting. Thus, FL180 is approximately 

18,000 feet MSL. 

4. Viper A/B are divided at 10,000 feet MSL. 

FL = Flight Level; AGL = above ground level; MSL = mean sea level 

Source: FAA 2009 

3.1.2.2 Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace 

An ATCAA is airspace of defined vertical and lateral limits, assigned by ATC, for the purpose 

of providing air traffic segregation between the specified activities being conducted within the 

assigned airspace and other IFR air traffic (P/CG 2004). This airspace, if not required for other 

purposes, may be made available for military use. ATCAAs are often structured and used to 

extend the horizontal and/or vertical boundaries of SUA such as MOAs and Restricted Areas. 

Page 3-4



With the exception of the Buffalo MOA and the Birch MOA, all of the MOAs currently used by 

JBER aircrews have associated ATCAAs, and ATCAAs not over the MOAs can also be used for 

training as approved by the FAA. Through letters of agreement with the FAA, ATCAAs may 

extend up to and above 60,000 feet MSL. Several of the airspace units used by JBER-Elmendorf 

aircrews are “capped” at lower altitudes by the managing ARTCC to allow unimpeded transit 

by civil and commercial aircraft traffic. 

3.1.2.3 Military Training Route 

MTRs are flight corridors developed and used by the DoD to practice high-speed, low-altitude 

flight, generally below 10,000 feet MSL. No F-22 use of MTRs is proposed. MTRs are airspace of 

defined vertical and lateral dimensions established for conducting military flight training at 

airspeeds in excess of 250 knots indicated airspeed (KIAS) (P/CG 2004). MTRs are developed in 

accordance with criteria specified in FAA Order 7610.4 (DoD 2004). They are described by a 

centerline, with defined horizontal limits on either side of the centerline, and vertical limits 

expressed as minimum and maximum altitudes along the flight track. MTRs are identified as 

Visual Routes (VRs) or Instrument Routes (IRs). 

3.1.2.4 Restricted Area 

A Restricted Area is designated airspace that supports ground or flight activities that could be 

hazardous to non-participating aircraft. A Restricted Area is designated under 14 CFR Part 73, 

within which the flight of non-participating aircraft, while not wholly prohibited, is subject to 

restriction. Most Restricted Areas are designated “joint-use” and IFR/VFR operations in the 

area may be authorized by the controlling ATC facility when the airspace is not being utilized 

by the using agency. The Restricted Areas, R-2202, R-2203, and R-2205, are Army ranges used 

by the Air Force for training. R-2206 is not a flying range (see Figure 2.2-3). R-2211 is Air Forcemanaged 

airspace to support training activities. According to FAA Order 7400.8M, R-2202C is 

between 10,000 and 29,000 feet MSL and R-2202D is 31,000 feet MSL to unlimited. These 

airspaces are described in Table 3.1-2. 

Range management involves the development and implementation of those processes and 

procedures required by AFI 13-212, Volumes 1, 2, and 3, to ensure that Air Force ranges are 

planned, operated, and managed in a safe manner; that all required equipment and facilities are 

available to support range use; and that proper security for range assets is present. Specific 

direction on different range activities is contained in AFI 13-212, Volume 1, Range Planning and 

Operations, Volume 2, Range Construction and Maintenance, and Volume 3, SAFE-RANGE Program 

Methodology (Air Force 2001c, 2001d, 2001e). The focus of range management is on ensuring the 

safe, effective, and efficient operation of Air Force ranges. The overall purpose of range 

management is to balance the military’s need to accomplish realistic testing and training with 

the need to minimize potential impacts of such activities on the environment and surrounding 

communities (Air Force 2001c, 2001d, 2001e). 

Page 3-5

Table 3.1-2. Description of Restricted Airspace 



Restricted 

Altitudes Hours of Use 1 Controlling 

Area Minimum Maximum From To 

ARTCC 

R-2202A Surface 9,999 MSL 2 6:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. Anchorage 

R-2202B Surface 9,999 MSL 6:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. Anchorage 

R-2202C/D 10,000 MSL Unlimited 

By Notice to Scheduled by 

Airmen Agreement 

Anchorage 

R-2203A 3 Surface 11,000 MSL 5:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. Anchorage 

R-2203B 3 Surface 11,000 MSL 5:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. Anchorage 

R-2203C 3 Surface 5,000 MSL 5:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. Anchorage 

R-2205 Surface 20,000 MSL 6:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. 

Fairbanks 

Approach 

R-2206 4 Surface 8,800 MSL Continuous Continuous Anchorage 

R-2211 Surface 18,000 MSL 7:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. Anchorage 

Notes: 

1. Days of use are Monday through Friday. All times are local times as normally scheduled. 

2. MSL = Feet above mean sea level. 

3. Ranges are not expected to be used by the F-22. 

4. Not used for flight training. 

3.2 Noise 

This section describes existing conditions in the area immediately surrounding JBER-Elmendorf 

(as identified by the 65 dB Day-Night Average Sound Levels [L dn]noise contour) and in military 

training airspace units that would be used by the additional F-22 aircraft. 

Noise is considered to be unwanted sound that interferes with normal activities or otherwise 

diminishes the quality of the environment. The noise may be intermittent or continuous, 

stationary or transient. Stationary sources are normally related to specific land uses, e.g., 

housing tracts or industrial plants. Transient noise sources move through the environment, 

either along established paths (e.g., highways, railroads), or randomly (e.g., an aircraft flying in 

a block of training airspace such as a MOA). Noise may be steady, increasing and decreasing 

gradually, or impulsive, increasing and decreasing suddenly (e.g., clapping or banging such as 

thunder or sonic booms). There is wide diversity in responses to noise that not only vary 

according to the type of noise and the characteristics of the sound source, but also according to 

the sensitivity and expectations of the receptor, the time of day, and the distance between the 

noise source (e.g., an aircraft) and the receptor (e.g., a person or animal). 

3.2.1 Noise Characteristics and Measures 

The physical characteristics of noise, or sound, include its intensity, frequency, and duration. 

Sound is created by acoustic energy, which produces minute pressure waves that travel through 

a medium, like air, and are sensed by the eardrum. This may be likened to the ripples in water 

that would be produced when a stone is dropped into it. As the acoustic energy increases, the 

intensity or amplitude of these pressure waves increase, and the ear senses louder noise. Sound 

intensity varies widely (such as from a soft whisper to a jet engine) and is measured on a 

logarithmic scale to accommodate this wide range. The use of logarithms is nothing more than 

a mathematical tool that simplifies dealing with very large and very small numbers. For 

Page 3-6



example, the logarithm of the number 1,000,000 is 6, and the logarithm of the number 0.000001 

is -6 (minus 6). Obviously, as more zeros are added before or after the decimal point, 

converting these numbers to their logarithms greatly simplifies calculations that use these 

numbers. 

Sound intensity in air is expressed slightly differently than sound intensity underwater. Sound 

intensity relates to the ratio of the pressure level that is the sound to a reference pressure level. 

By convention, the sound levels in air are referenced to 20 µPa (re 20 µPa) and sound levels in 

water are referenced to 1 µPa. In this EA, all sound levels in air can be assumed to be re 20 µPa 

and sound levels in water can be assumed to be re 1 µPa. 

The frequency of sound is measured in cycles per second, or hertz (Hz). This measurement 

reflects the number of times per second the air vibrates from the acoustic energy. Low 

frequency sounds are heard as rumbles or roars, and high frequency sounds are heard as 

screeches. Sound measurement is further refined through the use of “A-weighting.” The 

normal human ear can detect sounds that range in frequency from about 20 Hz to 15,000 Hz. 

However, all sounds throughout this range are not heard equally well. Therefore, through 

internal electronic circuitry, some sound meters are calibrated to emphasize frequencies in the 

1,000 to 4,000 Hz range. The human ear is most sensitive to frequencies in this range, and 

sounds measured with these instruments are termed “A-weighted,” and are shown in terms of 

A-weighted decibels. “C-weighting” is a frequency-weighting scale which does not deemphasize 

low-frequency sounds as much as the A-weighting scale. C-weighting is typically 

used to describe impulsive sounds such as clapping, thunder, or sonic booms that are felt as 

well as heard. Un-weighted sound levels are typically used when the responsiveness of the 

noise receptor to noise is variable or not well understood. For example, un-weighted sound 

levels are used when assessing noise impacts on marine mammals. 

The duration of a noise event, and the number of times noise events occur are also important 

considerations in assessing noise impacts. 

The word “metric” is used to describe a standard of measurement. As used in environmental 

noise analysis, there are many different types of noise metrics. Each metric has a different 

physical meaning or interpretation and each metric was developed by researchers attempting to 

represent the effects of environmental noise. The metrics that support the assessment of noise 

from aircraft operations associated with the proposal include the maximum sound level (L max), 

the Sound Exposure Level (SEL), L dn, and the Sound Pressure Level (SPL). These metrics are 

discussed briefly below and in greater detail in Appendix D. 

3.2.1.1 Maximum Sound Level 

L max defines peak noise levels. L max is the highest sound level measured during a single noise 

event (e.g., an aircraft overflight), and is the sound actually heard by a person on the ground. 

For an observer, the noise level starts at the ambient noise level, rises up to the maximum level 

as the aircraft flies closest to the observer, and returns to the ambient level as the aircraft recedes 

into the distance. In this EA, Lmax is always A-weighted, stated re 20 µPa, and used to describe 

sound levels in air. 

Page 3-7

3.2.1.2 Sound Exposure Level 



L max alone may not represent how intrusive an aircraft noise event is because it does not 

consider the length of time that the noise persists. The SEL metric combines both of these 

characteristics into a single measure. It is important to note, however, that SEL does not 

directly represent the sound level heard at any given time, but rather provides a measure of the 

total exposure of the entire event. Its value represents all of the acoustic energy associated with 

the event, as though it were present for one second. Therefore, for sound events that last longer 

than one second, the SEL value will be higher than the L max value. The SEL value is important 

because it is the value used to calculate other time-averaged noise metrics. In this EA, all stated 

SEL values are A-weighted, stated re 20 µPa, and used to describe sound levels in air. 

3.2.1.3 Sound Pressure Level 

The SPL metric, which is used to assess impacts to aquatic animals, simply states the unweighted 

sound intensity at a particular time. In this EA, SPL levels are used to describe peak 

noise level in water (re 1 µPa) associated with aircraft overflights and ambient noise levels 

underwater. 

3.2.1.4 Time-Averaged Cumulative Day-Night Average Noise Metrics 

The number of times aircraft noise events occur during given periods is also an important 

consideration in assessing noise impacts. The “cumulative” noise metrics that support the 

analysis of multiple time-varying aircraft events are L dn and the Onset-Rate Adjusted Monthly 

Day-Night Average Sound Level (L dnmr). 

These metrics sum the individual noise events and average the resulting level over a specified 

length of time. Thus, L dn and L dnmr are composite metrics representing the maximum noise 

levels, the duration of the events, the number of events that occur, and the time of day during 

which they occur. These metrics add a ten decibel (dB) penalty to those events that occur 

between 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. to account for the increased intrusiveness of noise events that 

occur at night when ambient noise levels are normally lower than during the daytime. L dnmr 

adds to the L dn metric the startle effects of an aircraft flying low and fast where the sound can 

rise to its maximum very quickly. Because the tempo of operations is so variable in airspace 

units, L dnmr is calculated based on the average number of operations per day in the busiest 

month of the year. 

L dn and L dnmr may be thought of as the continuous or cumulative A-weighted sound level which 

would be present if all of the variations in sound level which occur over the given period were 

smoothed out so as to contain the same total sound energy. These cumulative metrics do not 

represent the variations in the sound level heard. For example, an L dn of 65 dB could result 

from a very few noisy events, or a large number of less noisy events. Nevertheless, they do 

provide an excellent measure for comparing environmental noise exposures when there are 

multiple noise events to be considered. 

Studies of community annoyance caused by numerous types of environmental noise show that 

L dn/L dnmr correlates well with effects, and Schultz (1978) showed a consistent relationship 

between noise levels and annoyance (Table 3.2-1). A more recent study reaffirmed and updated 

Page 3-8



this relationship (Fidell et al. 1991). The updated relationship, which does not differ 

substantially from the original, is the current preferred form (see Appendix D). The correlation 

between L dn/L dnmr is weaker for the annoyance of individuals. This is not surprising 

considering the varying personal factors that influence the manner in which individuals react to 

noise. The inherent variability between individuals makes it impossible to predict accurately 

how any individual will react to a given noise event. Nevertheless, findings substantiate that 

community annoyance to aircraft noise is represented quite reliably using L dn. Use of the L dn 

metric to predict human annoyance to noise has been endorsed by the scientific community and 

governmental agencies (American National Standards Institute 1980, 1988; USEPA 1974; Federal 

Interagency Commission on Urban Noise 1980; Federal Interagency Commission on Noise 

1992). 

Table 3.2–1. Relation Between Annoyance and L dn 

L dn (dB) CDNL(dB) Average Percentage of Highly Annoyed Population 

55 52 3.3 

60 57 6.5 

65 61 12.3 

70 65 22.1 

75 69 36.5 

Source: Fidell et al. 1991, Committee on Hearing Bioacoustics and Biomechanics 1981; Schultz 1978, Stusnick et al. 

1992. 

Community effects from sonic booms, in the form of annoyance, correlates well with the C- 

weighted Day-Night Average Noise Level (CDNL) (see Table 3.2-1). CDNL is similar to L dn, but 

uses C-weighting to account for the low frequency impulsive nature of sonic booms. 

Interpretation of CDNL uses a slightly different relation than interpretation of L dn, with a given 

numeric value of CDNL generally representing more annoyance than the same numeric value 

of L dn. In this EA, L dn noise levels can be assumed to be A-weighted unless specifically 

designated as being C-weighted. 

3.2.2 Base Existing Conditions 

This section describes existing noise conditions in land areas near JBER as well as in the Knik 

Arm, which is located to the west and north of the installation. The CIBW has recently been 

listed as endangered under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act. This section will provide 

description of the baseline noise environment in the Knik Arm to facilitate assessment of noise 

impacts to the CIBW and other wildlife in the Knik Arm associated with the Proposed Action. 

Additional discussion of baseline and proposed noise levels on biological resources in the Knik 

Arm can be found in section 3.6 and 4.6 (Biological Resources). 

3.2.2.1 Land Areas 

JBER-Elmendorf has supported a variety of aircraft and operations since its inception in the 

early 1940s. Aircraft and associated missions have ranged from World War II bombers and 

cargo aircraft to the current suite of F-22, C-17, E-3, C-12, and C-130 aircraft. The variety of 

missions and aircraft over the years has formed the shape and extent of areas affected by 

aircraft operations and associated noise. 

Page 3-9



Baseline noise levels, expressed as L dn, were modeled based on aircraft types, runway use 

patterns, engine power settings, altitude profiles, flight track locations, airspeed, and other 

factors. To identify the areas affected by noise levels around the base, the Air Force’s 

NOISEMAP program was used. Noise levels were calculated for the average operational day. 

Under the average operational day concept, annual flying operations are averaged over the 

number of days which the unit actually operates. Then, the Air Force’s NMPlot program is used 

to graphically plot these contours on a background map in 5 dB increments from 65 L dn to 85 

L dn. In keeping with JBER-Elmendorf noise abatement programs, no sorties by fighter aircraft 

are assumed to occur between 10 p.m. and 7 a.m. for normal training activity. The baseline 

noise contours depicted in Figure 3.2-1 reflect aircraft operations data collected by the Air Force 

Center for Engineering and the Environment through unit interviews held in August 2009. F-22 

and C-17 flying operations data were updated based on pilot interviews held in December 2010 

and March 2011. 

Noise levels of 65 L dn or greater mostly affect lands on JBER. Off-base areas affected by noise 

levels of 65 L dn or higher occur over the Knik Arm and, to a small degree, the industrial Port of 

Anchorage, and to a smaller degree land west of the Knik Arm. Table 3.2-2 details the extent of 

these areas exposed to elevated noise levels. Section 4.8 describes the land use implications of 

these noise levels. 

Table 3.2-2. Land Area Noise Exposures Under Baseline Conditions 

Area (In Acres) Exposed to 

Location 

Indicated Noise Levels (In L dn) 

65-70 70-75 75-80 80-85 >85 Total 

JBER 5,534.7 2,374.2 1,009.7 496.4 457.0 9,872.0 

Knik Arm/Cook Inlet 

(Water) 

3,062.5 465.6 47.0 0.0 0.0 3,575.1 

Port of Anchorage 42.2 11.8 4.6 0.0 0.0 58.6 

Land West of Knik Arm 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 

Total 8,639.9 2,842.6 1,061.3 496.4 457.0 13,506.2 

Figure 3.2-1 shows land uses on JBER in relation to baseline noise contours. Land uses are 

generalized as administrative/industrial, community support, and residential, which are 

relatively noise-sensitive land uses. Other land uses on JBER, such as open land, range areas, 

and airfield pavements, are not as noise-sensitive and are not shown on the map. Total acreage 

affected by greater than 65 L dn in administrative/industrial, community support, and 

residential land use categories is listed in Table 3.2-3. In relatively rare instances where a 

particular parcel of land had two designated land uses (e.g., residential and community 

support), the land area was counted towards the total acreage for both categories. This 

approach avoids under representing impacts to relatively noise sensitive land uses. The effects 

of aircraft noise at residences are of particular concern, because background noise levels are 

often low and because sleep, relaxation, and other activities common in a residential 

environment are easily disturbed by noise. Under baseline conditions, 157 residential structures 

on JBER are exposed to noise greater than 65 L dn. 

Page 3-10



Figure 3.2-1. Land Use in Relation to Baseline Noise Contours 

Page 3-11



Table 3.2-3. Acres on JBER in Several Land Use Categories Impacted by Noise 

Greater Than 65 L dn 

Land Use Category 

Acres ≥ 65 dB L dn 

Administrative/ Industrial 2,040 

Community Support 817 

Residential (Accompanied and Unaccompanied) 199 

Due to climactic conditions in Alaska, structures on JBER are designed to avoid any 

unnecessary heat loss. Measures taken to avoid heat loss (e.g., thicker insulation, double-paned 

windows, etc.) also result in improved exterior-to-interior noise attenuation. The average 

exterior-to-interior noise level reduction provided by a typical American home located in a cold 

climate is 27 dB, if the windows are closed and 17 dB if the windows are open (USEPA 1974). 

Noise attenuation provided by non-residential structures on JBER varies widely based on 

structure type. However, most structures on JBER that are frequently occupied are also 

designed with energy-efficient construction elements and therefore high levels of structural 

noise attenuation. As a result of structural noise attenuation, persons indoors experience 

substantially lower noise levels than persons outdoors, and the likelihood of noise-related 

annoyance is commensurately lower. 

While some persons on JBER would be expected to be annoyed by aircraft noise, the percentage 

of the affected persons annoyed would probably not be as high as predicted using the 

relationship between L dn and annoyance described in Table 3.2-1. Noise is a highly subjective 

phenomenon, and the likelihood of annoyance is strongly linked to characteristics of the 

listener, including the attitude of the listener towards the noise source. As most of the persons 

on base are either directly or indirectly employed by the military, their attitude towards the 

military is generally assumed to be positive. 

There are situations where noise in certain locations on JBER may exceed levels at which longterm 

noise-induced hearing loss is possible. At JBER-Elmendorf, the hearing conservation 

program is conducted in accordance with Air Force Occupational Safety and Health (AFOSH) 

Standard 48-20, Occupational Noise and Hearing Conservation Program, DoD Instruction 6055.12, 

DoD Hearing Conservation Program, and 29 Code of Federal Register 1910.95, Occupational Noise 

Exposure. The DoD, U.S. Air Force, and the National Institute of Occupational Safety and 

Health (NIOSH) have all established occupational noise exposure damage risk criteria (or 

“standards”) for hearing loss so as to not exceed 85 dB as an 8-hour time weighted average, 

with a 3 dB exchange rate in a work environment. The exchange rate is an increment of decibels 

that requires the halving of exposure time, or a decrement of decibels that requires the doubling 

of exposure time. For example, a 3 dB exchange rate requires that noise exposure time be 

halved for each 3 dB increase in noise level. Therefore, an individual would achieve the limit 

for risk criteria at 88 dB, for a time period of four hours, and at 91 dB, for a time period of two 

hours. The standard assumes “quiet” (where an individual remains in an environment with 

noise levels less than 72 dB) for the balance of the 24-hour period. Also, Air Force and 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) occupational standards prohibit any 

unprotected worker exposure to continuous (i.e., of a duration greater than one second) noise 

exceeding a 115 dB sound level. OSHA established this additional standard to reduce the risk 

of workers developing noise-induced hearing loss. 

Page 3-12



The Hearing Conservation Program at JBER is administered by the Bioenvironmental 

Engineering Office. As per the requirements of AFOSH Standard 48-20, representatives from 

the Bioenvironmental Engineering Office visit facilities in which workers could potentially be 

expected to be exposed to noise levels exceeding noise exposure thresholds. A health risk 

assessment is conducted in those facilities and, as part of the assessment, a representative 

sample of employees are instructed to carry noise dosimeters for a specified period of time. If 

noise exposure exceeds established thresholds, then an audiometric monitoring program is 

initiated. Workers in known high noise exposure locations may be required to wear hearing 

protection devices including but not limited to ear plugs and ear muffs. If noise exposure 

thresholds are not exceeded, then a schedule is established for return visits to the facility to 

repeat testing to confirm that conditions have not changed. 

DoD policy for assessing hearing loss risk pursuant to NEPA is to use the 80 L dn noise contour 

to identify populations at the most risk of potential hearing loss (Undersecretary of Defense for 

Acquisition, Technology and Logistics 2009). Fifty-two structures, which are all located on JBER 

near the flightline, are currently within the 80 L dn contour. The majority of the structures are 

manned and, as such, employees working in these buildings are subject to occupational noise 

exposure laws and regulations as described above. The JBER Bioenvironmental Engineering 

Office considers several factors, including structural noise attenuation and the amount of time 

workers spend outside when deciding on the appropriate course of action with regards to 

implementation of the Hearing Conservation Program. 

Aircraft at JBER-Elmendorf generally operate according to established flight paths and overfly 

the same areas surrounding the base. Military aircraft are designed for performance, and the 

engines are noisy. JBER-Elmendorf employs a quiet-hours program in which, barring a national 

emergency or a major exercise, fighter aircraft operations (takeoff and landing patterns as well 

as engine run-ups) are avoided after 10:00 p.m. and before 7:00 a.m. every day of the week. At 

JBER-Elmendorf, noise exposure from airfield operations typically occurs beneath approach and 

departure corridors along both the main and crosswind runways and in areas immediately 

adjacent to parking ramps and aircraft staging areas. 

3.2.2.2 Noise Levels in the Knik Arm 

Ambient noise levels in the Knik Arm are relatively high due to noise generated in the Port of 

Anchorage and other anthropogenic noise sources and may meet or exceed the basement 

threshold for behavioral harassment of beluga whales as published by NMFS (120 dB re 1 µPa 

for non-impulse sound). High measured noise levels in the Knik Arm are attributed primarily 

to strong tidal flow, intense wind and wave action, and sounds generated in the Port of 

Anchorage. In a paper published in 2002, Blackwell and Greene reported in-water noise levels 

averaging 119 dB SPL adjacent to Elmendorf AFB while no overflights were taking place. The 

same paper reported measured ambient noise of 124 dB re 1 µPa at the nearby Point Possession 

during a changing tide. More recently, KABATA et al. (2010) summarized a variety of existing 

noise studies conducted within the Knik Arm and concluded that measured background levels 

rarely are below 125 dB re 1 μPa, except in conditions of no wind and slack tide. Ambient noise 

energy in the Knik Arm is typically concentrated at frequencies below 10 Kilohertz (kHz) 

(Blackwell and Greene 2002). Beluga hearing is not thought to be particularly acute at 

frequencies at or below 10 kHz (Richardson et al. 1995). 

Page 3-13



During F-22 overflight, calculated noise levels in the Knik Arm increase from ambient levels to 

up to 137 dB SPL in limited areas during the brief period of overflight. As a point of reference, 

maximum estimated F-22 noise levels are slightly higher than measured F-15 overflight inwater 

noise levels of 134 dB SPL measured by Blackwell and Greene. These noise levels are 

well below the threshold for physical harm, but exceed the basement threshold for behavioral 

harassment. 

A detailed analysis was conducted on potential effects of F-22 flying operations noise on the 

CIBW. The analysis, which is discussed in greater detail in Section 4.6 (Biological Resources) 

and Appendix E, Section 7 (Endangered Species Act) Compliance Wildlife Analysis for F-22 Plus Up 

Environmental Assessment, took into account the following factors, including: 

• Area affected by several noise level intervals with potential to negatively affect the 

CIBW associated with each F-22 flight profile type; 

• Estimated average number of CIBW individuals per unit area; 

• The probability of behavioral harassment associated with each noise level; 

• The frequency of events; and, 

• The duration of events. 

While noise levels generated during F-22 overflight do have the potential to result in CIBW 

behavioral harassment, the probability of behavioral harassment at these noise levels is low. 

Based on the factors listed above, it was found that behavioral harassment events associated 

with the proposed additional F-22 overflights are expected to be relatively rare (approximately 

0.04 behavioral harassment events per year). 


This section describes noise levels associated with subsonic and supersonic aircraft operations 

in the training airspace. 

3.2.3.1 Subsonic Flight 

Within MOAs and overlying ATCAAs, subsonic training flights are dispersed and distributed 

throughout the training airspace. The Air Force has developed the MR_NMAP (MOA-Range 

NOISEMAP) computer program (Lucas and Calamia 1996) to calculate subsonic aircraft noise in 

these areas. This computer program calculates estimated noise levels based on aircraft type, 

flight characteristics, meteorological conditions, and training activities. The model results are 

supported by measurements in several military airspaces (Lucas et al. 1995). The L dnmr noise 

level has been computed for each of the primary airspace units potentially affected by the 

Proposed Action. As discussed in Section 3.2.1.4, time-averaged cumulative noise metrics, such 

as L dnmr represent the most widely accepted method of quantifying noise impact. However, 

they do not provide an intuitive description of the noise environment and people often desire to 

know what the loudness of an individual aircraft will be. MR_NMAP and its supporting 

programs can provide L max (Table 3.2-4) and SEL (Table 3.2-5) at various distances and altitudes. 

Page 3-14



Table 3.2-4. Maximum Noise Level (Lmax) Under the Flight Track for Aircraft at 

Various Altitudes in the Primary Airspace 1 

Aircraft 

Power 300 500 1,000 2,000 5,000 10,000 20,000 

Airspeed 

Type 

Setting 2 AGL AGL AGL AGL AGL AGL AGL 

F-15C 520 81% NC 119 114 107 99 86 74 57 

F-22 450 70% ETR 120 115 108 100 88 78 66 

F-16A 450 87% NC 112 108 101 93 80 67 50 

F-18A 500 92% NC 120 116 108 99 85 71 54 

B-1B 550 101% RPM 117 112 106 98 86 75 61 

Notes: 

1. Level flight, steady, high-speed conditions. 

2. Engine power setting while in a MOA. The type of engine and aircraft determines the power setting: 

3. RPM = rotations per minute, NC = percent core RPM, and ETR = engine thrust request. 

AGL = above ground level 

Table 3.2-5. Sound Exposure Level (SEL) under the Flight Track for Aircraft at 

Various Altitudes in the Primary Airspace 1 

Aircraft 

500 1,000 2,000 5,000 10,000 20,000 

Airspeed 300 AGL 

Type 

AGL AGL AGL AGL AGL AGL 

F-15C 520 116 112 107 101 91 80 65 

F-22 450 120 116 111 105 95 86 76 

F-16A 450 110 107 101 95 85 74 59 

F-18A 500 118 114 108 101 89 77 62 

B-1B 550 116 112 107 101 92 82 70 

Notes: 

1. Level flight, steady, high-speed conditions. 

2. AGL = above ground level 

Table 3.2-6 shows the baseline noise levels beneath the training airspace units. Cumulative 

noise levels in all airspace units are 58 L dnmr or less. Noise levels below 45 L dnmr are presumed to 

be approximately at ambient levels and are shown in Table 3.2-6 as “



Supersonic flight for fighter aircraft is primarily associated with air combat training. Supersonic 

activity is authorized in the MOAs under specific altitude restrictions. Supersonic flight 

produces an air pressure wave that may reach the ground as a sonic boom. The amplitude of an 

individual sonic boom is measured by its peak overpressure (PSF), in pounds per square foot 

(psf) and depends on an aircraft’s size, weight, geometry, Mach number, and flight altitude. 

Table 3.2-7 shows sonic boom overpressures for the F-15, F-16, and F-22 aircraft in level flight at 

various conditions. The biggest single condition affecting overpressure is altitude. Maneuvers 

can also affect boom PSFs, increasing or decreasing overpressures from those shown in Table 

3.2-7. A focus boom may result when maneuvers at supersonic speeds focus the peak 

overpressure. Appendix D explains the different types of supersonic events. 

Table 3.2-7. Sonic Boom Peak Overpressures (psf) for F-15 and F-22A Aircraft at 

Mach 1.2 Level Flight 1 

Aircraft 

Altitude (feet) 

10,000 20,000 30,000 

F-22 6.2 3.2 2.1 

F-16 4.9 2.5 1.6 

F-15 6.4 3.3 2.2 

Note: 

Calculated using CABOOM; Focusing can result in overpressures increased by two to five times the steady state 

boom levels; Boom levels diminish toward 0.1 psf as the lateral distance increases 

Aircraft exceeding Mach 1 always create a sonic boom, although not all supersonic flight 

activities will cause a boom at the ground. As altitude increases, air temperature decreases, and 

the resulting layers of temperature change causing booms to be turned upward as they travel 

toward the ground. Depending on the altitude of the aircraft and the Mach number, many 

sonic booms are bent upward sufficiently that they never reach the ground. This same 

phenomenon, referred to as “cutoff,” also acts to limit the width (area covered) of the sonic 

booms that reach the ground (Plotkin et al. 1989). 

When a sonic boom reaches the ground, it impacts an area which is referred to as a “footprint” 

or (for sustained supersonic flight) a “carpet.” The size of the footprint depends on the 

supersonic flight path and on atmospheric conditions. Sonic booms are loudest near the center 

of the footprint, with a sharp “bang-bang” sound. Near the edges, they are weak and have a 

rumbling sound like distant thunder. 

Sonic booms from air combat training activity tend to be concentrated within elliptical 

boundaries fitting within the MOA/ATCAA. Aircraft will set up at positions up to 100 nautical 

miles apart before proceeding toward each other for an engagement. The airspace used tends to 

be aligned, connecting the setup points in an elliptical shape. Aircraft will fly supersonic at 

various times during an engagement exercise. Supersonic events can occur as the aircraft 

accelerate toward each other, during dives in the engagement itself, and during disengagement. 

The long-term average sonic boom patterns also tend to be elliptical and this is reflected by the 

spatial distribution of CDNL noise levels. 

Long-term sonic boom measurement projects have been conducted in four airspaces: White 

Sands, New Mexico (Plotkin et al. 1989); the eastern portion of the Goldwater Range, Arizona 

(Plotkin et al. 1992); the Elgin MOA at Nellis AFB, Nevada (Frampton et al. 1993); and the 

western portion of the Goldwater Range (Page et al. 1994). These studies included analysis of 

Page 3-16



schedule and air combat maneuvering instrumentation data, and they supported development 

of the 1992 BOOMAP model (Plotkin et al. 1992). The current version of BOOMAP (Frampton et 

al. 1993; Plotkin 1996) incorporates results from all four studies. Because BOOMAP is directly 

based on long-term measurements, it implicitly accounts for maneuvers, statistical variations in 

operations, atmospheric effects and other factors. 

A variety of aircraft conducting training perform flight activities that include supersonic events. 

For most fighter aircraft, these events occur during air-to-air combat, often at high altitudes. 

Table 3.2-5 shows baseline supersonic noise levels (CDNL) as generated using BOOMAP. Table 

3.2-5 also provides the estimated number of supersonic flight events, and the number of sonic 

booms that effect any given location on the ground near the center of each airspace unit. 

Individual sonic boom footprints could affect areas from about 10 square miles to 100 square 

miles. 

Training F-22s are estimated to be training at supersonic speeds more than three times as much 

as aircraft such as the F-15C. This means that the F-22 is supersonic approximately 25 percent of 

an engagement versus 7.5 percent for an F-15C (see Section 2.2). For example, during a typical 

14 minute air-to-air engagement, the F-22 could be supersonic approximately 3 to 6 minutes, 

while the F-15C could be supersonic approximately 1 to 2 minutes. Depending on altitude and 

meteorological conditions, an existing F-22 supersonic flight can create a carpet boom which 

travels with the aircraft and is experienced under the training airspace. Individual focus booms 

with higher overpressures can be created during supersonic maneuvers. Appendix D explains 

the carpet and focus booms associated with supersonic training. A carpet boom extends over a 

broad area, although it does not continuously affect any specific location. So the number of 

booms experienced on the ground at any location would be based on the duration of supersonic 

flight, not whether the supersonic flight occurred in a series of supersonic dashes from an F-16 

or F-15 or from an F-22 flying at supersonic speed for a longer period of time. Focus boom 

concern is somewhat reduced due to the typical population density of less than 0.1 person per 

square mile under the Alaskan training airspace. 

3.3 Safety 

The ground, flight, and explosive safety ROI includes activities and operations conducted on 

the base itself, as well as training conducted in Alaskan military training airspace. Ground 

safety considers issues associated with operations and maintenance activities that support base 

operations, including fire response. Flight safety considers aircraft flight risks. Explosive safety 

discusses the management and use of ordnance or munitions associated with airbase operations 

and training activities conducted in various elements of training airspace. 


3.3.1.1 Ground Safety 

Ongoing F-22 operations and maintenance activities conducted by the 3 WG are performed in 

accordance with applicable Air Force safety regulations, published Air Force Technical Orders, 

and standards prescribed by Air Force Occupational Safety and Health requirements. The 3 

WG fire department provides fire and crash response at JBER-Elmendorf. The unit has a 

sufficient number of trained and qualified personnel, and the unit possesses all equipment 

Page 3-17



necessary to respond to aircraft accidents and structure fires. There are no response-equipment 

shortfalls. 

Clear Zones (CZs), Accident Potential Zones (APZs), and safety zones have been established 

around the airfield to minimize the results of a potential accident involving aircraft operating 

from JBER-Elmendorf. These zones are shown in Figure 3.3-1 from the 2005 Base General Plan. 

The CZ is an area 3,000 feet wide by 3,000 feet long and is located at the immediate end of the 

runway. The accident potential in this area is so high that no building is allowed. APZ I is a 

3,000-foot wide by 5,000 foot-long area located just beyond the CZ with a high potential for 

accidents. A portion of the Mountain View community is within APZ 1. Land uses that 

concentrate people in small areas are not compatible with APZ I (Air Force Civil Engineer 

Support Agency, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers [USACE], and Naval Facilities Engineering 

Command 2001). APZ II is an area 3,000 feet wide by 7,000 feet long beyond APZ I, and high 

density functions such as multistory buildings, places of assembly (e.g., theaters, schools, 

churches and restaurants) and high density office uses are not considered compatible with APZ 

II (Air Force Civil Engineer Support Agency, USACE, and Naval Facilities Engineering 

Command 2001). Unified Facilities Criteria 3-260-01 also specifies encroachment-free standards 

along and on either side of the runway (Air Force Civil Engineer Support Agency, USACE, and 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command 2001). 

As of 2006, the JBER-Elmendorf runways were operating under waivers and exemptions to 

these criteria (see Table 3.3-1). 

Table 3.3-1. Airfield Waivers and Exemptions 

Type 

Clear Zone 

Number For Specified Types 

Accident Potential Zone Other 

Waivers 5 1 60 

Exemptions 4 -- 25 

Deviation -- -- 24 

Source: Personal communication, Dougan 2011 

3.3.1.2 Flight Safety 

The typical public concern with regard to flight safety is the potential for aircraft accidents. 

Such mishaps may occur as a result of weather-related accidents, mechanical failure, pilot error, 

mid-air collisions, collisions with manmade structures or terrain, or bird-aircraft collisions. 

Flight risks apply to all aircraft; they are not limited to the military. 

The Air Force defines four major categories of aircraft mishaps: Classes A, B, C, and E. Class A 

mishaps result in a loss of life, permanent total disability, a total cost in excess of $2 million, or 

destruction of an aircraft. Class B mishaps result in total costs of more than $500,000 but less 

than $2 million, permanent partial disability, or inpatient hospitalization of three or more 

personnel. Class C mishaps involve reportable damage of more than $50,000, but less than 

$500,000; an injury resulting in any loss of time from work beyond the day or shift on which it 

occurred, or occupational illness that causes loss of time from work at any time; or an 

occupational injury or illness resulting in permanent change of job. Class E mishaps are minor, 

up to less than $50,000 (Air Force Safety, Health, and Environmental Standard A2 (Air Force 

2010c). This EA will focus on Class A mishaps because of their potentially catastrophic results. 

Page 3-18



Figure 3.3-1. JBER-Elmendorf Clear Zones and Accident Potential Zones 

Page 3-19



Based on historical data on mishaps at all installations, and under all conditions of flight, the 

military services calculate Class A mishap rates per 100,000 flying hours for each type of aircraft 

in the inventory. These mishap rates do not consider combat losses due to enemy action. 

Mishap rates are only statistically predictive. The actual causes of mishaps are due to many 

factors, not simply the amount of flying time of the aircraft. 

Considering all operations at JBER-Elmendorf in more than 25 years, there have been five Class A 

mishaps in the vicinity of the installation. Four were flight-related and one was non-flightrelated. 

In 1995, an E-3 aircraft encountered a large flight of birds during takeoff. Birds were 

ingested into all engines resulting in a complete loss of power, and the aircraft crashed. In 2000, 

an aero club Cessna 152 departed controlled flight during a closed pattern, and crashed. In 1998, 

during engine shut down, a foreign object was ingested into the left engine of an F-15C while on 

the parking ramp. The aircraft did not crash although the dollar value of damages resulting from 

this incident required classification as a Class A mishap. In 2010 a C-17 preparing for an airshow 

crashed. Also in 2010 an F-22 crashed during a training mission in the Fox MOAs. 

Mishap rates are statistically assessed as an occurrence rate per 100,000 flying hours. Figure 

3.3-2 reflects the cumulative annual Class A mishap rates of a twin-engine air superiority 

fighter, the F-15, between 1972 and 2004. As the aircraft, the pilots who fly it, and the 

technicians who maintain it mature over time, mishap rates are reduced and maintain a 

relatively constant level. After eight years of flight, the F-22 approximate mishap rate is 6.35 for 

nearly 100,000 flight hours (Air Force Safety Center [AFSC] 2011b). This is almost exactly the 

same as the F-15 after eight years of flight, as depicted on Figure 3.3.2. The F-22 is a new aircraft 

and would be expected to have a long-term Class A mishap rate comparable to the F-15 mishap 

rate of 2.46 per 100,000 flight hours. 

Source: Air Force Safety Center 2006. 

Figure 3.3-2. F-15 Cumulative Class A Mishap Rates 

Page 3-20



3.3.1.3 Wildlife Strike Hazard 

Bird-aircraft strikes or wildlife strikes on a runway constitute a safety concern because they can 

result in damage to aircraft, or injury to aircrews or local human populations if an aircraft 

crashes. Aircraft may encounter birds at altitudes up to 30,000 feet MSL or higher. However, 

most birds fly close to the ground. More than 97 percent of reported bird strikes occur below 

3,000 feet AGL. Approximately 30 percent of bird strikes happen in the airport environment, 

and almost 55 percent occur during low-altitude flight training (AFSC 2011a). 

Migratory waterfowl (e.g., ducks, geese, and swans) are the most hazardous birds to low-flying 

aircraft because of their size and their propensity for migrating in large flocks at a variety of 

elevations and times of day. Waterfowl vary considerably in size, from 1 to 2 pounds for ducks, 

5 to 8 pounds for geese, and up to 20 pounds for most swans. There are two normal migratory 

seasons, fall and spring. Waterfowl are usually only a hazard during migratory seasons. These 

birds typically migrate at night and generally fly between 1,000 to 2,500 feet AGL during 

migration. 

In addition to waterfowl, raptors, shorebirds, gulls, songbirds, and other birds also pose a 

hazard. In considering severity, the results of bird-aircraft strikes in restricted areas show that 

strikes involving raptors result in the majority of nationwide Class A and Class B mishaps 

related to bird-aircraft strikes. Raptors of greatest concern in the ROI are eagles and hawks. In 

Alaska, peak migration periods for waterfowl and raptors are from August to October and from 

April to May. A few bald eagles winter on JBER. In general, flights above 1,500 feet AGL 

would be above most migrating and wintering raptors. 

Songbirds are small birds, usually less than one pound. During nocturnal migration periods, 

they navigate along major rivers, typically between 500 to 3,000 feet AGL. The potential for 

bird-aircraft strikes is greatest in areas used as migration corridors (flyways) or where birds 

congregate for foraging or resting (e.g., open water bodies, rivers, and wetlands). 

While any bird-aircraft strike has the potential to be serious, many result in little or no damage 

to the aircraft, and only approximately 0.04 percent of all reported bird-aircraft strikes result in 

a Class A mishap (AFSC 2011a). 

The 3 WG has developed aggressive procedures designed to minimize the occurrence of birdaircraft 

strikes. The unit has documented detailed procedures to monitor and react to 

heightened risk of bird-strikes (Elmendorf AFB 2003), and when risk increases, limits are placed 

on low altitude flight and some types of training (e.g., multiple approaches, closed pattern 

work, etc.) in the airport environment. Special briefings are provided to pilots whenever the 

potential exists for greater bird-strike sightings within the airspace. Training and signs in open 

areas emphasize individual responsibilities and actions. Bird hazards exist at JBER-Elmendorf 

year-round. Risk increases during spring and fall migration periods. Species of particular 

concern include Canada geese, swans, other waterfowl, sandhill cranes, gulls, raptors, and owls 

(Elmendorf AFB 2003). 3 WG aircraft have experienced approximately five bird-strikes per year 

in the airfield environment (personal communication, Caristi 2011). 

Other wildlife of concern to flying operations at JBER-Elmendorf includes moose, wolves, 

coyotes, fox, bears, and smaller mammals (Elmendorf AFB 2003). Aggressive habitat 

Page 3-21



management, fencing, active and passive dispersal techniques, and effective warning 

techniques serve to reduce the wildlife strike hazard at JBER-Elmendorf (Elmendorf AFB 2003). 

For example, security fencing around the airfield excludes most large mammals. 

3.3.1.4 Explosives Safety 

All activities associated with the receipt, processing, transportation, storage maintenance, and 

loading of munitions items is accomplished by qualified technicians in accordance with DoD 

and Air Force technical procedures. The 3 WG has sufficient storage facilities and space for the 

storage and processing of mission-required ordnance items (personal communication, Norby 

2005). 

There are three “hot cargo” pads on the installation, which are sufficient for handling explosive 

cargo. The primary pad is located near the eastern end of Runway 06/24. Additionally, there 

are two secondary pads. One is located toward the western end of Runway 06/24; the other is 

located off the extreme eastern end of Runway 06/24. All of the pads are situated north of the 

runway. 

If required, support for explosive ordnance disposal (EOD) is provided by an active duty Air 

Force unit stationed at JBER. Sections 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 describe existing F-22 munitions and chaff 

and flare use as well as proposed use with an additional six F-22 aircraft. Adequate capacity 

exists at JBER to safely handle munitions currently used and the level of proposed use with the 

F-22 plus-up. 


Flight training within the Alaskan airspace is conducted in a manner that protects other users of 

the area, as well as military pilots. JBER has existing programs and guidance to support safe 

operations and reduce risks associated with training in Alaskan airspace (Air Force 1995; 

Elmendorf AFB 2003; 3 WG 2004). This section addresses flight, ground, explosive, and other 

safety issues associated with 3 WG aircrew use of the regional military training airspace and its 

supporting assets and facilities. 

3.3.2.1 Flight Safety 

One JBER-Elmendorf F-22 Class A mishap in November 2010 resulted in the loss of the pilot 

and destruction of the aircraft. It is impossible to predict the precise location of an aircraft 

accident. Major considerations in any accident are loss of life and damage to property. The 

aircrew’s ability to exit from a malfunctioning aircraft is dependent on the type of malfunction 

encountered. The probability of an aircraft crashing into a populated area is extremely low, but 

it cannot be totally discounted. Several factors are relevant in the ROI: the training areas have 

low population densities, typically less than 0.1 person per square mile; F-22s train less than 0.5 

percent of the time below 2,000 feet AGL; and the aircraft are over any specific geographic area 

for a very limited amount of time. There is very low probability that a disabled aircraft would 

impact a populated area. 

Secondary effects of an aircraft crash include the potential for fire or environmental 

contamination. At a crash site, every effort is made to prevent access by unauthorized personnel. 




The extent of secondary effects is situation dependent, and announcements may be made to 

exclude unauthorized personnel until experts can determine the cause of the accident and collect 

all materials needed for the investigation and to ensure public safety. 

The terrain overflown in the ROI is diverse. For example, should a mishap occur in highly 

vegetated areas during a hot, dry summer, there would be a higher risk of fire than would a 

mishap in more barren and rocky areas during winter. An aircraft crash may release 

hydrocarbons. Those petroleums, oils, and lubricants not consumed in a fire could contaminate 

soil and water. The potential for contamination is dependent on several factors. For example, 

the porosity of the surface soils will determine how rapidly contaminants are absorbed, while 

the specific geologic structure in the region will determine the extent and direction of the 

contamination plume. The locations and characteristics of surface and groundwater in the area 

will also affect the extent of contamination to those resources. 

Based on historical data on mishaps at all installations, and under all conditions of flight, the 

military services calculate Class A mishap rates per 100,000 flying hours for each type of aircraft 

in the inventory. These mishap rates do not consider combat losses due to enemy action. 

In the case of MOAs, for each specific aircraft using the airspace, an estimated average sortie 

duration may be used to estimate annual flight hours in the airspace. Then, the Class A mishap 

rate per 100,000 flying hours can be used to compute a statistical projection of anticipated time 

between Class A mishaps in each applicable element of airspace. In evaluating this information, 

it should be emphasized that those data presented are only statistically predictive. The actual 

causes of mishaps are due to many factors, not simply the amount of flying time of the aircraft. 

The F-22 is a new aircraft and has nearly accumulated the 100,000 flight hours to produce a 

valid Class A mishap rate. Proportioning the F-22 Class A mishaps and flight hours as of the 

end of FY 10 produces an approximate Class A mishap rate of 6.35 per 100,000 flight hours for 

eight years of testing and operations. F-15 aircraft, which have been flown since 1972, have 

accumulated more than 4,998,100 flight hours, and the F-15 has a Class A mishap rate of 2.46 

per 100,000 flight hours (see Figure 3.3-2). Since mishap rates are statistically assessed as an 

occurrence rate per 100,000 flying hours, low use levels substantially influence the mishap rate. 

In its first eight years of flight testing and operations, the F-15 had an almost identical Class A 

mishap rate as the F-22 (see Figure 3.3-2). It is reasonable to expect that, as the F-22 weapon 

system matures, its rates will be as low as or lower than the historic F-15 rate. 

The 3 WG maintains detailed emergency and mishap response plans to react to an aircraft 

accident. These plans assign agency responsibilities and prescribe functional activities necessary 

to react to major mishaps, whether on or off base. Response would normally occur in two phases. 

The initial response focuses on search and rescue, evacuation, fire suppression, safety, elimination 

of explosive devices, ensuring security of the area, and other actions immediately necessary to 

prevent loss of life or further property damage. Subsequently, the second, or investigation phase 

is accomplished. After all required actions on the site are complete, the aircraft will be removed 

and the site cleaned up. Depending on the extent of damage resulting from a Class A mishap, 

nearly all damaged parts are located and removed from a crash site. 

First response to a crash scene is often provided by local emergency services nearest the scene. 

At the same time, the Air Force rapidly mobilizes a response team. The initial response element 

Page 3-23



consists of those personnel and agencies primarily responsible for the initial phase. This 

element will include the Fire Chief, who will normally be the first On-Scene Commander, firefighting 

and crash rescue personnel, medical personnel, security police, and crash recovery 

personnel. A subsequent response team will be comprised of an array of organizations whose 

participation will be governed by the circumstances associated with the mishap and actions 

required to be performed. 

The Air Force has no specific rights or jurisdiction just because a military aircraft is involved. 

Regardless of the agency initially responding to the accident, efforts are directed at stabilizing the 

situation and minimizing further damage. If the accident has occurred on non-DoD property, and 

depending on the nature of the accident, the owning or management agency or individual 

responsible for the property would be notified, a National Defense Area would be established 

around the accident scene, and the site would be secured for the investigation phase. 

Flight safety includes the potential for interaction between civil aviation and high performance 

military aircraft. Actions have been implemented by JBER to avoid Major Flying Exercises in 

MOAs during the September hunting season to reduce the potential for military aircraft being in a 

MOA while general aviation aircraft are ferrying hunters or fisherman. Past discussions with 

pilots, hunters, fishermen, and recreationists flying to use the land under the MOAs revealed that, 

although they occasionally sighted a military aircraft, they generally flew at lower altitudes than 

the military aircraft and both pilots practiced see-and-avoid measures (Air Force 2006). JBER 

pilots have been able to successfully train while being joint users of Alaskan airspace. 

Flight safety also includes the potential for bird-aircraft strikes in the MOAs. In the case of the 

F-22, this risk is negligible because the F-22s normally fly at altitudes above the zone (0 to 3,000 

feet AGL) where 95 percent of bird-aircraft strikes occur. Section 2.2 includes the flight altitude 

by percent of time for the F-22. 

3.3.2.2 Ground and Explosive Safety 

Aircrews from JBER train on air-to-ground ranges. Air-to-ground expenditure of munitions 

during training is limited to ranges within Restricted Airspace. Munitions use is presented in 

Table 2.2-4. Air Force safety standards require safeguards on weapons systems and ordnance to 

ensure against inadvertent releases. All munitions mounted on an aircraft, as well as the guns, 

are equipped with mechanisms that preclude release or firing without activation of an 

electronic arming circuit. 

When live (high-explosive) ordnance impacts a target, it detonates, and the effects of this 

detonation are blast and overpressure in the immediate vicinity of the target. When a training 

(inert) air-to-ground weapon impacts on or near the target, it may skid, bounce, or burrow 

under the ground for some distance from the point of impact, coming to rest at some distance 

from that point. The military services have analyzed extensive historic data on ordnance and 

incorporated those data into a computer program (called SAFE-RANGE). SAFE-RANGE 

considers the type of ordnance, the aircraft, the delivery profile, the target type, as well as other 

data such as the demonstrated accuracy of the aircraft’s bombing and navigation system. The 

program then calculates an area around the target within which either effects from live 

ordnance will spread, or the specific training or inert ordnance under consideration will come to 

rest. This area has dimensions in front of, behind, and on either side of the target. The results 

Page 3-24



reflect (at a 95 percent confidence level) the geographic area which will contain 99.99 percent of 

the specific weapon’s deliveries and their effects (Air Force 2001e). 

Operations conducted by 3 WG aircrews have been subjected to these analyses. Detailed 

operating procedures published by the air-to-ground ranges that support 3 WG training ensure 

that all safety standards are met for the type of ordnance delivered, and the delivery profile 

associated with that ordnance delivery. 

3.3.2.3 Chaff and Flare Use 

Chaff and defensive flares are managed as ordnance. Chaff and flares are authorized for use by 

3 WG crews. Use is governed by detailed operating procedures to ensure safety. Chaff and 

flare use are presented in Table 2.2-5. 

F-22 RR-180/AL chaff, which is ejected from an aircraft to reflect radar signals, consists of fibers 

thinner than a human hair comprised of aluminum-coated silica packed into approximately 

4-ounce bundles. When ejected, chaff forms a brief electronic “cloud” that temporarily masks 

the aircraft from radar detection. Although the chaff may be ejected from the aircraft using a 

small pyrotechnic charge, the chaff itself is not explosive (Air Force 1997). During FY 2009, 3 

WG aircrews expended 17,132 bundles of chaff. Four 1-inch by 1/2-inch by 1/8-inch pieces of 

plastic and six 2-inch by 3-inch pieces of parchment paper fall to the ground along with the 

chaff fibers with each released chaff bundle. Appendix A provides an expanded discussion of 

chaff. 

Defensive training flares consist of pellets of highly flammable material that burn rapidly at 

extremely high temperatures. Their purpose is to provide a heat source other than the aircraft’s 

engine exhaust to mislead heat-sensitive or heat-seeking targeting systems and decoy them 

away from the aircraft. The flare, essentially a pellet of magnesium, ignites upon ejection from 

the aircraft and burns completely within approximately 3.5 to 5 seconds, or approximately 400 

feet from its release point (Air Force 1997). The existing use of flares by F-22s as defensive 

countermeasures typically results in two 2-inch by 2-inch by ½ inch plastic pieces, one up to 

4-inch by 15-inch piece of aluminum-coated mylar, and one 1-inch by 1/2-inch by 2-inch plastic 

S&I device falling to the ground. As discussed in Appendix B, Characteristics of Flares, and 

Appendix E, Review of Effects of Aircraft Noise, Chaff, and Flares on Biological Resources, flare 

residual materials are generally light with a high surface to weight ratio. This results in 

essentially no likelihood of a flare end cap, piston, or wrapper causing injury in the highly 

unlikely event such residual material from a flare struck a person or an animal. The only 

exception is the S&I device, which falls with the force of a medium-sized hailstone. 

Calculations of the likelihood of an S&I device striking an individual take into consideration the 

population density under the airspace, the number of flares deployed, and the amount of time 

the population was outside and unprotected, even by a hat. 

If, for example, a population has an average density of 0.2 persons per square mile and is 

exposed 50 percent of the time under an airspace the size of the Stony MOA, and if 4,000 flares 

were deployed annually in the airspace, the expected strikes to a person would be one in 20,000 

years. In other words, it is extremely unlikely that anyone would be struck with the force of a 

medium-sized hailstone as a result of Air Force training with flares in the airspace. A dud flare 

is an unburned flare which falls to the ground. Experiences at military training ranges which 

Page 3-25



have extensive flare use over decades demonstrate the dud flare rates to be an estimated 0.01 

percent of flares deployed. A dud flare is extremely unlikely to be found on the ground. 

Finding a dud flare would be even less likely, and a person being seriously injured by a falling 

dud flare is so unlikely as to be nearly impossible (see Appendix B). 

Concerns have also been expressed that a flare has the potential to start a fire if a flare were still 

burning when it hit the ground. As described in Chapter 2.0, flares burn out in approximately 

400 feet. Air Force altitude restrictions for flare use in Alaskan MOA airspace (above 5,000 feet 

AGL June – September and above 2,000 feet AGL for the rest of the year) substantially reduce 

any risk of a fire from training with defensive flares. 


This section discusses air quality considerations and conditions in the area around JBER near 

Anchorage, Alaska. It addresses air quality standards, describes current air quality conditions 

in the region, and presents the environmental consequences to JBER. 

Air quality is determined by the type and concentration of pollutants in the atmosphere, the 

size and topography of the air basin, and local and regional meteorological influences. The 

significance of a pollutant concentration in a region or geographical area is determined by 

comparing it to federal and/or state ambient air quality standards. Under the authority of the 

CAA, USEPA has established nationwide air quality standards to protect public health and 

welfare, with an adequate margin of safety. 

These federal standards, known as NAAQS, represent the maximum allowable atmospheric 

concentrations and were developed for six “criteria” pollutants: O 3, NO 2, CO, respirable 

particulate matter less than or equal to PM 10, SO 2, and Pb. The NAAQS are defined in terms of 

concentration (e.g., parts per million [ppm] or micrograms per cubic meter [µg/m 3 ]) determined 

over various periods of time (averaging periods). Short-term standards (1-hour, 8-hour, or 

24-hour periods) were established for pollutants with acute health effects and may not be 

exceeded more than once a year. Long-term standards (annual periods) were established for 

pollutants with chronic health effects and may never be exceeded. 

Based on measured ambient criteria pollutant data, the USEPA designates areas of the U.S. as 

having air quality equal to or better than the NAAQS (attainment) or worse than the NAAQS 

(nonattainment). Upon achieving attainment, areas are considered to be in maintenance status 

for a period of ten or more years. Areas are designated as unclassifiable for a pollutant when 

there is insufficient ambient air quality data for the USEPA to form a basis of attainment status. 

For the purpose of applying air quality regulations, unclassifiable areas are treated similar to 

areas that are in attainment of the NAAQS. 

Under the CAA, state and local agencies may establish ambient air quality standards and 

regulations of their own, provided that these are at least as stringent as the federal 

requirements. The State of Alaska air quality standards are presented in Table 3-4-1. 

For non-attainment regions, the states are required to develop a SIP designed to eliminate or 

reduce the severity and number of NAAQS violations, with an underlying goal to bring state air 

quality conditions into (and maintain) compliance with the NAAQS by specific deadlines. The 

Page 3-26



SIP is the primary means for the implementation, maintenance, and enforcement of the 

measures needed to attain and maintain the NAAQS in each state. 

Table 3-4-1. Alaska Ambient Air Quality Standards (18 AAC 50.010) 

Parameter 

1-hour 3-hour 8-hour 24-hour Quarterly Annual 

(mg/m 3 ) (ppm) (mg/m 3 ) (ppm) (mg/m 3 ) (ppm) (mg/m 3 ) (ppm) (mg/m 3 ) (mg/m 3 ) (ppm) 

Ammonia (NH 3) 2.1 3.0 

Carbon Monoxide 

(CO) 2 

40 35 10 9.0 

Nitrogen Dioxide 

(NO 2) 

0.100 0.053 

4 th high 3-yr 

Ozone (O 3) 

annual avg. 

0.041 0.041 

Sulfur Dioxide 

(SO 2) 

196 0.02 1.300 0.497 0.365 0.139 0.080 0.031 

(mg/m 3 ) 

3-year 98% 

(mg/m 3 ) (mg/m 3 ) 

Lead (Pb) 1.5* 

PM 10 150 

PM 25 35 15 

Notes: 

1. PPM and 24 hour not applicable after August 23, 2011 

2. National Standards 

Source: Alaska State Air Quality Control Plan Amendments Volume II August 20, 2010 (ADEC 2010) 

CAA Section 169A established the additional goal of prevention of further visibility impairment 

in Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Class I areas. Visibility impairment is defined 

as a reduction in the visual range, and atmospheric discoloration. Determination of the 

significance of an activity on visibility in a PSD Class I area can be associated with stationary or 

mobile source contributions. 

Emission levels are used to qualitatively assess potential impairment to visibility in PSD Class I 

areas. Decreased visibility may potentially result from elevated concentrations of PM 10 and SO 2 

in the lower atmosphere. 

CAA Section 176(c), General Conformity, established certain statutory requirements for federal 

agencies with proposed federal activities to demonstrate conformity of the proposed activities 

with each state’s SIP for attainment of the NAAQS. 

General conformity applies only to nonattainment and maintenance areas. If the emissions 

from a federal action proposed in a nonattainment area exceed annual thresholds identified in 

the rule, a conformity determination is required of that action. The thresholds become more 

restrictive as the severity of the nonattainment status of the region increases. 

In Alaska, the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation has primary jurisdiction over 

air quality and stationary source emissions at JBER. Title V of the CAA Amendments of 1990 

requires states to issue Federal Operating Permits for major stationary sources. A major 

stationary source in an attainment or maintenance area is a facility (i.e., plant, base, or activity) 

that emits more than 100 tons per year (TPY) of any one criteria air pollutant, 10 TPY of a 

hazardous air pollutant, or 25 TPY of any combination of hazardous air pollutants. Thresholds 

are lower for pollutants for which a region is in nonattainment status. The purpose of the 

Page 3-27



permitting rule is to establish regulatory control over large, industrial activities and to monitor 

their impact upon air quality. 


Regional Air Quality. Federal regulations at 40 CFR 81 delineate certain air quality control 

regions (AQCRs), which were originally designated based on population and topographic 

criteria closely approximating each air basin. The potential influence of emissions on regional 

air quality would typically be confined to the air basin in which the emissions occur. JBER is 

located on the outskirts of Anchorage within the Cook Inlet Intrastate AQCR (AQCR 8), which 

encompasses 44,000 square miles including the Municipality of Anchorage, the Kenai Peninsula 

Borough, and the Matanuska-Susitna Borough (40 CFR 81). 

Attainment Status. A review of federally published attainment status for Alaska indicated that 

Anchorage is in attainment of NAAQS for all criteria pollutants. The community of Eagle River, 

located north of JBER, was designated in attainment for PM 10 by USEPA in 2010. A portion of 

Anchorage was in nonattainment for CO in 2001 and has been in attainment since then. JBER is 

located adjacent to the northern boundary of this portion of Anchorage. 

PSD Class I Areas. No mandatory federal PSD Class I areas are located within the ROI. The 

nearest PSD Class I area is Denali National Park, which is 100 miles north-northwest of JBER. 

Climate. JBER is located in the maritime zone of south-central Alaska, with mean annual 

precipitation of approximately 16 inches, and snowfall averaging around 80 inches per year. 

Summertime highs average in the low to mid-60s and wintertime lows average in the low to 

mid-single digits Fahrenheit. Prevailing winds in Anchorage are generally light and from the 

north to northeast during September through April and from the south to southwest from May 

to August. Seasonal mixing heights for Anchorage, which is the upper limit of the atmosphere 

in which ground-based emissions are expected to affect air quality, average around 2,000 feet 

and may reach 1,000 feet during winter months. 

Greenhouse Gases. Greenhouse gases (GHGs) are gases that trap heat in the atmosphere. 

These emissions are generated by both natural processes and human activities. The 

accumulation of GHGs in the atmosphere regulates the earth’s temperature. 

GHGs include water vapor, carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, ozone, and several 

hydrocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons. Each GHG has an estimated global warming potential 

(GWP), which is a function of its atmospheric lifetime and its ability to absorb and radiate 

infrared energy emitted from the Earth’s surface. The GWP of a particular gas provides a 

relative basis for calculating its carbon dioxide equivalent (CO 2e) or the amount of carbon 

dioxide that emissions of that gas would be equal to. Carbon dioxide has a GWP of 1, and is, 

therefore, the standard by which all other GHGs are measured. 

Table 3.4-2 presents the estimated GHG emissions and percentages of emissions as estimated 

for the State of Alaska for each Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC) 

source category. 

Page 3-28



Table 3.4-2. GHG Emissions & Percentages by ADEC Source Category 

ADEC Source Category Total GHG Emissions (MMT CO 2e) % of Total GHG Emissions 

Electricity Production 2.18 11% 

Military 0.97 5% 

Mining 0.017 1% 

Municipal 0.012 1% 

Oil & Gas 15.26 73% 

Other 1.76 8% 

Seafood 0.16 1% 

Totals 20.63 100% 

Notes: MMT=Million metric tons 

Source: Draft Summary Report of Improvements to the Alaska GHG Emission Inventory, ADEC, January 2008 

(ADEC 2008). 

Current Emissions. Air emissions at JBER result from stationary and mobile sources. 

Stationary sources include boilers, emergency generators, and aircraft maintenance operations. 

Mobile sources include ground-based vehicles and aircraft. JBER is considered to be a major 

source of air emissions. For permitting purposes, JBER-Elmendorf was divided into nine 

different facilities based on their industrial classifications, rather than on their collective 

ownership and control by the base. Only two of eight facilities, the hospital and the flightline, 

have potential criteria pollutant emissions large enough to require federal Title V operating 

permits. JBER also holds Owner Requested Limits, not included in the Title V permits, for Fire 

Protection Pumps and Road Painting. A 2010 summary of potential emissions is presented in 

Table 3.4-3. 

Table 3.4-3. JBER Estimated Emissions Summary (2010) 

JBER Stationary Source Group 

Criteria Pollutant PTE (tons/year) 

NOx CO PM VOCs SOx 

45 – Transportation By Air (Flight Line) 249.426 137.711 18.669 15.426 6.692 

48 – Communications 14.598 3.589 1.064 1.133 0.824 

58 – Eating and Drinking Places 20.501 9.112 1.650 1.256 0.256 

65 – Real Estate 60.862 32.388 4.916 3.557 0.388 

70 – Hotels, Rooming Houses, Camps & Other 

Lodging 

99.410 51.616 7.808 5.650 0.616 

72 – Laundry and Garment Services 5.212 5.628 1.399 2.206 0.139 

78 – Motion Pictures 2.830 1.138 0.234 0.169 0.018 

79 – Amusement and Recreation Services 20.846 8.711 1.717 1.243 0.136 

80 – Health Services 31.038 24.850 2.361 1.736 0.243 

82 – Educational Services 10.975 5.443 0.891 0.645 0.070 

83 – Social Services 10.812 5.090 0.882 0.638 0.070 

86 – Membership Organizations 1.092 0.439 0.090 0.065 0.007 

87 – Engineering, Accounting, Research, & 

Management 

84.176 34.758 6.559 4.872 1.707 

92 – Justice, Public Order, and Safety 9.338 4.920 0.731 0.578 0.157 

97 – National Security 80.543 34.364 6.060 4.708 2.380 

JBER Total Emissions 701.659 359.757 55.029 43.883 13.704 

Elmendorf Draft Operating Permit 1-11-10 (PTE) 264.7 152.7 25.0 34.5 93.8 

Fort Richardson Operating Permit 12-31-08 (PTE) 1183.2 1059.3 100.4 60 0.2 

JBER PTE 1447.9 1212.0 125.4 94.5 94.0 

Sources: 1. Fort Richardson Natural Gas Fired Emissions PTE Emissions Inventory 

2. Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation Permit No. AQ0886TVP02 

3. Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation Permit No. 237TVP01 

Page 3-29



The joint base does not have a combined emissions permit as of January 2011. The Air Force has 

a draft permit dated January 11, 2010. JBER-Richardson has disaggregated the 2008 stationary 

source permit into 14 stationary sources as allowed by USEPA. This provides for the 

privatization of electric, gas, and sanitary services on JBER-Richardson. As of December 22, 

2010, JBER-Richardson has multiple Air Quality Control Minor Permits. The best available 

estimates of the Potential to Emit (PTE) on Table 3.4-3 are from the totals of JBER-Richardson’s 

2003 through 2008 and 2010 operating permits. 

Regional Air Emissions. The previous section lists on-base emissions for JBER. The NEPA 

process also considers indirect emissions from stationary and mobile sources related to the 

project, some of which (for example, commuting of new employees to and from the facility) 

occur outside of the installation. For comparison purposes, Table 3.4-4 lists emissions for 

Greater Anchorage Area, and for Cook Inlet AQCR (AQCR 8, which includes the borough). 

Table 3.4-4. Regional Emissions for Greater Anchorage Area 

Region 

Pollutants (In Tons per Year) 

NO x CO PM 10 SO 2 VOC 

Greater Anchorage Area 10,740 123,883 19,856 920 5,764 

Total Cook Inlet AQCR 28,203 332,021 67,013 1,780 56,708 

Notes: 

NO x = nitrogen oxides; CO = carbon monoxide; PM 10 = particulate matter less than or equal to 10 

micrometers in diameter; SO 2 = sulfur dioxide; VOC = volatile organic compound 

Source: USEPA 2005. 

The emissions from aircraft operations at JBER-Elmendorf including landings and takeoffs, 

touch-and-goes, and low approaches, would increase with the six additional F-22s. Table 3.4-5 

presents the estimated operational emissions associated with the F-22 plus-up and compares the 

emissions to existing JBER emissions. The Holloman AFB estimated CO 2e emissions associated 

with 36 F-22 operational aircraft is calculated at 55,545 tons per year. This calculates to 9,257 

tons per year of CO 2e for six operational aircraft. 

Table 3.4-5. Annual Emissions Associated with Six Primary F-22s 

Source 

Emissions in Tons Per Year 

NO x CO PM 10 VOC SO x 

JBER PTE 1 1447.9 1212.0 125.0 94.5 94.0 

JBER Estimated Total Emissions 2 701.66 359.76 55.03 43.88 13.70 

F-22 Operations (6 Primary Aircraft) 3 81.87 59.56 10.86 9.64 9.42 

Sources 1. Table 3.4-3 

2. Fort Richardson Natural Gas Fired Emissions PTE Emissions Inventory 

3. Air Force emission estimates at Holloman AFB 

3.4.2 Training Airspace Air Quality Existing Conditions 

Section 162 of the CAA established the goal of Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) of 

air quality in Class I areas. PSD Class I areas are areas where any appreciable deterioration of 

air quality is considered significant. 

The likelihood for air quality impacts associated with an additional six F-22 training aircraft was 

evaluated based on the floor height of the primary MOAs relative to the mixing height for 

Page 3-30



pollutants. For the area of the primary MOAs, the mixing height is 3,000 feet. As noted in Table 

2.2-2, the existing F-22 altitude use below the average mixing height would be less than 0.5 

percent of flight hours. Such low levels of training activity, distributed throughout the training 

airspace, would not contribute measurably to overall emissions. 



Hazardous Materials. The majority of hazardous materials used by Air Force and contractor 

personnel at JBER-Elmendorf are controlled through an Air Force pollution prevention process 

called Hazardous Materials Pharmacy (HAZMART). This process provides centralized 

management of the procurement, handling, storage, and issuing of hazardous materials and 

turn-in, recovery, reuse, or recycling of hazardous materials. The HAZMART process includes 

review and approval by Air Force personnel to ensure users are aware of exposure and safety 

risks. Pollution prevention measures are likely to minimize chemical exposure to employees, 

reduce potential environmental impacts, and reduce costs for material purchasing and waste 

disposal. 

Hazardous Waste Management. JBER is a large-quantity hazardous waste generator. 

Hazardous wastes generated during operations and maintenance activities include combustible 

solvents from parts washers, inorganic paint chips from lead abatement projects, fuel filters, 

metal-contaminated spent acids from aircraft corrosion control, painting wastes, battery acid, 

spent x-ray fixer, corrosive liquids from boiler operations, toxic sludge from wash racks, 

aviation fuel from tank cleanouts, and pesticides. 

Hazardous wastes are managed in accordance with the JBER Plan 19-3. Hazardous wastes are 

initially stored at approximately 219 satellite accumulation areas. Satellite accumulation areas 

allow for the accumulation of up to 55 gallons of hazardous waste (or one quart of an acute 

hazardous waste) to be stored at or near the point of waste generation. There are two 90-day 

waste accumulation sites on JBER located at 4314 Kenney Avenue and 11735 Vandenberg 

Avenue. The base is identified by USEPA identification number AK8570028649. In FY 2009, 

67,911 pounds of hazardous waste were removed from JBER and disposed of in off-base 

permitted disposal facilities. 

The JBER Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan addresses on-base storage 

locations and proper handling procedures of all hazardous materials to minimize potential 

spills and releases. The plan further outlines activities to be undertaken to minimize the 

adverse effects of a spill, including notification, containment, decontamination, and cleanup of 

spilled materials. 

Environmental Restoration Program (ERP). The DoD developed the ERP to identify, 

investigate, and remediate potentially hazardous material disposal sites on DoD property. In 

August 1990, Elmendorf AFB was placed on the National Priorities List bringing it under the 

federal facility provisions of Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and 

Liability Act (CERCLA) Section 120. Currently JBER has identified 269 contaminated sites from 

operations. These sites have been placed into three groups: CERCLA sources (166 sites), 

Page 3-31



Compliance Restoration Program sites (67 sites) and Military Munitions Response Program 

Sites (36 sites) (personal communication, Caristi 2011). 


Hazardous materials used by F-22s in the Alaskan airspace consist of various components and 

fluids of the aircraft itself. The plastic and other residual parts of chaff and flares after 

deployment are inert and non-hazardous. Under normal use, there would be no hazardous 

materials or waste management requirements associated with the F-22 plus-up under the 

airspace. See also Section 3.3.2 Airspace Safety. 


Biological resources in this discussion refer to plants and animals and the habitats in which they 

occur on and within the environs of JBER. Assemblages of plant and animal species within a 

defined area that are linked by ecological processes are referred to as natural communities. The 

existence and preservation of these resources are intrinsically valuable; they also provide 

aesthetic, recreational, and socioeconomic values to society. This section focuses on plant and 

animal species or vegetation types associated with JBER that typify or are important to the 

function of the ecosystem, are of special societal importance, or are protected under federal or 

state law or statute. For purposes of the analysis, JBER and neighboring biological resources 

will be organized into three major categories: (1) vegetation and habitat, including wetlands; (2) 

fish and wildlife; and (3) special-status species. In this section the ROI for biological resources is 

JBER-Elmendorf and its immediate vicinity. 

Federal laws and regulations that apply to biological resources include: Fish and Wildlife 

Coordination Act, Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA), CWA, NEPA, Federal Land Policy and 

Management Act, ESA, Sikes Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), state hunting 

regulations, and state laws protecting plants and nongame wildlife. 

Vegetation includes all existing terrestrial plant communities and does not include specialstatus 

plants, which are discussed under special-status species below. The composition of plant 

species within a given area defines ecological communities and determines the types of wildlife 

that may be present. Wetlands are a special category of sensitive habitats and are subject to 

regulatory authority under Section 404 of the CWA, EO 11990 Protection of Wetlands, and EO 

19988 Floodplain Management. The USACE administers the CWA, and has jurisdiction over all 

waters of the U.S., including wetlands. Jurisdictional wetlands are those areas that meet all the 

criteria defined in the USACE’s Wetlands Delineation Manual (Environmental Laboratory 1987). 

Fish and wildlife includes all vertebrate animals, with the exception of special-status species, 

which are discussed separately below. Typical animals include vertebrate groups such as fish, 

amphibians, songbirds, waterfowl, hoofed animals, carnivores, bats, rodents and other small 

mammals. The attributes and quality of available habitats determine the composition, diversity, 

and abundance patterns of wildlife species assemblages, or communities. Each species has its 

own set of habitat requirements and interspecific interactions driving its observed distribution 

and abundance. Community structure is derived from the net effect of the diverse resource and 

habitat requirements of each species within a geographic setting. For this reason, an assessment 

Page 3-32



of habitat types and area affected by the Proposed Action can serve as an overriding 

determinant in the assessment of impacts for wildlife populations. 

Special-status species are defined as those plant and animal species listed as threatened, 

endangered, candidate, or species of concern by the USFWS or the National Marine Fisheries 

Service, as well as those species with special-status designations by the State of Alaska. The 

ESA protects federally listed threatened and endangered plant and animal species. Candidate 

species are species that USFWS is considering for listing as threatened or endangered but for 

which a proposed rule has not yet been developed. Candidates do not benefit from legal 

protection under the ESA. In some instances, candidate species may be emergency listed if 

USFWS determines that the species population is at risk due to a potential or imminent impact. 

The USFWS encourages federal agencies to consider candidate species in their planning process 

because they may be listed in the future and, more importantly, because current actions may 

prevent future listing. Additionally, the USFWS maintains a list of Birds of Conservation 

Concern (USFWS 2008), which has a goal of accurately identifying the migratory and nonmigratory 

bird species (beyond those already federally designated as threatened or 

endangered) that represent the USFWS’ highest conservation priorities. The Alaska 

Department of Fish and Game also maintains a list of endangered species and species of special 

concern. 

3.6.1 Base and Vicinity Existing Conditions 

Vegetation. JBER is situated across rolling upland plains near the head of Cook Inlet (Knik 

Arm) in south central Alaska within the Coastal Trough Humid Taiga Province (Bailey 1995). 

The area is characterized by spruce-hardwood forests, bottomlands of spruce-poplar forests 

along major drainages, and dense stands of alder and willow along riparian corridors. Wet 

tundra communities bracket the coast. 

The proposed F-22 plus-up of six primary aircraft would take place and operate from the 

portion of JBER formerly known as Elmendorf AFB. The biological discussion focuses on that 

portion of JBER referred to as JBER-Elmendorf. Approximately 4,038 acres of JBER-Elmendorf’s 

13,455 acres are classified as improved (buildings, runways, pavement, lawns) and 1,118 acres 

are classified as semi-improved (open fields around flightline, roads, munitions areas, and 

antenna fields) areas used for base facilities (Air Force 2007a). No plant species that are listed or 

have been proposed as candidates for federal listing as threatened or endangered are known to 

occur at JBER-Elmendorf (Air Force 2007a). 

There are 1,534 acres of wetlands at JBER-Elmendorf (Air Force 2007a). Wetland types are 

varied and range from palustrine scrub-shrub and forested wetlands to lacustrine and estuarine 

wetlands. 

Fish and Wildlife. JBER-Elmendorf supports a diverse array of wildlife species, including large 

and small mammals, raptors, waterfowl, songbirds, and fish. Due to the northerly latitude of 

the base, no reptiles occur, while the wood frog (Rana sylvatica) is the only amphibian species. 

Moose (Alces alces), black bears (Ursus americanus), brown bears (U. arctos), and wolves (Canis 

lupus) are prevalent on the base and are typical residents of the Alaskan environment. These 

species have large home ranges that include JBER and Chugach State Park. Between 20 and 70 

Page 3-33



moose are estimated by Alaska Fish and Game to live on JBER-Elmendorf, depending on the 

time of year, as portions of the herd migrate off-base in fall and winter. Twelve to 24 black 

bears occur in summer, while 6 to 12 of these will spend the winter in dens on JBER-Elmendorf. 

Three to six brown bears inhabit JBER-Elmendorf in summer. Two wolf packs roam the lands 

of JBER (Air Force 2000). Coyotes (Canis latrans) are also common. Lynx (Lynx canadensis) and 

red fox (Vulpes vulpes) also occur. 

Beluga whales are seasonally present in Cook Inlet adjacent to the air base, and frequently seen 

in the summer at the mouth of Six-Mile Creek. Harbor seals (Phoca vitulina), harbor porpoises 

(Phocoena phocena), and orca or killer whales (Orcinus orca) are uncommon in upper Cook Inlet, 

but are sighted occasionally. These species are all protected under the MMPA, and the CIBW is 

federally listed as an endangered species (73 FR 62919). 

At least 112 bird species are known to occur or have the potential to occur at JBER-Elmendorf 

(Air Force 2000). Waterfowl and shorebirds use the base’s ponds, bogs, wetlands, and coastal 

marshes in summer and on spring and fall migration. Raptors include osprey (Pandion 

haliaetus), red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis), rough-legged hawk (B. lagopus), sharp-shinned 

hawk (Accipiter striatus), northern goshawk (A. gentils), merlin (Falco columbarius), northern 

harrier (Circus cyaneus), northern saw-whet owl (Aegolius acadius), boreal owl (A. funereus), and 

great horned owl (Bubo virginianus). Bald eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus), a formerly federally 

listed threatened species, also reside on the base. Common breeding birds include alder 

flycatcher (Empidonax alnorum), boreal chickadee (Poecile hudsonica), black-capped chickadee (P. 

atricapillus), gray jay (Perisoreus Canadensis), Swainson’s thrush (Catharus ustulatus), myrtle 

warbler (Dendroica coronata), American robin (Turdus migraterius), slate-colored junco (Junco 

hyemalis), ruby-crowned kinglet (Regulus calendula), and white-winged crossbill (Loxia 

leucoptera). 

Ten fish species occur at JBER-Elmendorf including five Pacific salmon species (Air Force 2000). 

Ship Creek, Six-Mile Creek, and Eagle River are the main spawning creeks for these 

anadromous fish on JBER. 

Special-Status Species. There are no federally listed threatened or endangered species that 

inhabit JBER-Elmendorf (Table 3.6-1). The CIBW (Delphinapterus leucas), which is federally 

listed as endangered and an Alaska Species of Special Concern (AK SSC), inhabits the waters of 

Knik Arm adjacent to JBER-Elmendorf. This area is located to the east and north of JBER- 

Elmendorf runways and is overflown by existing F-22 aircraft on established approach, 

departure, and reentry patterns. The bald eagle, a former federally listed threatened species, is 

common locally with at least four pairs nesting on or adjacent to JBER-Elmendorf lands. This 

species received protection under both federal (Bald Eagle Protection Act) and state law (Air 

Force 2007a). AK SSC that may occur on or near the base include the olive-sided flycatcher 

(Contopus borealis), blackpoll warbler (Dendroica striata), peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus), graycheeked 

thrush (Catharus minimus), Townsend’s warbler (Dendroica townsendi), and the 

aforementioned CIBW (Delphinapterus leucas). 

The olive-sided flycatcher and blackpoll warbler are known nesting species on the base (Air 

Force 2000). Both species are found in coniferous forests, with the flycatcher preferring more 

open forests (Ehrlich et al. 1988). 

Page 3-34



Peregrine falcon and gray-cheeked thrush migrate through the area and may be occasionally 

observed (Air Force 2000). Peregrine falcons nest on cliffs, generally over water, but these 

features do not occur at JBER-Elmendorf. Peregrines may, however, use riparian and wetland 

areas on the base to hunt for prey, such as waterfowl. The gray-cheeked thrush breeds in moist 

coniferous forests and woodlands, arctic tundra, and riparian thickets. It is a habitat generalist 

on migration (Ehrlich et al. 1988), and therefore could occur in various habitats at JBER- 

Elmendorf. Townsend’s warbler, another coniferous forest inhabitant, may also occur on base. 

The rusty blackbird (Euphagus carolinus), a Bird Species of Conservation Concern (USFWS 2008), 

also breeds on JBER (personal communication, Koenen 2011) where it uses wet woodlands and 

swamps. A variety of shorebirds categorized as Bird Species of Conservation Concern (USFWS 

2008) migrate through JBER. These include lesser yellowlegs, solitary sandpiper, whimbrel, 

bristle-thighed curlew, and Hudsonian godwit (personal communication, Koenen 2011). 


Biological resources under the existing F-22 training airspace include vegetation and habitat, 

wetlands, fish and wildlife, and special-status species. Section 3.6.1 describes these resources 

and lists the species occurring on JBER. The ROI for training airspace in Alaska includes all 

lands under the MOAs, ATCAAs, Restricted Areas, and Warning Areas currently used by the F- 

22s at JBER-Elmendorf. 

Existing training airspace used by F-22s at JBER-Elmendorf occurs primarily in MOAs and 

ATCAAs. Depending on the MOA and overlying ATCAA, training may currently be 

authorized from 500 feet AGL to above 60,000 feet MSL. The F-22 rarely (2 percent or less) flies 

below 5,000 feet AGL. In some MOAs, supersonic flight is authorized and occurs about 25 

percent of the F-22 training time. The F-22 operates between 10,000 and 30,000 feet MSL 25 

percent of the time and greater than 30,000 feet MSL 70 percent of the time (see Table 2.2-2). W- 

612 is infrequently used for F-22 training. MTRs are not used for F-22 training. 

Vegetation. The existing training airspace overlies the Upland Tundra and Boreal Forest 

ecoregions (Bailey 1995). Predominant land cover types are forests (60 percent), fields (17 

percent), and tundra (15 percent) (Air Force 2001a). Forest types are largely evergreen and 

mixed conifer/deciduous. Over 8.1 million acres of special use areas occur under these MOAs. 

This includes National Wildlife Refuges under the Galena and Yukon 2, 4, and 5 MOAs and 

Denali National Park and Preserve under portions of the Susitna MOA, which are discussed in 

Section 3.8, Land Use. 

In Alaska, wetlands cover over 43 percent of the state’s land, in contrast with the lower 48 

states, where they occupy 5.2 percent. About 1,952,000 acres of aquatic habitats and wetlands 

occur under the existing training airspace (Air Force 2001a). Wetland types under the airspace 

are largely deciduous, evergreen, and mixed forest wetlands. 

Page 3-35


Table 3.6-1. The Occurrence of Special-Status Species at 

JBER-Elmendorf and Environs 


Common Name Scientific Name Status Occurrence at JBER 

Aleutian shield fern Polystichum aleuticum FE No 

Chinook salmon (Fall stock from 

Snake River) 

Oncorhynchus tshawytscha FT, AK SSC No 

Steelhead (Snake River Basin) Onchorhynchus mykiss FT No 

Leatherback sea turtle Dermochelys coriacea FE No 

Green sea turtle Chelonia mydas FT No 

Loggerhead sea turtle Caretta caretta FT No 

Short-tailed albatross Phoebastria albatrus FE, AKE No 

Kittlitz’s murrelet Brachyramphus brevirostris FC No 

Eskimo curlew Numenius borealis FE, AKE No 

Spectacled eider Somateria fisheri FT, AK SSC No 

Stellar’s eider (AK breeding 

population) 

Polysticta stelleri FT, AK SSC No 

Aleutian Canada goose Branta canadensis leucopareia AK SSC No 

Arctic peregrine falcon Falco peregrinus AK SSC Potential Migrant 

Northern goshawk (southeast AK 

population) 

Accipiter gentilis laingi AK SSC No 

Olive-sided flycatcher Contopus cooperi AK SSC Yes 

Gray-cheeked thrush Catharus minimus AK SSC Migrant 

Townsend’s warbler Dendroica townsendi AK SSC Potential 

Blackpoll warbler Dendroica striata AK SSC Yes 

Yellow-billed Loon Gavia adamsii Candidate No 

Kittliz’s murrelet Brachyramphus brevirostris Candidate Yes 

Brown bear (Kenai Peninsula 

population) 

Ursus arctos horribilis AK SSC No 

Sea otter (southwest Alaska 

distinct population segment) 

Enhydra lutris kenyoni FT, AK SSC No 

Harbor seal Phoca vitulina AK SSC No 

Steller sea-lion 

Eumetopias jubatus 

FT=eastern 

population, 

FE=western 

No 

population AK 

SSC 

Bowhead whale Balaena mysticetus FE, AKE No 

Finback whale Balaenoptera physalus FE No 

Humpback whale Megaptera novaeangliae FE, AKE No 

Right whale Eubalaena glacialis FE, AKE No 

Blue whale Balaenoptera musculus FE, AKE No 

Sei whale Balaenoptera borealis FE No 

Sperm whale Physeter macrocephalus FE No 

Cook Inlet Beluga Whale (CIBW) 

(population) 

Delphinapterus leucas 

FE, AK SSC 

No, but occur in adjacent 

waters of the Knik Arm, 

which would be 

overflown by F-22s. 

Notes: 

FE = Federal Endangered; FT = Federal Threatened; FC = Federal Candidate; AKE = State of Alaska Endangered; 

AK SSC = State of Alaska Species of Special Concern. 

Sources: Alaska Department of Fish and Game 2011a and 2011b, USFWS 2005. 

Page 3-36



Fish and Wildlife. Common fish and wildlife species under the existing airspace are generally 

as described in Section 3.6.1. Regionally important game species include moose, caribou 

(Rangifer tarandus), Dall’s sheep (Ovis dalli), bears, and various species of waterfowl. Moose, 

caribou, and Dall’s sheep have critical lambing/calving, wintering, and rutting areas 

underneath the training airspace. The Air Force has existing airspace restrictions that prevent 

potential overflight effects on these and other wildlife species (Air Force 1995). 

Special-Status Species. Special-status species include species designated as threatened, 

endangered, or candidate species by state or federal agencies. No federally listed species occur 

on lands under the existing training airspace. Five Alaska species of special concern likely 

occur under the training airspace. These are peregrine falcon, olive-sided flycatcher, graycheeked 

thrush, blackpoll warbler, and Townsend’s warbler. Habitat requirements of these 

species are discussed in Section 3.6.1. 


Cultural resources are any prehistoric or historic district, site, or building, structure, or object 

considered important to a culture or community for scientific, traditional, religious, or other 

purposes. They include archaeological resources, historic architectural resources, and 

traditional resources. Archaeological resources are locations where prehistoric or historic 

activity measurably altered the earth or produced deposits of physical remains (e.g., 

arrowheads, bottles). Historic architectural resources include standing buildings and other 

structures of historic or aesthetic significance. Architectural resources generally must be more 

than 50 years old to be considered for inclusion in the NRHP, although resources dating to 

defined periods of historical significance, such as the Cold War era (1945-1989) may also be 

considered eligible. Traditional resources are associated with cultural practices and beliefs of a 

living community that are rooted in its history and are important in maintaining the continuing 

cultural identity of the community. Historic properties (as defined in 36 CFR 60.4) are 

significant archaeological, architectural, or traditional resources that are either eligible for 

listing, or listed on, the NRHP. Both historic properties and significant traditional resources 

identified by Alaska Natives are evaluated for potential adverse impacts from an action. 

For the Proposed Action, the ROI for cultural resources is defined as JBER-Elmendorf and its 

environs. 


3.7.1.1 Archaeological Resources 

Since the beginning of cultural resource investigations at JBER-Elmendorf in 1978, most survey 

work has been concentrated along the northwest border of the base property. Through these 

survey efforts 27 archaeological sites have been located at JBER. Twenty sites are recommended 

as ineligible for the NRHP, five are unevaluated, and two are considered eligible (Air Force 

2008; Elmendorf AFB 2010). No NRHP-listed archaeological resources have been located in the 

project area (Air Force 2008; National Register Information Service [NRIS] 2011). 

3.7.1.2 Architectural Resources 

There are 54 NRHP eligible buildings or structures on JBER-Elmendorf, most of which are located 

in one of three historic districts: the Flightline Historic District adjacent to the runway; the Alaska 

Air Depot Historic District west of the main cantonment area; and the Generals’ Quad Historic 

District (Figure 3.7-1). Other historic structures at JBER outside the three historic districts include 

12 Cold War-era facilities (Air Force 2010a). 

Page 3-37



Figure 3.7-1. Historic Districts within the JBER-Elmendorf Project Area 

Page 3-38



3.7.1.3 Traditional Cultural Properties and Alaska Native Concerns 

Although no traditional cultural properties have yet been identified on JBER-Elmendorf, 

neighboring Alaska Natives have raised concerns regarding the possibility of Alaska Native 

burials located on JBER-Elmendorf property (Air Force 2008b). Ongoing consultation between 

the Air Force and Alaska Natives on this and other issues is conducted on a 

government-to-government basis. The federally recognized tribes in the nearby area are the 

Eklutna and Knik Tribes (Air Force 2008a). 


Archaeological sites under training airspace include native burial grounds, village and 

settlement sites, and historic mining sites (Air Force 2006). Architectural resources under the 

proposed MOAs include structures relating to gold mining, trapping, or the railroad (Air Force 

2006). In addition to NRHP-listed sites, there are likely to be additional cultural resources that 

are either eligible or potentially eligible for NRHP listing under airspace. Federally recognized 

Alaska Native villages under or near the airspace discussed below are illustrated in Figure 3.7-2. 

3.7.2.1 Galena MOA 

There are no NRHP-listed cultural sites under the Galena MOA (National Register Information 

Service [NRIS] 2011). However, connecting trails of the Iditarod National Historic Trail are 

located under the MOA. The Iditarod Trail is a network of more than 2,300 trails which takes its 

name from an Athabascan Indian village. Trails used by the Ingalik and Tanaina Indians and 

Russian fur traders were improved by miners in the early 1900s. The trails were heavily used 

by miners until 1924 when airplanes came into use (Bureau of Land Management [BLM] 2000). 

In 1925, dog teams and drivers gained national attention when they delivered diptheria serum 

from Nenana to Nome in 127 hours along the trail. The annual Iditarod race retraces the route. 

3.7.2.2 Stony A/B MOA 

The Stony A and B MOAs lie above the Kolicachuk, Upper Kuskokwim and Deg Hit’An 

language regions (Alaska Native Knowledge Network 2000). There is one NRHP-listed 

resource under the Stony A,B MOAs. The Kolmakov Redoubt Site is in the Sleetmute area 

under Stony B (NRIS 2011). 

Federally recognized Alaska Native villages under or near the airspace are: Crooked Creek, 

Georgetown, Lime Village, Red Devil, Sleetmute, and Stony River (Bureau of Indian Affairs 2000). 

Crooked Creek was reported by a Russian explorer in 1844 as “Kvikchapak” in Yup’ik and 

“Khottylno” in Ingalik (Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development [DCED] 

2000). At that time the site was used as a summer fish camp for the Kwigiumpainukamuit 

villagers. A permanent settlement was established there in 1909 as a way-station for the Flat 

and Iditarod gold camps. A trading post was founded in the upper village (upriver from the 

creek mouth) in 1914, and a post office and school were built in the late 1920s. The lower village 

was settled by Eskimo and Ingalik people. Native lifestyle is based on subsistence activities 

including salmon, moose, caribou, and waterfowl (Alaska DCED 2000). Both parts of the 

village remain today. 

Page 3-39



Figure 3.7-2. Alaska Native Villages in the Airspace Environment 

Page 3-40



Georgetown is on the north bank of the upper Kuskokwim River in the Kilbuck-Kuskokwim 

Mountains. Europeans first entered the middle Kuskokwim area in 1844 when the Russian 

explorer Zagoskin sailed upriver to McGrath. At that time, Georgetown was a summer fish 

camp for residents of Kwigiumpainukamuit and was known as Keledzhichagat (Alaska DCED 

2000). Gold was found along the George River in 1909 and the mining settlement of 

Georgetown was named for three traders. 

The town grew to about 200 cabins and several stores. By 1953, only one large structure from 

the mining era remained: a two-story cabin that belonged to George Fredericks. The present 

settlement developed in the 1950s. A state school was established in 1965 and remained until 

1970. Georgetown is presently used as a seasonal fishing camp. It has no year-round residents 

(Alaska DCED 2000). 

Lime Village is on the south bank of the Stony River south of McGrath. It is a Dena’ina 

Athabascan Indian settlement that was settled by Europeans in 1907. Residents of nearby Lake 

Clark used the location as a summer fishing camp (Alaska DCED 2000). The 1939 U.S. Census 

called the settlement Hungry Village. Sts. Constantine and Helen, a Russian Orthodox chapel 

was built there in 1960 and a state school constructed in 1974 (Alaska DCED 2000). Presently, 

subsistence is based on hunting and gathering with some seasonal work in fire fighting and 

trapping. 

Red Devil is located on both banks of the Kuskokwim River at the mouth of Red Devil Creek. 

The village was named after the Red Devil mercury mine established in 1921. The mine 

continued to operate until 1971 (Alaska DCED 2000). The village is a mix of Eskimo, 

Athabascan, and non-native inhabitants who supplement their income with subsistence 

activities. 

Sleetmute is on the east bank of the Kuskokwim River. It is an Ingalik Indian village that has 

also been known as Sikkiut, Steelmut, and Steitmute (Alaska DCED 2000). A Russian trading 

post was built at the nearby Holitna River junction 1.5 miles away, but was moved farther 

downriver in 1841. Another trading post was started at Sleetmute in 1906. A school and post 

office opened in the 1920s and a Russian Orthodox church was built in 1931 (Alaska DCED 

2000). 

Stony River, also known as Moose Village and Moose Creek, is on the north bank of the 

Kuskokwim River near its junction with the Stony River. It began as a trading post and 

riverboat landing supplying mining operations to the north (Alaska DCED 2000). The first 

trading post and post office were opened during the 1930s, and area natives established 

residency there in the 1960s. The village is a mix of Athabascan and Eskimo people who 

depend heavily on a subsistence economy. 

3.7.2.3 Susitna MOA 

No NRHP-listed cultural resources are under this MOA (NRIS 2011). No federally recognized 

Alaska Native villages are located under Susitna airspace (Bureau of Indian Affairs 2000). 

Page 3-41

3.7.2.4 Naknek 1/2 MOAs 



There are no NRHP-listed resources under the Naknek MOAs (NRIS 2011). One federally 

recognized Alaska Native village, Koliganek, lies under the edge of Naknek 1 airspace (Bureau 

of Indian Affairs 2000). 

Koliganek is on the Nushagak River north of Dillingham. First contact with Europeans occurred 

in the early 19 th century when Russian fur traders entered the area. Prior to its present location, 

the village was on Tikchik Lake near the headwaters of the Nuyakuk River (Bristol Bay Native 

Association 2000). Archaeological excavations indicate the site was occupied from about 1820 

until the turn of the 19 th century by people who practiced a coastal Bering Sea Eskimo lifeway, 

hunting sea mammals, fishing, and trapping on land (Bristol Bay Native Association 2000). After 

a flu epidemic, residents moved to the confluence of the Nuyakuk and Nushagak Rivers (Old 

Koliganek). A Russian Orthodox church, St. Yako, was established in the village in 1870. The 

residents moved to another site in 1938 (Middle Koliganek) because of a decreasing supply of 

firewood near the village. The present site was established in 1964. Residents depend on the 

Bristol Bay commercial salmon fishery and fur trapping. The Koliganek Traditional Council is the 

governing body for the Native residents of Koliganek (Bristol Bay Native Association 2000). 

3.7.2.5 Fox MOAs 

Although there are no Alaska Native Villages within this area, there are scattered remote 

residences and BLM-managed recreation areas. The area is frequently used for subsistence and 

recreational hunting (BLM 2006). Additionally, the NRHP-listed Tangle Lakes Archaeological 

district is located on lands underlying the Fox MOA. The district contains more than 400 

recorded archaeological sites spanning 10,000 years of human presence in the region (BLM 

2006). 

3.7.2.6 Birch, Buffalo, Eielson, and Viper MOAs 

No federally recognized Alaska Native villages are located under these MOAs. Rapids 

Roadhouse, also known as Black Rapids Roadhouse, in Delta, underlies Buffalo MOA and is the 

only NRHP-listed cultural resource under these MOAs (NRIS 2011). 

3.7.2.7 Delta MOA 

There are three NRHP-listed properties under the Delta MOA, all of which are architectural 

resources. They are the Big Delta Historic District (also known as Big Delta State Historical 

Park), Delta Junction; Rika’s Landing Roadhouse (also known as Rika’s Landing Site), Big Delta; 

and Sullivan Roadhouse, Delta Junction (NRIS 2011). 

3.7.2.8 Yukon MOAs 

The Yukon MOAs overlie a large area to the north and east of Fairbanks. 

villages occur in this area, as well as 11 NRHP-listed resources (NRIS 2011). 

Several native 

Page 3-42



The small village of Healy Lake, 29 miles east of Delta Junction, is under the Yukon 1 MOA. 

Healy Lake is home to the federally recognized Healy Lake Village Council. Predominant 

activity in the area is the recreational use of Healy Lake during summer months. 

The village of Circle underlies Yukon 2 MOA, on the south bank of the Yukon River at the edge 

of the Yukon Flats National Wildlife Refuge, about 160 miles northeast of Fairbanks. The 

federally recognized Circle Native Community is predominantly Athabaskan. Circle, or Circle 

City, was established in 1893 as a supply point for goods shipped up the Yukon River and then 

to the gold mining camps. By 1896, Circle was the largest mining town on the Yukon, with a 

population of 700. Residents, some of whom are part-time, now number approximately 100. 

The Coal Creek Historic Mining District is among the 11 properties listed on the NRHP. 

The federally recognized Alaska Native Village of Eagle underlies Yukon 3 MOA, six miles west 

of the Alaska Canadian border. It is located on the Taylor Highway, on the left bank of the 

Yukon River at the mouth of Mission Creek. The area has been the historical home to Han 

Kutchin Indians, and was once known by non-Native Alaskans as “Johnny’s,” after a leader 

named John. The adjacent community of Eagle saw its beginnings around 1874 as a log house 

trading station. Named “Belle Isle,” the station continued to provide supplies and trade goods 

for prospectors who worked the upper Yukon and its tributaries until Eagle City was founded 

at the site in 1897. Fort Egbert was established adjacent to Eagle in 1899; a major 

accomplishment was construction of part of the Washington-Alaska Military Cable and 

Telegraph System in 1903. Eagle was incorporated in 1901, becoming the first incorporated city 

in the Interior. Several NRHP properties occur in or near Eagle, including the Eagle Historic 

District, Woodchopper Roadhouse, the Frank Slaven Roadhouse, the Steele Creek Roadhouse, 

the George McGregor Cabin and the Ed Beiderman Fish Camp (NRIS 2010). Eagle is listed in 

the NRIS as the location of the Chicken Historic District, but it is 66 miles south of Eagle on the 

Taylor Highway. 

The Alaska Native Village Chalkyitsik underlies Yukon 5 MOA. Archaeological excavations 

indicate this region may have been first used as early as 12,000 years ago. This village on the 

Black River has traditionally been an important seasonal fishing site for the Gwich’in. Village 

elders remember a highly nomadic way of life where from autumn into the spring they lived at 

the headwaters of the Black River, and fished downriver in the summer. Contact with early 

explorers was limited, and the Black River Gwich’in receive scant mention in early records. The 

location of the village at its present site is due in part to low water in the Black River in the 

1930s. A boat carrying materials intended for a school to be built in Salmon Village had to be 

unloaded at the Chalkyitsik seasonal fishing camp that then consisted of four cabins. Rather 

than reload the construction materials, the school was built at Chalkyitsik, and the Black River 

people began to settle around the school. 


The attributes of JBER-Elmendorf and nearby land use addressed in this analysis include 

general land use patterns, land ownership, land management plans, and applicable plans and 

ordinances. General land use patterns characterize the types of uses within a particular area 

including human land uses, such as agricultural, residential, commercial, industrial, 

institutional, and recreational, or natural land uses, such as forests, refuges, and other open 

Page 3-43



spaces. Land ownership is a categorization of land according to type of owner; the major land 

ownership categories associated with JBER-Elmendorf include federal and state with nearby 

private and Alaska Native properties. Land use plans and ordinances, policies, and guidelines 

establish appropriate goals for future use, or regulate allowed uses. 

The major land ownership categories under the SUA include state, federal, Alaska Native 

corporations, and other private landowners. Federal lands are described by the managing 

agency, which may include the USFWS, the U.S. Forest Service, BLM, or DoD. State of Alaska 

land under the study area is typically managed by the Departments of Fish and Game or 

Natural Resources. The land management plans include those documents prepared by agencies 

to establish appropriate goals for future use and development. As part of this process, sensitive 

land use areas are often identified by agencies as being worthy of more rigorous management. 

As noted in Section 3.1, FAA administers all navigable national airspace. 

Recreation resources consider outdoor recreational activities that take place away from the 

residences of participants. This includes natural resources and man-made facilities that are 

designated or available for public recreational use in remote areas. As part of the mitigations 

identified for the MOA Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) Record of Decision (ROD), the 

Air Force participates in the Resource Protection Council to work with agencies, Alaska 

Natives, and others in the identification and mitigation of potential consequences to 

environmental resources (Air Force 1995). 

Transportation resources include the infrastructure required for the movement of people, 

materials, and goods. For this analysis, transportation resources include JBER-Elmendorf roads 

and the railway. 

The ROI for land use and recreation consists of JBER-Elmendorf and all the lands under the 

existing training airspace used for JBER-Elmendorf F-22 training. 


JBER is located at the head of Cook Inlet within the Municipality of Anchorage. JBER- 

Elmendorf comprises 13,455 acres of JBER’s total 84,000 acres of federal land directly north of 

the Municipality of Anchorage in the south-central portion of the State of Alaska. 

3.8.1.1 JBER-Elmendorf Land Use 

Figure 3.8-1 depicts existing land uses for JBER-Elmendorf. The 

airfield and related operation function are located in the center 

and southern part of the base. A variety of other land uses may 

be found along the southern portion of the base. A large 

industrial area forms a boundary between the central mixed-use 

core of the base and the housing and services area in the base’s 

southwest corner. Medical facilities are located in the southeast 

corner, along with some housing and recreational areas. Large 

The southwest corner of the base has 

housing developments, community 

services, and offices. 

recreational and open space areas are also located north of the airfield (Air Force 2005). 

Restricted Use Areas have been designated to prohibit construction of manned facilities in areas 

that were previously contaminated. 

Page 3-44



JBER-Elmendorf is bordered to the east by the Fort Richardson portion of JBER. There are 

various training ranges within the military installations, including maneuver areas, impact 

areas, and training areas. To the west of JBER-Elmendorf are the Port of Anchorage and Cook 

Inlet/Knik Arm. The city of Anchorage borders the base to the south. Privately held lands in 

the vicinity of the base are located primarily south and southeast of the base (Air Force 2001a). 

This includes a residential neighborhood known as Mountain View. Mountain View 

Elementary School is located on the north side of McPhee Avenue that runs along the southern 

boundary of JBER. 

The base adopted a General Plan in April 2005 that presents a comprehensive planning strategy to 

support military missions assigned to the installation and guide future installation development 

decisions. With a 50 year horizon, the plan presents a summary of existing conditions and 

provides a framework for programming, design and construction, as well as resource 

management. The plan’s Fighter Town East (FTE) Focus Area is on the east side of the northsouth 

runway (Runway 16/34). This area enabled development of all the necessary facilities and 

infrastructure associated with the beddown of the F-22 fighter aircraft begun in 2006. 

Base plans and studies present factors affecting both on- and off-base land use and include 

recommendations to assist on-base officials and local community leaders in ensuring 

compatible development in the vicinity of the base. In general, land use recommendations are 

made for areas affected by both the potential for aircraft accidents (refer to Section 3.3, Safety) 

and aircraft noise (refer to Section 3.2, Noise). There are safety zones defined for each end of the 

runway based on the analysis of historic mishap data that defines where most aircraft accidents 

occur. Incompatible residential uses in the community of Mountain View exist within the safety 

zones at the end of Runway 16/34 (see Figure 3.3-1). 

Noise contours in these plans are generated by the modeling program NOISEMAP. These noise 

contours are used to describe noise exposure around the base and support compatible land use 

recommendations. Noise is one of the major factors used in determining appropriate land uses 

since elevated sound levels are incompatible with certain land uses. When noise levels exceed 

an L dn of 65 dB, residential land uses are normally considered incompatible (see Appendix D). 

Noise exposure (depicted with contours) from existing operations at JBER-Elmendorf are shown 

in Figure 3.2-1. These contours provide the baseline against which to measure the projected 

change should the additional six primary and one backup F-22 

be based at JBER-Elmendorf. 

3.8.1.2 JBER-Elmendorf Transportation 

JBER-Elmendorf is accessed by Davis Highway from JBER- 

Richardson and Glenn Highway from the south. Vandenberg 

Avenue extends northward from the main gate (Boniface Gate) 

about 1.5 miles before intersecting Davis Highway which 

extends eastward to JBER-Richardson. 

The JBER Transportation system includes 

an extensive road network as well as 

winter opportunities for recreation. 

Page 3-45



Figure 3.8-1. JBER-Elmendorf Existing Land Use 

Page 3-46



Roads on JBER-Elmendorf form a network independent from vicinity roads (refer to Figure 

3.8-2). Access on and off the base occur through four gates on the south side (Boniface, 

Muldoon, Post Road, and Government Hill), as well as access from JBER-Richardson. Vehicular 

traffic is permitted on most base streets; restricted access may occur for operational or security 

reasons. 

Primary roadways on JBER-Elmendorf include Davis Highway and Post Road. The former 

serves the eastern portion of the base and provides primary access to JBER-Richardson. 

Provider Drive, which connects to the Glenn Highway, also provides important access to the 

southeast corner of the base including the hospital. Secondary roadways include Airlifter 

Drive, Fighter Drive, and Arctic Warrior Drive. 

The latter provides access from the west side of the base to the FTE area, which supports the 

existing two squadrons of F-22 aircraft. The FTE area is also accessed by Vandenberg Avenue 

and the Davis Highway. 

The rail line is located in the south and east portions of JBER-Elmendorf (refer to Figure 3.8-2). 

The tracks have been relocated to the east to avoid security and safety hazards. The tracks are 

within the right of way and belong to the Alaska Railroad Company. All other tracks on the 

base are owned by the Air Force (Air Force 2004). 


The general land use patterns underlying this airspace may be characterized as very rural. There 

are large public land areas as well as some agricultural forested areas. There are also a number of 

small towns and villages throughout the area that occur along roads and highways, as well as in 

remote areas accessible only by waterways or small planes. Within populated areas, a variety of 

land use types occur, including residential, commercial, industrial, and public lands. 

Special use areas provide recreational activities (trails and parks), hunting, fishing, and/or 

solitude or wilderness experience (parks, forests, and wilderness areas). Table 3.8-1 identifies 

special use areas under the airspace units. Figures 3.8-3 and 3.8-4 present these special use 

areas under or near training airspace. This broad grouping of special use areas includes large 

public land areas such as state or national parks, forests, and reserves which may include 

individual campgrounds, trails, and visitor centers. This broad definition of special use areas 

also includes large private land areas under the airspace. 

3.8.2.1 Galena and Susitna MOAs 

Special use areas of note underlying the Alaskan airspace include designated wildlife areas, 

trails, and parks. The Nowitna National Wildlife Refuge under the Galena MOA is managed by 

the USFWS. This refuge encompasses forested lowlands, hills, lakes, marshes, ponds, and 

streams and the nationally designated Nowitna River. The refuge was established to protect 

waterfowl and their habitat. Hunting, fishing, and river floating are recreational activities 

within the refuge. 

Page 3-47



Figure 3.8-2. JBER-Elmendorf Roads 

Page 3-48



Figure 3.8-3. Special Use Areas Underlying Special Use Airspace 

Page 3-49

Page 3-50 

Table 3.8-1. Special Use Areas within F-22 Airspace (Page 1 of 3) 

Airspace Special Use Area Designation 

Total Area 

of Airspace 

(acres) 

Total Area of 

Special Use Area 

(acres) 

Special Use 

Area Within 

Airspace 

(acres) 

% of Special 

Use Area 

Within 

Airspace 

% of Airspace 

Which is 

Special Use 

Area 

Birch MOA 

Birch Lake State 

Recreation Site 

State Recreation Area 359,488 204 204 100.00 0.06 

Birch MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 359,488 127,831,010 359,488 0.28 100.00 

Buffalo MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 1,398,549 127,831,010 1,289,746 1.01 92.22 

Buffalo MOA Healy Lake 

Alaska Native Village Statistical 

Area 

1,398,549 109,933 108,803 98.97 7.78 

Delta MOA 1 Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 956,008 127,831,010 692,156 0.54 72.40 

Eielson MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 611,159 127,831,010 611,159 0.48 100.00 

Fox 1 MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 968,360 127,831,010 968,360 0.76 100.00 

Fox 2 MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 79,544 127,831,010 79,544 0.06 100.00 

Fox 3 MOA Ahtna Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,142,055 18,407,946 861,045 4.68 27.40 

Fox 3 MOA Cook Inlet Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,142,055 21,308,085 896,648 4.21 28.54 

Fox 3 MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,142,055 127,831,010 1,384,361 1.08 44.06 

Fox 3 MOA 

Gulkana Wild & Scenic 

River 

Wild and Scenic River 3,142,055 105,257 5,414 5.14 0.17 

Galena MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,314,834 127,831,010 3,314,836 2.59 100.00 

Galena MOA 

Nowitna National 

Wildlife Refuge 

National Wildlife Refuge 3,314,834 2,019,411 612,935 30.35 18.49 

Naknek 1 MOA Bristol Bay Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,294,225 26,195,347 3,251,606 12.41 98.71 

Naknek 1 MOA Koliganek 


Area 

3,294,225 62,162 44,179 71.07 1.34 

Naknek 1 MOA Wood-Tilchik State Park State Park 3,294,225 515,427 395,979 76.83 12.02 

Naknek 2 MOA Bristol Bay Alaska Native Regional Corp. 2,339,458 26,195,347 1,832,356 6.99 78.32 

Naknek 2 MOA Cook Inlet Alaska Native Regional Corp. 2,339,458 21,308,085 505,018 2.37 21.59 

Stony A MOA Calista Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,430,001 33,099,981 1,939,436 5.86 56.54 

Stony A MOA Cook Inlet Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,430,001 21,308,085 552,642 2.59 16.11 

Stony A MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,430,001 127,831,010 908,096 0.71 26.48 

Stony A MOA Lime Village 


Area 

3,430,001 34,186 33,007 96.55 0.96 


F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment

Page 3-51 



Total Area 

of Airspace 

(acres) 

Total Area of 


(acres) 

Special Use 

Area Within 

Airspace 

(acres) 

% of Special 

Use Area 

Within 

Airspace 

% of Airspace 

Which is 

Special Use 

Area 

Stony A MOA Stony River 


Area 

3,430,001 13,018 3,019 23.19 0.09 

Stony B MOA Calista Alaska Native Regional Corp. 2,016,837 33,099,981 1,441,097 4.35 71.45 

Stony B MOA Crooked Creek 


Area 

2,016,837 27,906 15,159 54.32 0.75 

Stony B MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 2,016,837 127,831,010 499,096 0.39 24.75 

Stony B MOA Georgetown 


Area 

2,016,837 16,659 16,659 100.00 0.83 

Stony B MOA Red Devil 


Area 

2,016,837 16,275 16,275 100.00 0.81 

Stony B MOA Sleetmute 


Area 

2,016,837 18,945 18,945 100.00 0.94 

Stony B MOA Stony River 


Area 

2,016,837 13,018 9,999 76.81 0.50 

Susitna MOA Cook Inlet Alaska Native Regional Corp. 2,098,465 21,308,085 1,716,651 8.06 81.81 

Susitna MOA 

Denali National Park & National Park 

553,989 9.19 26.4 

2,098,465 6,029,385 

Preserve 

National Preserve 

391,748 6.5 18.67 

Susitna MOA Denali State Park State Park 2,098,465 324,242 50,985 15.72 2.43 

Susitna MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 2,098,465 127,831,010 381,175 0.30 18.16 

Yukon 1 MOA 

Chena River State Rec 

Area 

State Recreation Area 3,198,318 303,481.281 256,708.482 84.59 8.03 

Yukon 1 MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 3,198,318 127,831,010 3,198,318 2.50 100.00 

Yukon 1 MOA 

Fortymile Wild & Scenic 

River 

Wild and Scenic River 3,198,318 226,745 673 0.30 0.02 

Yukon 1 MOA Healy Lake 


Area 

3,198,318 109,933 1 0.00 0.00 

Yukon 1 MOA 

Yukon-Charley Rivers 


National Preserve 3,198,318 2,521,315 499,384 19.81 15.61 

Yukon 2 MOA 

Birch Creek Wild & 

Scenic River 

Wild and Scenic River 4,180,238 68,867 68,867 100.00 1.65 



Page 3-52 



Yukon 2 MOA 

Restricted Area 

2205 

Chena River State Rec 

Area 

Total Area 

of Airspace 

(acres) 

Total Area of 


(acres) 

Special Use 

Area Within 

Airspace 

(acres) 

% of Special 

Use Area 

Within 

Airspace 

% of Airspace 

Which is 

Special Use 

Area 

State Recreation Area 4,180,238 303481.281 46087.982 15.19 1.10 

Yukon 2 MOA Circle 


Area 

4,180,238 3,643 3,643 100.00 0.09 


Yukon 2 MOA 

Steese National 

Conservation Area 

National Conservation Area 4,180,238 1,154,018 785,042 68.03 18.78 

Yukon 2 MOA 

Yukon Flats National 



Yukon 2 MOA 





Yukon 3 MOA Eagle 


Area 

3,207,858 23,353 13,665 58.52 0.43 

Yukon 3 MOA 

Fortymile Wild & Scenic 

River 

Wild and Scenic River 3,207,858 247,049 223,607 90.51 6.97 

Yukon 3 MOA 





Yukon 4 MOA 




Yukon 4 MOA 




Yukon 5 MOA Chalkyitsik 


Area 

2,285,414 1,546 1,546 100.00 0.07 


Yukon 5 MOA 



National Wildlife Refuge 2,285,414 11,172,807 1,469,990 13.16 64.32 

Viper MOA Doyon Alaska Native Regional Corp. 68,181 127,831,010 68,181 0.05 100.00 

Notes: 1 – Includes only the portions of Delta MOA west of Birch MOA and between the Birch and Buffalo MOAs MOA = Military Operations Area 

Source: National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency 2005 





Segments of the Iditarod National Historic Trail underlie the Galena and Susitna MOAs (Air 

Force 1995). The Iditarod Trail is a network of more than 2,300 trails that takes its name from an 

Athabascan Indian village. 

A portion of Denali State Park, about 550,000 acres of Denali National Park, and about 400,000 

acres of Denali National Preserve also underlie the northern portion of the Susitna MOA. 

Denali National Park, managed by the National Park Service, was established in 1917 as Mount 

McKinley National Park. In 1980, the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act 

expanded the boundary by four million acres and renamed it Denali National Park and 

Preserve. Denali is currently six million acres in size. There are three distinct units that make 

up Denali National Park and Preserve: Denali Wilderness, Denali National Preserve, and 

Denali National Park. The Susitna MOA does not overlie the Denali Wilderness. 

3.8.2.2 Fox and Stony MOAs 

Lands underlying the Fox MOA include the Tangle Lakes, Tangle River, Delta River, Gulkana 

River, components of the National Wild and Scenic River System, Tangle Lakes Archaeological 

District, and Nelchina Public Use Area. Although there are no communities within this area, 

there are scattered remote residences. The Fox MOA overlies areas frequently used for 

recreational hunting, including BLM-managed recreation areas. 

Stony A and B MOAs overlie a number of small communities including Georgetown, Crooked 

Creek, Red Devil, Sleetmute, and Stony River. 

3.8.2.3 Yukon and Viper MOAs 

The Yukon MOAs overlie remote residences or parcels along the Salcha River, as well as the 

communities of Circle, Central, Circle Hot Springs, Chena Hot Springs, Eagle, Chicken, Eagle 

Village, Boundary, and Chalkyitsik. Some of the special use areas within this area include the 

Yukon-Charley Rivers National Preserve, Charley National Wild River, and Fortymile National 

Wild, Scenic, and Recreational River. Notices along these rivers, such as the Birch Creek Wild 

and Scenic River, explain the SUA and the use of the airspace to recreationists. 

3.8.2.3 Restricted Areas 

With the exception of the Chena River State Recreation Area, no special land use areas occur 

under Restricted Areas. A small portion of the southern boundary of the Chena River State 

Recreation Area underlies R-2205 (see Figure 3.8-4). 


Socioeconomic factors are defined as the basic attributes and resources associated with the 

human environment. Data for the socioeconomic analysis in this EA were obtained from a 

variety of sources, including the Air Force, the U.S. Bureau of the Census, the U.S. Bureau of 

Economic Analysis, the Alaska Departments of Commerce and Labor, and the Municipality of 

Anchorage. 

Page 3-53



Page 3-54 

Figure 3.8-4. Special Use Areas Underlying Restricted Areas and MOAs



3.9.1 Base Socioeconomic Existing Conditions 

JBER is situated in south-central Alaska, just north of Anchorage. Socioeconomic activities 

associated with the base are concentrated in the Municipality of Anchorage, which comprises 

the ROI for this analysis. Available socioeconomic characteristics are addressed for the base 

population and for the Municipality of Anchorage. 

3.9.1.1 Population and Housing 

The combination of Elmendorf AFB with Fort Richardson as JBER has resulted in one 

installation with approximately 12,000 military and 4,000 civilian and non-appropriated funds 

employees (JBER 2009). There are approximately 30,000 dependents associated with JBER 

personnel. Approximately 10,000 residents, military personnel, and their family members are 

on base in military housing, including privatized housing. The majority of military personnel, 

civilian personnel, and their families reside off-base within the Municipality of Anchorage, 

including the communities of Chugiak and Eagle River. 

The 2009 population of the Municipality of Anchorage was 287,460 persons. This is an increase 

from 2000 to 2009 at an average annual rate of 1.0 percent. Population in the municipality is 

projected to increase at an average annual rate of 0.7 percent to 297,416 persons by the year 2014 

(Department of Commerce 2010). Anchorage is the largest city in Alaska, accounting for 

approximately 45 percent of the state population. The average household size in the 

municipality is 2.75 persons. Almost 94 percent of the 111,136 housing units are occupied, 

yielding a vacancy rate of 6.0 percent or approximately 6,700 vacant units. By comparison, the 

vacancy rate statewide is 15 percent, primarily due to seasonal occupancy. 

3.9.1.2 Economic Activity 

Anchorage is the center of commerce for the state of Alaska, an economy driven by four major 

sectors: oil/gas, military, transportation, and tourism. These sectors have provided a level of 

stability to the region during the national economic downturn experienced during the end of 

the last decade. A number of industries are headquartered in Anchorage, including oil and gas 

enterprises, finance and real estate, transportation, communications, and government agencies. 

JBER is an important contributor to the Anchorage economy through employment of military 

and civilian personnel and expenditures for goods and services. The value of goods and 

services contracts was approximately $811 million in 2009 with approximately $85 million spent 

annually on consumable goods (JBER 2009). 

In the Municipality of Anchorage, total full- and part-time employment was 144,307 jobs in 

third quarter 2010. The largest employment sectors have been government (21.6 percent), retail 

trade (11.3 percent), and health care and social services (10.6 percent) (U.S. Bureau of Economic 

Analysis 2005). Military and military-related civilian employment, including the National 

Guard, account for approximately 18,000 jobs in Anchorage, representing approximately 12 

percent of total employment. 

At the end of 2010 the unemployment rate in Anchorage was 6.7 percent. There are seasonal 

fluctuations related to resource usage, including commercial fishing and processing activities. 

Page 3-55



Average unemployment in Anchorage was 5.7 percent in 2003, and unemployment fluctuated 

between 4.1 percent and 7.4 percent during the decade from 1990-2000. 

3.9.1.3 Public Services 

Daily operation of JBER and furnishing of services and support to base personnel and family 

members is the responsibility of the 673d Air Base Wing, the base host unit. Off-base public 

services are provided by a number of public and private entities. Police and fire protection 

services are provided by the Anchorage Police and Fire Departments, respectively. Anchorage 

Regional Hospital and various medical care providers offer health services in the area. The 673 d 

Medical Group, in collaboration with the Veterans Administration, provides JBER hospital and 

medical care. There are approximately 20,000 military retirees in the region. 

The Anchorage school district serves the JBER population, including three elementary schools, 

one middle school, and one high school. JBER provides youth programs, teen centers, and 

childcare services for military families residing and working on base. 

3.9.2 Training Airspace Socioeconomic Existing Conditions 

Socioeconomic resources evaluated include areas around JBER as well as geographic areas 

under or proximate to the training airspace. The nine geographic areas identified on Figure 1.1- 

1 are: 

• Anchorage Municipality – not under training airspace; 

• Bethel Census Area – partially under Stony MOAs; 

• Dillingham Census Area – partially under Naknek MOAs; 

• Fairbanks Northstar Borough – rural portions partially under Yukon MOAs and Viper 

A/B MOA; 

• Lake and Peninsula Borough – partially under Naknek 2 MOA; 

• Matanuska-Susitna Borough – rural portions partially under Susitna and Fox MOAs; 

• Southeast Fairbanks Census Area – partially under Yukon, Birch, and Buffalo MOAs; 

• Valdez-Cordova Census Area – not under training airspace; and 

• Yukon-Koyukuk Census Area – partially under Galena and Stony MOAs. 

3.9.2.1 Population and Housing 

Lands under training airspace are very rural in nature, with sparsely scattered populations. 

Population data from the 2000 census provide for a consistent comparison among geographic 

areas. The 2010 census data are not expected to be available before summer 2011. 

With the exception of Anchorage Municipality, Fairbanks North Star, and the Matanuska- 

Susitna Borough, rural lands comprise two-thirds of the region. Rural population density is 0.4 

to less than 0.1 persons per square mile (see Table 3.9-1). The population centers are included 

for reference although they are not directly affected by training airspace. The average 

Page 3-56



household size in the regions ranges from 2.80 persons per household in the southeast 

Fairbanks census area to 3.73 persons per household in the Bethel census area. By comparison, 

the state and Anchorage average household sizes are 2.74 and 2.62 persons per household, 

respectively. Housing vacancy rates range from a low of 18.5 percent in Bethel to a high of 62.2 

percent in Lake and Peninsula Borough. The vacancy rates are primarily due to seasonal 

occupancy. 

Table 3.9-1. Demographic Characteristics of Affected Regions (2000) 

Affected Region 

Total 

Population 

Percent 

Rural 

Population 

Density 

Average 

Household 

Size 

Housing 

Vacancy 

Rate 

State of Alaska 626,932 34.4 1.1 2.74 15.1 

Anchorage Municipality 260,283 3.9 153.4 2.67 5.5 

Bethel Census Area 16,006 72.3 0.4 3.73 18.5 

Dillingham Census Area 4,922 100.0 0.3 3.20 34.4 

Fairbanks North Star Borough 82,840 30.4 11.2 2.68 10.6 

Lake and Peninsula Borough 1,823 100.0 0.1 3.10 62.2 

Matanuska-Susitna Borough 59,322 64.5 2.4 2.84 24.8 

Southeast Fairbanks Census 

Area 

6,174 100.0 0.2 2.80 34.9 

Valdez-Cordova Census Area 10,195 100.0 0.3 2.58 24.6 

Yukon-Koyukuk Census Area 6,551 100.0


Table 3.9-2. Economic Characteristics of Regions (2000) 

Regions 

Total 

Employment 

Percent 

Unemployment 


Median 

Household 

Income 

Per Capita 

Personal 

Income 

State of Alaska 281,532 6.1 $51,571 $22,660 

Anchorage Municipality 125,737 4.7 $55,546 $25,287 

Bethel Census Area 5,481 9.1 $35,701 $12,603 

Dillingham Census Area 1,765 7.2 $43,079 $16,021 

Fairbanks North Star Borough 35,258 5.8 $49,076 $21,553 

Lake and Peninsula Borough 581 7.9 $36,442 $15,361 

Matanuska-Susitna Borough 24,981 6.7 $51,221 $21,105 

Southeast Fairbanks Census Area 1,932 9.5 $38,776 $16,679 

Valdez-Cordova Census Area 4,463 6.3 $48,734 $23,046 

Yukon-Koyukuk Census Area 2,276 12.5 $28,666 $13,720 

Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census 2000b. 

3.9.2.3 Public Services 

A review of Figure 2.2-2 demonstrates the rural nature of areas under training airspace. In 

many cases the only access to these areas is by boat or aircraft. Public services are either 

available locally or may be obtained through air transport. In some areas practically everything 

from groceries to medical services are provided by Alaska civil aviation. The Internet has 

successfully connected residents in many remote areas to Alaska education and other public 

services. 


EO 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income 

Populations, directs federal agencies to address environmental and human health conditions in 

minority and low-income communities. In addition to environmental justice issues are 

concerns pursuant to EO 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety 

Risks, which directs federal agencies to identify and assess environmental health and safety 

risks that may disproportionately affect children. 

For purposes of this analysis, minority, low-income and youth populations are defined as follows: 

• Minority Population: Alaska Natives, persons of Hispanic origin of any race, Blacks, 

American Indians, Asians, or Pacific Islanders. 

• Low-Income Population: Persons living below the poverty level. 

• Youth Population: Children under the age of 18 years. 

Estimates of these three population categories were developed based on data from the U.S. 

Bureau of the Census. The census does not report minority population, per se, but reports 

population by race and by ethnic origin. These data were used to estimate minority 

populations potentially affected by implementation of the Proposed Action. Low-income and 

youth population figures also were drawn from the Census 2000 Profile of General 

Demographic Characteristics. 

Page 3-58



3.10.1 Base Environmental Justice Existing Conditions 

JBER is situated in south-central Alaska, just north of Anchorage. Land situated outside the 

JBER boundaries but within the 65 L dn or greater noise contour consists of two affected 

geographic areas with a total of 59.1 acres. This area is compatible industrial with a small (0.5 

acre) rural piece of land across the Knik Arm. The community of Mountain View, south of the 

JBER-Elmendorf airfield and comprised primarily of minority and low-income residents, is 

outside the 65 dB L dn noise contour. 

Ethnicity and poverty status in the vicinity of JBER-Elmendorf were examined and compared to 

state and national data. Minority persons represent 30.1 percent of the Municipality of 

Anchorage population (U.S. Bureau of the Census 2000a). Alaska Natives represent 7.0 percent 

of the Anchorage population and 23.4 percent of the minority population. By comparison, 

minority persons represent 32.4 percent of the state population, with Alaska Native accounting 

for 47.5 percent of the state minority population. 

The incidence of persons and families in the Municipality of Anchorage with incomes below the 

poverty level was comparable to state levels. In Anchorage during 2000, 7.3 percent of persons 

were living below the poverty level, compared to 9.4 percent of persons in the state and 12.4 

percent of persons in the nation (U.S. Census 2005). 

The number of children under age 18 was determined for the vicinity of JBER-Elmendorf and 

compared to state and national levels. In 2000, there were 75,742 children age 17 and under 

residing in Anchorage, comprising 29.1 percent of the population. This compares to 30.4 

percent for the State of Alaska and 25.7 percent for the nation. 

The community of Mountain View is located south of JBER-Elmendorf (see Figure 3.8-1). The 

minority population of Mountain View is a greater share of the total population than in the 

Municipality of Anchorage (68 percent vs. 30 percent). The ratio of low-income individuals 

residing in Mountain View is greater than city and state levels. The median annual household 

income for Mountain View was $42,469 in 2008 as compared with $75,637 for Anchorage as a 

whole. An estimated 23.5 percent of the Mountain View population is below the poverty level 

as compared with 7.3 percent of Anchorage. The Mountain View Elementary School has an 

enrollment of 339 students, of whom 88 percent are considered economically disadvantaged. 

3.10.2 Training Airspace Environmental Justice Existing Conditions 

As with socioeconomic resources, evaluation of environmental justice evaluates nine 

geographic areas that include areas under the affected airspace and large municipalities near 

the airspace: 

• Anchorage Municipality – not under training airspace; 

• Bethel Census Area – partially under Stony MOAs; 

• Dillingham Census Area – partially under Naknek MOAs; 

• Fairbanks Northstar Borough – rural portions partially under Yukon MOAs and Viper 

A/B MOA; 

Page 3-59

• Lake and Peninsula Borough – partially under Naknek 2 MOA; 



• Matanuska-Susitna Borough – rural portions partially under Susitna and Fox MOAs; 

• Southeast Fairbanks Census Area – partially under Yukon, Birch, and Buffalo MOAs; 

• Valdez-Cordova Census Area – not under training airspace; and 

• Yukon-Koyukuk Census Area – partially under Galena and Stony MOAs. 

Alaska Natives live on many land areas under the affected airspace. Specific communities are 

identified under specific airspace units in Figure 3.7-2. Federally recognized Alaska Natives 

under the airspace include Crooked Creek, settled by Eskimo and Ingalik people; Georgetown, 

a seasonal fishing village; Lime village, a Dena’ina Athabascan Indian settlement; Red Devil, a 

village populated by a mix of Eskimo, Athabascan, and non-native inhabitants; Sleetmute, 

founded by Ingalik Indians; Stony River, a mix of Indian and Eskimo people; and Koliganek 

(U.S. Bureau of the Census 2000a). Other federally recognized Alaska Native populations in the 

area include Eagle, Circle, Chalkyitsik, Dot Lake, and Healy Lake. Native lifestyle in many of 

these villages is based on, or supplemented by, subsistence activities. Alaska Native 

Corporations in the region are Cook Inlet, Calista, Doyon, and Bristol Bay. Additional baseline 

data on minority, low-income, and youth populations in areas under the airspace are presented 

in Table 3.10-1. 

Based on 2000 Census data, the incidence of persons and families in the rural areas with 

incomes below the poverty level generally exceeded Anchorage-dominated state levels (see 

Table 3.10-1). Poverty rates in the affected regions under the training airspace ranged from a 

low of 18.9 percent in Lake and Peninsula and southeast Fairbanks to a high of 23.8 percent in 

Yukon-Koyukuk Census Area, compared to 7.3 percent of persons in Anchorage and 9.5 percent 

of persons in the Anchorage-dominated state totals. 

Table 3.10-1. Minority and Low-Income Populations by Area (2000) 

Area 

Total 

Population 

Percent 

Low- 

Income 

Percent 

Minority 

Percent 

Alaska 

Native 

Percent 

Youth 

State of Alaska 626,932 9.4 32.4 15.4 30.4 

Anchorage Municipality 260,283 7.3 30.1 7.0 29.1 

Bethel Census Area 16,006 20.6 87.8 81.6 39.8 

Dillingham Census Area 4,922 21.4 79.1 69.4 38.1 

Fairbanks North Star Borough 82,840 7.8 24.0 6.8 30.1 

Lake and Peninsula Borough 1,823 18.9 81.2 73.0 37.8 

Matanuska-Susitna Borough 59,322 11.0 13.7 5.3 32.2 

Southeast Fairbanks Census Area 6,174 18.9 22.6 12.6 32.8 

Valdez-Cordova Census Area 10,195 9.8 25.3 13.0 29.6 

Yukon-Koyukuk Census Area 6,551 23.8 76.0 70.4 35.0 

Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census 2000a, 2005. 

Minority persons represent between 22.6 percent and 87.8 percent of the population under the 

training airspace. Alaska Natives are by far the largest minority group, accounting for nearly 

the entire minority population and comprising over two-thirds of the total population in some 

areas under the training airspace. By comparison, minority persons represent 32.4 percent of 

the state population, with Alaska Natives accounting for 15.4 percent of the state total 

Page 3-60



population and 47.5 percent of the state minority population. Youths under the age of 18 

comprise between 32.8 percent and 39.8 percent of the population under the airspace, compared 

to 30.4 percent at the state level and 29.1 percent in Anchorage. 

Page 3-61




Page 3-62


4.0 Environmental Consequences 

4.0 BASE AND TRAINING AIRSPACE 

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 

This chapter analyzes potential environmental consequences 

from the proposed plus-up of the F-22 aircraft inventory at 

JBER. As in Chapter 3.0, the expected geographic scope of 

potential environmental consequences is identified as the ROI. 

This chapter considers the direct and indirect effects of the 

Proposed Action and No Action Alternative described in 

Chapter 2.0. The Existing Conditions (refer to Chapter 3.0) of 

each relevant environmental resource is described to give the public and agency decision 

makers a meaningful point from which they can compare potential future environmental, 

social, and economic effects. Cumulative effects are discussed in Chapter 5.0. 


Airspace management environmental consequences could occur in or around the base or in the 


4.1.1 Base Airspace Management Environmental Consequences 

The addition of six primary F-22 aircraft to JBER-Elmendorf would not impact air traffic control 

within the AATA. The Anchorage Approach Control has overall management responsibility 

within the ATCAA. Anchorage Approach Control has managed the airspace when there were 

substantially more fighter aircraft operating from JBER-Elmendorf than would be with the 

proposed F-22 plus-up. No consequences would be expected to airspace management with the 

additional six primary F-22 aircraft. 

4.1.2 Training Airspace Environmental Consequences 

For the purpose of this EA, the term 

JBER refers to the entire combined 

base. The term JBER-Elmendorf refers 

to the historic Elmendorf AFB which is 

primarily affected by the F-22 plus-up. 

JBER- Richardson refers to the historic 

Fort Richardson portion of JBER. 

Table 2.2-3 in Chapter 2.0 describes the existing and projected MOA usage associated with 

baseline F-22 and the proposed increase of six primary aircraft. F-22 training in the MOAs 

would be similar to the existing use by F-22 aircraft. The additional aircraft would not affect 

regional airspace management. The usage of the airspace would not change to the extent that 

civil aviation could be affected. The time spent at higher altitudes by the F-22, including in the 

ATCAAs, should have a minimal effect upon general aviation that normally flies at lower 

altitudes. 

Range use by the F-22 is substantially less than historic use by such aircraft as the F-15E. The F- 

22 is designed to carry smart munitions with long range stand-off capabilities. Most air-toground 

training in the airspace would be performed by flying specific training profiles and 

practicing the release of munitions under launch conditions without actually releasing any 

munitions. Practice munitions use could occur on Alaskan training ranges and would be 

performed at lower altitudes to experience the handling characteristics of the aircraft under 

deployment conditions. Table 2.2-4 presents the existing and projected F-22 training munitions 

Page 4-1



use. None of the training activities within Alaskan SUA would be expected to result in any 

changes to airspace management from those existing for the F-22 training. The mitigations in 

the 1995 MOA EIS ROD still apply (Air Force 1995). During studies conducted as part of the 

MOA EIS, it was found that dissemination of information is an important element in explaining 

airspace management and use. 

Alaska residents, including Alaska Natives, have expressed concerns that military aircraft 

training could potentially conflict with small aircraft serving communities under special use 

airspace. Enhanced F-22 electronics and situational awareness reduce risks of conflicts with 

general aviation. Existing awareness and avoidance procedures implemented by the Air Force, 

and standard FAA flight rules are designed to prevent airspace conflicts. These FAA rules 

require that all pilots are responsible to apply “see and avoid” techniques when operating an 

aircraft. To reduce the potential for airspace conflicts, JBER continues to schedule MFEs in 

training airspace to avoid the high recreation period from the 27 th of June to the 11 th of July. 

MFEs are also not scheduled during January, September, or December. 

4.1.3 No Action 

Existing terminal airspace, MOA, range, and other airspace usage would not change with the 

No Action. F-22s would continue to train from JBER-Elmendorf and continue to train in the 

airspace as they do today. 

4.2 Noise 

This section describes noise impacts associated with the proposed F-22 plus-up in the area near 

JBER-Elmendorf and in military training airspace units. Impacts are assessed by comparing 

noise conditions under the Proposed Action and the No Action Alternative to baseline 

conditions. 

4.2.1 Base Environmental Consequences 

Noise levels near JBER-Elmendorf were calculated using the 

established and tested noise program, NOISEMAP. Under the 

Proposed Action, all operational procedures currently in effect, 

including noise-related operational restrictions, runway usage 

patterns, and approach and departure procedures, would remain 

in effect. These procedures include use of Runway 34 

(northbound crosswind runway) for approximately 25 percent of 

The increase of F-22 aircraft with the 

plus-up results in 16.7 percent more 

F-22s being based at JBER- 

Elmendorf. The additional personnel 

capability at JBER-Elmendorf would 

be expected to proportionately 

increase the F-22 sorties. 

F-22 departures. The runway typically used for F-22 arrivals is runway 06 (eastbound main 

runway). To represent F-22 operations under the Proposed Action for the purposes of noise 

modeling, current F-22 aircraft operations were increased by the proportion of additional F-22 

plus-up aircraft. This would result in an average of approximately five additional daily F-22 

sorties. 

Page 4-2



4.2.1.1 Land Areas 

Table 4.2-1 compares the total area, in acres, exposed to each noise contour interval under 

baseline and proposed conditions. Figure 4.2-1 shows the noise contours under the Proposed 

Action and baseline conditions. 

The total land and water area exposed to 65 dB L dn or more would be projected to increase from 

13,506 acres under current conditions to 14,386 acres under the proposed plus-up. The increase 

of approximately 880 acres represents a 6.5 percent increase. 

Table 4.2-1. Areas Exposed to Noise Intervals Under Baseline Conditions and the 

Proposed Action 

Location Condition 

Area (In Acres) Exposed to Indicated Noise Levels (In L dn) 

65-70 70-75 75-80 80-85 >85 Total 

Baseline 5,534.7 2,374.2 1,009.7 496.4 457.0 9,872.0 

JBER Proposed 5,665.8 2,580.1 1,065.7 532.6 489.8 10,334.0 

Change 131.1 205.9 56.0 36.2 32.8 462.0 

Knik Arm/ Baseline 3,062.5 465.6 47.0 0.0 0.0 3,575.1 

Cook Inlet Proposed 3,352.4 580.1 53.3 0.0 0.0 3,985.8 

(Water) Change 289.9 114.5 6.3 0.0 0.0 410.7 

Baseline 42.2 11.8 4.6 0.0 0.0 58.6 

Port of 

Proposed 47.0 13.3 4.9 0.0 0.0 65.2 

Anchorage 

Change 4.8 1.5 0.3 0.0 0.0 6.6 

Land West Baseline 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 

of Knik Proposed 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 

Arm Change 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 

Baseline 8,639.9 2,842.6 1,061.3 496.4 457.0 13,506.2 

Total Proposed 9,065.9 3,173.5 1,123.9 532.6 489.8 14,385.7 

Change 426.0 321.9 62.6 36.2 32.8 879.5 

Source: Wasmer and Maunsell 2005. 

Of the approximately 880 additional acres that would be affected by noise levels greater than 65 

dB L dn under the Proposed Action, 462 acres would occur on JBER. The remainder of the area 

newly affected by noise levels greater than 65 dB L dn would occur on the Knik Arm, in the Port 

of Anchorage, and in land west of the Knik Arm. Noise levels exceeding 65 dB L dn would not 

extend beyond base boundaries to the south of the installation under the Proposed Action. DoD 

and FAA have determined that residential use is normally compatible with noise levels less 

than 65 dB L dn. Satellite imagery demonstrates that the additional 6.6 acres affected by noise 

exceeding 65 dB L dn in the Port of Anchorage area are vacant or in industrial uses. The Port of 

Anchorage is a compatible land use under the projected noise contours. A very small amount of 

land west of the Knik Arm (approximately 0.7 acre or 0.2 additional acre) would be affected by 

noise levels greater than 65 dB L dn. Satellite imagery shows this area to be vacant shoreline. 

Areas of relatively sensitive land uses on JBER (administrative/industrial, community support, 

and residential) are shown in Figure 4.2-2 in relation to baseline and Proposed Action noise 

contours. The total acreage in each of these land use categories affected by greater than 65 L dn is 

listed in Table 4.2-2. 

Page 4-3



Figure 4.2-1. Baseline and Proposed Action Noise Contours 

Page 4-4



Figure 4.2-2. Land Use and Noise Contours Under Baseline Conditions and the Proposed Action 

Page 4-5



Under the Proposed Action, the number of on-base residential structures exposed to noise 

greater than 65 L dn would increase by 24 from 157 to 184. Increases in noise levels would be 

expected to result in minor increases in the prevalence of annoyance in affected persons on 

JBER. However, structural attenuation would reduce the level of impacts to persons indoors. 

Furthermore, annoyance generated by aircraft noise may be somewhat less likely on a military 

reservation than in other locations due to the affected population generally viewing military 

training as being necessary and important. 

Table 4.2-2. Acres on JBER in Several Land Use Categories Impacted by Noise 

Greater Than 65 L dn 

Land Use Category 

Baseline Proposed Change 

Acres ≥ 65 dB L dn 

Administrative/ Industrial 2,040 2,120 80 

Community Support 817 878 60 

Residential (Accompanied and Unaccompanied) 199 202 3 

As per a DoD policy memorandum published in 2009, populations exposed to noise greater 

than 80 dB L dnmr are at the greatest risk of population hearing loss (Undersecretary of Defense 

for Acquisition Technology and Logistics 2009). No on- or off-base residences are exposed to 

noise levels greater than 80 dB L dnmr and, therefore, hearing loss risk for on- or off-installation 

residents is relatively low. Noise levels in the JBER-Elmendorf flightline exceed 80 dB L dnmr 

under baseline conditions and would continue to exceed 80 dB L dn under the Proposed Action. 

Under the Proposed Action, noise generated by the six additional F-22 aircraft would cause the 

80 L dn contour line to shift outwards from the runway by 50- to 100 feet. This shift would cause 

11 buildings previously exposed to slightly less than 80 L dn to be exposed to slightly greater 

than 80 L dn, increasing the total buildings on JBER exposed to greater than 80 L dn from 52 to 63. 

The 11 buildings newly within the 80 L dn contour include five buildings directly related to 

aircraft operations, two storage buildings, a chapel, and three administrative buildings. 

In accordance with existing policies and regulatory guidance, the JBER Bioenvironmental 

Engineering Office assesses expected potential for occupational hearing loss risk and conducts 

health risk assessment, as described in Section 3.2.2.1, where it is deemed necessary. The JBER 

Bioenvironmental Engineering Office considers several factors, including structural noise 

attenuation and the amount of time workers spend outside when deciding on the appropriate 

course of action. Hearing protection devices used to protect worker’s hearing would be the 

same (e.g., earmuffs, earplugs) as are used currently on JBER to protect workers in known high 

noise environments. The potential hearing loss risk among workers on JBER would be managed 

according to DoD guidelines. Workers on JBER are protected against possible noise impacts by 

adherence to DoD noise management guidelines. The JBER Bioenvironmental Engineering 

Office will review conditions of the additional 11 buildings exposed to greater than 80 L dn, and 

will implement all protective measures required by Air Force occupational safety regulations. 

4.2.1.2 Knik Arm 

Underwater noise levels in the Knik Arm associated with individual aircraft overflights would 

not increase under the Proposed Action, as existing F-22 flight procedures would not change. 

However, the frequency of occurrence of these events would increase and this increase could 

Page 4-6



potentially have negative consequences for animals living in the Knik Arm. Of particular 

concern would be any impacts to the CIBW, which was recently listed as endangered under 

Section 7 of the ESA. An in-depth analysis was conducted to assess risk to the CIBW resulting 

from additional F-22 flying operations. This analysis is described in Section 3.2, and in greater 

detail in Section 4.6, (Biological Resources) and Appendix E, Section 7 (Endangered Species Act) 

Compliance Wildlife Analysis for F-22 Plus Up Environmental Assessment. The analysis found that 

implementation of the Proposed Action has the potential to increase the number of CIBW 

behavioral harassments by approximately 0.04 events annually. As discussed in Section 4.6, the 

NMFS has determined this increase may affect but is unlikely to adversely affect the CIBW. 

Overall, noise impacts in the base vicinity associated with implementation of the Proposed 

Action would not be expected to be perceived as significant. 


The program MR_NMAP was used to calculate subsonic L dnmr in the training airspace units 

under baseline conditions and the Proposed Action. Under the Proposed Action, F-22 aircraft 

would not fly in any airspace units that are not being used by the F-22 currently. Furthermore, 

F-22 aircraft would conduct training in the same altitude bands used currently, and sortieoperations 

conducted after 10:00 p.m. would continue to be rare. The only change expected to 

occur relative to baseline conditions would be an increase in the annual number of F-22 sortie 

operations proportionate to the number of plus-up aircraft. Baseline conditions reflect the 

relocation of the Kulis ANG to JBER and the recent departure of the 19 FS, which had operated 

F-15C aircraft. 

The change in L dnmr between baseline conditions and the Proposed Action would be 1 dB or less 

(Table 4.2-3). To put this degree of change in perspective, changes in instantaneous noise levels 

of less than 3 dB are typically not noticeable in non-laboratory conditions. Under the Proposed 

Action, noise levels beneath all training airspace units except Eielson and Viper MOAs would 

be below 55 dB L dnmr, the USEPA-identified threshold below which impacts to human health 

and welfare are not expected to occur (USEPA 1974). Noise levels beneath Eielson and Viper 

MOAs would increase by 1 dB to 59 and 57 dB L dnmr, respectively. This increase would not be 

discernible to residents or visitors to the area. 

F-22 aircraft training in the MOAs and ATCAAs would fly supersonic at the same altitudes, the 

same number of times per sortie, and for the same length of time per sortie as current F-22 

sortie-operations in the training airspace. As F-22 operations would increase, the number of F- 

22 supersonic events would also increase by approximately the same percentage. Data on the 

current and proposed flying operations of the F-22 and other supersonic-capable aircraft using 

the training airspace were entered into the program BOOMAP to generate CDNL beneath each 

airspace unit. Increases in CDNL would be 1 dB or less and would be 54 dB L dnmr or less (Table 

4.2-3). 

The enhanced supersonic performance of the F-22, which contributes to its success in combat, 

means that F-22 sortie-operations result in more sonic booms on average than sortie-operations 

conducted by fourth generation fighter aircraft currently operating in the training airspace (e.g., 

F-16 Aggressor aircraft flying from Eielson AFB). Recordings made during multiple air-to-air 

Page 4-7



sortie-operations indicate that approximately 7.5 percent of F-15C aircraft sortie-operations 

involve supersonic flight, with approximately one supersonic flight segment per sortie 

operation on average (Plotkin et al.1989, Plotkin et al. 1992, Frampton et al 1993, Page et al. 1994). 

The F-22 is estimated to fly supersonic during approximately 25 percent of sortie operations, 

with one supersonic flight segment per sortie operation on average. While every aircraft flying 

at supersonic speeds generates a sonic boom, not all sonic booms reach the ground. In the 

training airspace, an average of approximately 42 percent of supersonic events would result in a 

sonic boom being experienced on the ground. Under the Proposed Action, the average number 

of supersonic flight events and sonic booms experienced per month at any given location on the 

ground near the center of the airspace units would increase by one to three additional sonic 

booms per month (Table 4.2-3). 

Table 4.2-3. Noise Levels Under Baseline Conditions and the Proposed Action 

Baseline 

Projected 

MOA/ 

ATCAA L dnmr CDNL 

Supersonic 

Events/ 

Month 

Booms/ 

Month 

(at ground) 

L dnmr CDNL 

Supersonic 

Events/ 

Month 

Booms/ 

Month 

(at ground) 

Delta



most of their lifetimes. If the increase were to be perceived by a resident or long-term visitor 

under the airspace, it could cause annoyance. 

The number of sonic booms near the center of Eielson MOA and Fox 1 and 2 MOAs would 

increase from 27 per month to 29 per month. Near the center of Fox 3 MOA, the number of 

booms per month would be calculated to increase from 25 to 28. Near the center of Yukon 1 

MOA, the average number of booms per month would increase from 15 to 16, and the number 

experienced per month near the center of Yukon 2 MOA would increase from 12 to 13. Near the 

center of Yukon 3 and 4 MOAs, the average monthly number of sonic booms experienced 

would increase from 11 to 12, and near the center of Yukon 5 MOA, the number would increase 

from 10 to 11. If perceived, the increase may be considered annoying. 

This change could be discernible to Alaska Natives or others residing under or using the land 

under the airspace for an extended period of time. For any damage claims associated with sonic 

booms, the Air Force has established procedures that begin with contacting the JBER Public 

Affairs Office. 

Overall, sub- and supersonic noise impacts in the military training airspace associated with 

implementation of the Proposed Action would not be expected to be perceived as significant. 


Under the No Action Alternative, the F-22 plus-up would not occur. Noise levels around the 

airfield (on land and in the Knik Arm) and in the military training airspace would remain as 

discussed in Section 3.2. 

4.3 Safety 

This section addresses potential environmental consequences to ground, flight, and explosive 

safety that could occur at or in the vicinity of JBER-Elmendorf or within the training airspace. 


Six additional primary F-22 aircraft would essentially function 

as the existing F-22 aircraft that have been flying at JBER- 

Elmendorf for the past four years. JBER-Elmendorf aircraft 

ground safety conditions would not change as a result of the F- 

22 plus-up. 

Historically, when new military aircraft first enter the 

inventory, the flight safety mishap rate is higher. Safety data 

are limited for the F-22 because it is a new aircraft with 

multiple complex systems. These systems are undergoing 

JBER has an active BASH program to 

reduce the potential for bird and wildlife 

strikes and enhance airfield safety. 

refinement as the F-22 accumulates flight hours as an operational system. Class A mishaps are 

calculated on a basis of 100,000 flight hours. The F-22 has nearly achieved 100,000 flight hours 

needed for a Class A impact calculation. During test activities and weapons system 

Page 4-9



development, the F-22 had two Class A mishaps; there have been two Class A mishaps during 

the time the aircraft has been operational, one of which was in Alaska in 2010. 

As the F-22 becomes operationally mature, the overall F-22 mishap rate is expected to become 

comparable to that of the F-15, a similarly sized aircraft with a similar mission. The long-term 

F-15 Class A mishap rate is 2.46 per 100,000 flight hours. Historical trends show that mishaps of 

all types decrease the longer an aircraft is operational, as operations and maintenance personnel 

learn more about the aircraft’s capabilities and limitations. Some of this experience has already 

been gained for the F-22. Experience gained with F-22 test programs, training, and operations 

would continue to provide substantial knowledge about the F-22. Safety factors such as 

computer self checks and computer-enhanced maintenance will permit the F-22 to operate as 

safely as, if not more safely than, the F-15 (see Figure 3.3-2). As noted in Section 3.3.1.2, the 

estimated F-22 Class A mishap rate of 6.35 per 100,000 flight hours over eight years of test and 

operations is nearly identical to the F-15 Class A mishap rate over the F-15’s first eight years of 

test and operations. 

Since the additional F-22 aircraft would operate in the same airfield environment as existing F- 

22s, the overall potential for bird-aircraft or wildlife strikes would essentially be proportional to 

the aircraft assigned. The F-22 rapidly attains altitudes above where the majority of the strikes 

occur. Aircraft safety and bird-aircraft strikes are not expected to measurably differ from 

baseline conditions. 

The amount of munitions associated with two F-22 squadrons with the plus-up is lower than 

that associated with the three F-15 squadrons which were relocated from JBER in 2006 and 2010. 

JBER has the personnel and facilities to handle the level of munitions, chaff, and flares 

associated with the additional aircraft. 

The F-22 low visibility requirements do not include such items as a fuel dump valve that could 

provide a radar signature. The F-22 does not have the ability to dump fuel either in the vicinity 

of the airfield or in the training airspace. 


Within the training airspace, aircraft safety and bird-aircraft strikes with the additional six 

primary F-22s would not measurably differ from baseline conditions. All safety actions that are 

in place for existing F-22 training would continue to be in place for the additional aircraft. 

These actions include briefings during periods of heavy bird migration, scheduling to avoid, to 

the extent possible, high general aviation use of MOA airspace, and altitude restrictions on flare 

use. The F-22 pilot’s improved situational awareness is expected to result in no safety impacts 

within the airspace. There would be no expected change in safety under the training airspace. 

With the distribution of population under the airspace and the frequency of chaff and flare use, 

there would be nearly zero risk of a person being struck by a large hailstone-sized plastic S&I 

piece. There would be even less of a risk that a dud flare could strike a person or animal, with 

serious injury. An extremely rare dud flare is treated as ordinance if found on a training range. 

Should such an object be found, the location should be marked and JBER Public Affairs Office 

should be notified (see Appendix B). 

Page 4-10



Additional F-22s training in the airspace would increase chaff or flare use by an estimated 16.7 

percent over baseline F-22 use. Each chaff bundle used for F-22 training disperses chaff fibers 

thinner than a human hair, six 2-inch by 3-inch paper strips, and four plastic or nylon pieces. 

The chaff plastic pieces are inert. The parchment paper is expected to disintegrate over an 

Alaskan season. Chaff fibers are primarily silicon and aluminum, which are the most common 

elements of soil. Each flare has residual materials consisting of two plastic 2-inch by 2-inch 

pieces, one 2-inch by 1-inch by 1/2 –inch plastic S&I device, and an aluminum-coated mylar 

duct tape-type material from 1-inch by 1-inch up to 4-inches by 15- inches. No cases of animals 

ingesting chaff or flare materials have been recorded (Air Force 1997). No safety consequences 

from continued chaff and flare use are anticipated (see Appendix F). 


Under the No Action Alternative, additional F-22 aircraft would not be assigned to JBER. F-22 

aircraft would continue to fly from JBER-Elmendorf and train in Alaskan airspace using chaff 

and flares. 


Air emissions resulting from the proposed F-22 plus-up were evaluated in accordance with 

federal, state, and local air pollution standards and regulations. Air quality impacts from a 

proposed activity or action would be significant if they: 

• Increase ambient air pollution concentrations above any NAAQS; 

• Contribute to an existing violation of any NAAQS; 

• Interfere with or delay timely attainment of NAAQS; or 

• Impair visibility within any federally mandated federal Class I area. 


According to USEPA’s General Conformity Rule in 40 CFR Part 51, Subpart W, any proposed 

federal action that has the potential to cause violations in a NAAQS nonattainment or 

maintenance area must undergo a conformity analysis. Since JBER-Elmendorf is in attainment 

for all criteria pollutants, the anticipated emissions resulting from the Proposed Action have 

been analyzed, and it has been determined that the emissions would not cause or contribute to 

any new NAAQS violation (see Section 3.4.1). Furthermore, a conformity determination is not 

required, as the emissions for all pollutants are below the de minimis threshold established by 

the USEPA in 40 CFR 93.153. 

PSD regulations protect the air quality in regions that already meet the NAAQS. The nearest 

PSD Class I area is approximately 100 miles from the region potentially affected by the 

Proposed Action. Therefore, the Proposed Action would be unlikely to have a significant 

impact on any PSD Class I areas. 

The total Alaska military GHG emissions are 0.97 MMT CO 2e and represent five percent of the 

state total GHG emissions. The F-22 plus-up aircraft generate an estimated regional total of 

Page 4-11



9,257 tons per year of CO 2e. This would not be an addition to the global total of GHG because 

the F-22 aircraft would be contributing the same global amount if they were flying in New 

Mexico airspace. There would be no global GHG change and an estimated 0.95 percent increase 

in the military contribution to Alaska regional GHG emissions (see Section 3.4.1). The F-22 

plus-up GHG regional contribution would not have a significant impact upon GHG emissions. 

4.4.2 Training Airspace Air Quality Environmental Consequences 

Table 2.2-3 describes the baseline and projected usage of the military training airspace under the 

Proposed Action. The projected change in aircraft operations represents an approximate 16.7 

percent increase from the current use of F-22s. Emissions from aircraft operations would be 

transitory and dispersed over the extensive Alaskan SUA. No additional emissions would be 

detectible or measurable. Residents and visitors to Alaska Native villages and traditional 

subsistence areas underlying this airspace would not be able to detect any change in emissions 

associated with the Proposed Action. 

Because more than 99.5 percent of F-22 flight operations occur at altitudes above the 3,000 foot 

mixing height of pollutants and training airspace covers a large area, training would not affect 

air quality. Ambient air pollution concentrations would not approach NAAQs nor impair 

visibility within any Class 1 area. The F-22 Plus-Up would not result in any long-term impacts 

on the regional air quality. 


Under the No Action Alternative, aircraft operations at the base or in the airspace would not 

change from current F-22 training activity. Therefore, there would be no change to the current 

air quality. 



Hazardous Materials. Existing procedures for the centralized management of the procurement, 

handling, storage, and issuing of hazardous materials through the HAZMART are adequate to 

handle the changes anticipated with the addition of six primary and one backup F-22 aircraft 

but would be expanded to meet the increased use. The expected approximate 16.7 percent 

increase in use of hazardous materials would not cause adverse impacts. 

Hazardous Waste. JBER would continue to generate hazardous wastes during various 

operations and maintenance activities. Hazardous waste disposal procedures, including offbase 

disposal procedures, are adequate to handle changes in quantity and would remain the 

same. The base’s OPlan 19-3 would be updated to reflect any changes of hazardous waste 

generators and waste accumulation point monitors, and there would be no adverse impacts. 

The low observability coatings of the F-22 aircraft based at JBER-Elmendorf require special 

treatment. Existing low observability composite repair facilities at JBER-Elmendorf provide 

engineering and environmental controls whereby any hazardous materials associated with the 

Page 4-12



composite materials used by the F-22 can be isolated from the air and water environments for 

safe disposition. 

Environmental Restoration Program. Since there is no new construction or renovation of 

existing facilities associated with the proposed plus-up, no contaminated sites would be 

disturbed or affected in any way. 


No hazardous materials are discharged by F-22s in the Alaskan airspace. Various materials and 

fluids are contained in the aircraft but are not released in the training airspace. Potential 

environmental consequences of use of chaff and flares are discussed in Section 4.3.2, Airspace 

Safety Environmental Consequences. 


Under the No Action Alternative, additional F-22 aircraft would not be assigned to JBER. 

Aircraft maintenance activities generating hazardous waste would continue to support the 

existing F-22 squadrons and the other aircraft stationed at JBER-Elmendorf. Chaff and flare use 

would continue under the training airspace. 


Four areas of consideration are used to identify the potential environmental consequences to 

wildlife and habitat. These areas are: (1) the importance (i.e., legal, commercial, recreational, 

ecological, or scientific) of the resource; (2) the proportion of the resource that would be affected 

relative to its occurrence in the region; (3) the sensitivity of the resource to proposed activities; 

and (4) the duration of any ecological ramifications. Impacts to resources would be considered 

significant if special-status species or habitats are adversely affected over relatively large areas 

or disturbances cause significant reductions in population size or distribution of a special-status 

species (40 CFR 1508.2). 


The Proposed Action requires no new construction of facilities or ground disturbance. 

Therefore, no impacts would occur to vegetation and no wildlife habitat would be lost within 

the base environs ROI at JBER-Elmendorf. 

Noise contours associated with the proposed operation of the F-22s at JBER-Elmendorf are 

projected to be similar to current conditions (see Section 4.2 Noise). On-base species are 

regularly exposed to noise and human activity including F-22 operations. The additional F-22s 

associated with the proposed plus-up would contribute an approximately 16.7 percent increase 

in F-22 sorties from JBER. F-22 approaches, departures, and landing patterns for these sorties 

are established and defined based on patterns currently in use. These flight patterns overfly 

portions of the Knik Arm located to the west and north of JBER runways. The noise contours 

extend into the Knik Arm of Cook Inlet, where CIBW can occur. As such, CIBW could be 

exposed to noise associated with the F-22 overflights while at the surface or while submerged. 

Page 4-13



Appendix E, Section 7 (Endangered Species Act) Compliance Wildlife Analysis for F-22 Plus Up 

Environmental Assessment, discusses the CIBW and other wildlife species which could occur on 

or near JBER. . 

Impacts on marine mammals are regulated under the MMPA. The MMPA prohibits the 

unauthorized take or harassment of marine mammals. In the context of military aircraft noise 

examined here, the MMPA defines harassment as “any act that injures or has the significant 

potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A 

harassment]”, or “any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine mammal or marine 

mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of natural behavioral patterns, including, but 

not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point where 

such behavioral patterns are abandoned or significantly altered” (16 USC 1362(18). In addition, 

the ESA also prohibits the unpermitted take of listed species, thereby providing additional legal 

protection to the CIBW. The ESA’s definition of take includes actions that would harass, harm, 

or kill a listed species. 

Potential effects to CIBW include behavioral response to the overflight of F-22s. Animals may 

react to the sound of the jet aircraft or the visual stimulus of the aircraft being overhead by 

avoiding the area or altering their natural behavior patterns, which could constitute behavioral 

harassment. Exposure to the F-22 aircraft noise would be brief (seconds) as an aircraft passes 

overhead. The F-22’s closest approach to the water surface ranges from 653 to 4,295 feet MSL, 

depending on the flight procedure being conducted. Because of the F-22’s altitude and small 

size, as well as the rapidity of its overflight, adverse visual behavioral reactions by beluga 

whales in the Knik Arm cannot be predicted. 

A noise impact assessment for potential behavior effects of CIBW associated with the proposed 

increase in F-22 aircraft operations at JBER-Elmendorf is presented in Appendix E. This 

Appendix demonstrates that approximately 0.04 CIBW individuals per year (four individuals in 

100 years) would be behaviorally harassed annually from proposed additional F-22 flying 

operations. The National Marine Fisheries Service determined that this level of behavior response 

would mean that the F-22 plus-up may affect but is unlikely to adversely affect the CIBW (NMFS 

2011; see Appendix C). Additionally, the USFWS has indicated that there are no federally listed 

or proposed species and/or designated or proposed critical habitat for which the USFWS is 

responsible within the action area of the project (USFWS 2011; see Appendix C). No further 

action is required regarding the ESA. The plus-up of F-22 aircraft would not be expected to have 

a significant effect upon the CIBW or any federally listed or proposed species and/or designated 

or proposed critical habitat. 


There would be no construction or ground-disturbing activities and no consequences associated 

with the training airspace for the Proposed Action. Therefore, no impacts would occur to 

vegetation and no wildlife habitat would be impacted under the training airspace. 

No changes to the existing training airspace would occur under the Proposed Action. The 

additional F-22s would use the training airspace associated with JBER in a manner similar to the 

F-22s currently based there. By completion of the plus-up, the JBER F-22 operational wing 

Page 4-14



would fly approximately 5,210 sorties per year from JBER-Elmendorf, an increase of 

approximately 16.7 percent. The additional F-22s would employ supersonic flight as do the 

existing F-22s. The augmented F-22 squadrons would continue to fly approximately 25 percent 

of the time spent in approved MOAs and ATCAAs at supersonic speed. F-22 training would 

result in an increased number of sonic booms per month under specific MOAs. Section 4.2 

Noise provides details on aircraft noise associated with the proposed plus-up. 

Moose, caribou, and Dall’s sheep are important game species in Alaska, and critical calving 

grounds are located under the training airspace. Current flight restrictions over 

calving/lambing grounds (Air Force 1995) restrict flights to above 5,000 feet AGL during the 

lambing season. The F-22 does not fly below 500 feet and is above 5,000 feet 98 percent of the 

training time. Given the current flight restrictions over calving/lambing grounds (Air Force 

1995) and the relatively unchanged noise levels associated with the proposed F-22 training, 

noise associated with the Proposed Action at JBER-Elmendorf would have similar impacts on 

wildlife as exist under baseline conditions. Some animals may startle in response to a sonic 

boom. However, most animals under the training airspace have been previously exposed to 

sonic booms from F-22 and other training aircraft and are likely habituated to the sound. 

Use of training chaff and flares is expected to continue with the additional F-22 aircraft training 

in the airspace. Chaff and flare use would continue to be used in approved training airspace 

and is projected to be used in the same manner as under current conditions. The augmented F- 

22 squadrons would use an additional 2,855 chaff bundles and 3,791 flares annually. There 

would be no change in the minimum altitude or seasonal restrictions on flare release. The 

potential environmental consequences and characteristics of chaff and flares are consequences 

of: (1) ingestion of chaff fibers or chaff or flare plastic, nylon, or paper materials; (2) inhalation 

of chaff fibers; (3) physical external effects from chaff fibers, such as skin irritation, (4) effects on 

water quality and forage quality; (5) increased fire potential; and (6) potential for being struck 

by medium hailstone-sized flare debris. 

There is no recorded incident of chaff or flare plastic, duct tape-type covering, or paper residual 

materials being ingested. A study of packrat (notable collectors) nests in arid areas where chaff 

and flares had been deployed for decades uncovered no residual chaff or flare materials (Air 

Force 1997). Chaff fibers rapidly break down to silica and aluminum particles chemically 

indistinguishable from normal dust particles. No effects from inhalation, ingestion, or skin 

irritation would occur. Flare altitude and seasonal restrictions in Alaska result in little if any 

potential for any flare-caused fire. There is very little potential of an animal being struck by a 

medium hailstone-sized plastic S&I flare piece from F-22 training which produces an average 

estimate of one piece per 1,500 acres per year (See also Appendices A, B, and F). 

Chaff and flares are regularly used in approved Alaskan SUA. Therefore, no impacts to 

biological resources would be expected with the continued use of training chaff and defensive 

flares in the Alaska training airspace. 

4.6.3 No Action Alternative 

Under the No Action Alternative, no additional F-22 aircraft would be assigned to JBER and no 

additional F-22 flight activities would occur near the base or in training airspace. Airspace 

Page 4-15



training would remain the same as under current conditions. The existing F-22 aircraft would 

continue to train in the airspace at subsonic and supersonic speeds and use chaff and defensive 

flares. Biological resources would not change from existing conditions. 


A number of federal regulations and guidelines have been established for the management of 

cultural resources. Section 106 of the NHPA, as amended, requires federal agencies to take into 

account the effects of their undertakings on historic properties. Historic properties are cultural 

resources that are listed in, or eligible for listing in, the NRHP. Eligibility evaluation is the 

process by which resources are assessed relative to NRHP significance criteria for scientific or 

historic research, for the general public, and for traditional cultural groups. Under federal law, 

impacts to cultural resources may be considered adverse if the resources have been determined 

eligible for listing in the NRHP or have been identified as important to Alaska Natives as 

outlined in the American Indian Religious Freedom Act and EO 13007, Indian Sacred Sites. DoD 

Alaska Native Policy (1999) provides guidance for working with federally-recognized Alaska 

Native governments. DoD policy requires that installations provide timely notice to, and 

consult with, tribal governments prior to taking any actions that may have the potential to 

significantly affect protected Alaska Native resources, rights, or lands. 

Analysis of potential impacts to cultural resources considers direct impacts that may occur by 

physically altering, damaging, or destroying all or part of a resource; altering characteristics of 

the surrounding environment that contribute to the resource’s significance; introducing visual 

or audible elements that are out of character with the property or alter its setting; or neglecting 

the resource to the extent that it deteriorates or is destroyed. Direct impacts can be assessed by 

identifying the types and locations of proposed activity and determining the exact location of 

cultural resources that could be affected. Indirect impacts occur later in time or farther from the 

Proposed Action. Indirect impacts to cultural resources generally result from the effects of 

project-induced population increases, such as the need to develop new housing areas, utility 

services, and other support functions to accommodate population growth. 


No new construction would be necessary to accommodate the proposed additional six primary 

and one backup F-22 aircraft. Thus, no direct impacts to cultural resources are anticipated. 

Impacts to historic buildings are not expected to result from the small increase in noise 

associated with the plus-up since their NRHP eligibility is based, in part, on their association 

with an active Air Force installation at which jet aircraft routinely operate, resulting in an 

elevated noise environment. The Proposed Action involves adding 103 Air Force personnel to 

support the additional six F-22 primary aircraft. This represents less than one percent of JBER 

population and is not expected to result in any indirect impacts to cultural resources. 


Table 2.2-3 in Chapter 2.0 describes the existing and projected MOA and ATCAA usage 

associated with baseline F-22 and the proposed increase of six primary aircraft. F-22 training in 

the MOAs would be similar to the existing use by F-22 aircraft. A summary of federal 

Page 4-16



regulations and guidelines established for the management of cultural resources is presented in 

Section 2.6. 

No impacts to historic properties under the airspace are expected as a result of the proposed 

F-22 plus-up. The additional six F-22 primary aircraft would conduct similar missions and 

training programs to those conducted by the existing 36 F-22s currently located at JBER- 

Elmendorf. The increase in plastic, paper, or duct-tape type wrapping material pieces 

associated with F-22 flare or chaff use is not projected to impact historic properties. All F-22 

activities would take place in the same airspace currently used by the base. The modest 

increase in use of air-to-ground munitions on approved Army ranges is not expected to impact 

historic properties. 

4.7.2.1 Traditional Cultural Properties and Alaska Native Concerns 

A number of Alaska Native villages and traditional subsistence areas underlie Alaskan SUA 

(see Figure 3.7-2). The figure also includes the boundaries of the private Native Alaska regional 

corporations. This EA analysis considers the Alaska Native villages and their local economies 

based primarily on subsistence hunting and resource extraction for marketable products. 

Although no comments were received on the proposed plus-up, historically Alaska Natives 

have expressed concern that existing and projected noise levels and sonic booms could affect 

game in traditional hunting areas and potentially impact the local economy dependent on these 

resources (Air Force 2006). No traditional cultural properties have been specifically identified 

underneath the airspace. However, this does not mean that none are present. 

The annual average noise levels under the MOAs are not expected to noticeably change as a 

result of increased F-22 training. As described in Section 4.2.2, the change in L dnmr between 

baseline conditions and the Proposed Action would be 1 dB or less (Table 4.2-3). Changes in 

instantaneous noise levels of less than 3 dB are typically not noticeable in non-laboratory 

conditions. Under the Proposed Action, noise levels beneath all training airspace units except 

Eielson and Viper MOAs would be below 55 dB L dnmr, the USEPA-identified threshold below 

which impacts to human health and welfare are not expected to occur (USEPA 1974). Noise 

levels beneath Eielson and Viper MOAs would increase by 1 dB to 59 and 57 dB L dnmr, 

respectively. 

The number of supersonic events is expected to increase as a result of the increased number of 

F-22s training at supersonic speeds. As noted in Section 4.2.2, these additional one to three 

booms per month could annoy residents or users of resources under the MOAs. This change 

could be discernible to Alaska Natives or others residing under or using the land under the 

airspace for an extended period of time. As noted in Section 4.6.2, game and other subsistence 

species have previously experienced sonic booms and are likely habituated to them. The 

increased number of sonic booms as a result of additional F-22 training is not expected to 

significantly affect cultural resources or Alaska Native activities. In the unlikely event of any 

damage claims, the Air Force has established procedures that begin with contacting the JBER 

Public Affairs Office. Air Force airspace managers currently identify and mitigate, where 

possible, use of specific airspaces during hunting seasons, especially during Major Flying 

Exercises, to avoid significant impacts to Alaska Native resources. This practice would continue 

for the proposed F-22 plus-up. No significant impacts to traditional cultural properties or 

Alaska Native activities are anticipated to result from the proposed F-22 plus-up. 

Page 4-17




Under the No Action Alternative, existing military flight training would continue, and cultural 

resources would continue to be managed in compliance with federal law and Air Force 

regulations. 


Land uses are established on JBER and on the periphery of JBER. The Municipality of 

Anchorage is south and west of the base, waters of the Knik Arm of the Cook Inlet are located 

west and north of the base and private and state lands are to the east and south east. In most 

areas, off-base land use is not affected by activities at JBER. As described in Chapter 2.0, the key 

elements of the proposal are flight activities and personnel changes. Established and 

recognized noise models have been applied to estimate the off-base and on-base noise 

conditions. These models are described in Appendix D. For the land use and transportation 

resources, consequences are associated with increases in noise due to an increase in sorties. 

Potential effects to land use plans, land use patterns and circulation due to personnel increases 

are considered. 


Under the Proposed Action, the total geographic area exposed to 65 dB L dn or more is presented 

on Figure 4.2-2 and quantified in Table 4.2-1. The off-base area consists of an additional 6.6 

acres over the Port of Anchorage, 410.7 acres over water of the Knik Arm, and 0.2 acre of land 

west of the Knik Arm. Some areas on base would also experience higher noise levels. These 

changes in the noise environment would not result in changes to land management, land use, or 

land ownership, nor would there be any changes to the safety zones. 

The DoD and FAA adopted the concept of land use compatibility as an accepted measure of 

aircraft noise effect. USEPA has reaffirmed these concepts (see Appendix D). The FAA has 

guidelines that establish the best means for determining noise impact in airport communities. 

Industrial land uses, such as ports, are compatible within the 65 dB L dn noise contours. 

The JBER-Elmendorf noise abatement program precludes flight operations between 10 p.m. and 

7 a.m., except for national emergency or infrequent large scale exercises. This program reduces 

the potential for noise impacts upon land uses and helps define the 65 dB L dn contours. 

Although the additional F-22 operations would produce an increase in noise exposure within 

the base boundaries and over compatible land uses, that increase should not result in changes to 

land use or land ownership. 

A less than one percent increase in on-base employment is likely to slightly increase vehicle 

trips in the long term. The negligible increase in traffic is not likely to substantially affect 

commute times. 

Recreational activities on JBER are extensive and seasonally variable. On-base recreation 

reflects the off-base recreation available to residents of Anchorage and neighboring 

Page 4-18



communities. The plus-up of six F-22 aircraft with the corresponding increase in base 

employment would not impact base or off-base recreational opportunities. 


F-22 training in Alaska airspace with the proposed increase of six primary aircraft would be 

similar to the existing use by F-22 aircraft. An approximate 16.7 percent increase in sortieoperations 

is anticipated under the Proposed Action. There would be no reason to believe that 

such an increase of F-22 training would affect land use or recreation beneath the training 

airspace. The potential to affect land use or recreation under the airspace is slight. 

Under the Proposed Action, subsonic noise would increase slightly over baseline conditions 

(refer to Section 4.2.2). Most annual average noise levels are expected to remain below 45 dB 

L dn. Where noise levels are higher than 45 dB L dn, they are expected to increase by 1 dB or less 

(Table 4.2-3) under the Proposed Action over existing conditions. The USEPA has identified an 

annual average noise level of 55 dB L dn as a level to begin assessing the potential for noise 

impacts. Under the Proposed Action, noise levels beneath all training airspace units except 

Eielson and Viper MOAs would be below 55 dB L dn. Noise levels beneath Eielson and Viper 

MOAs would increase by 1 dB to 59 dB L dn and 57 dB L dn, respectively. Noise level changes of 1 

dB are effectively indiscernible. With noise levels below 55 dB L dn, or minimally changed 

throughout, there would be no anticipated effect on land use patterns, ownership, or 

management practices under military training airspace. 

Under the center of Stony A/B MOAs, Section 4.2.2 shows that the number of sonic booms 

would increase from 18.1 sonic booms per month (one boom per 1.7 days) to 21.5 sonic booms 

per month (one boom per 1.4 days). Under the Naknek MOAs, the number of sonic booms 

would increase from an average of 1.5 per month (one boom per 20 days) to an average of 1.7 

per month (one boom per 17 days) (see Table 4.2-2). Residents or long-term visitors could 

experience more sonic booms as a result of the increase in supersonic activities. The increase in 

supersonic activity could be perceived in isolated areas as an unwanted intrusion, and persons 

could be annoyed. The increased number of sonic booms would not be expected to impact 

management goals for special use areas under the MOAs. 

Detected sonic booms have the potential to cause increased disturbance in recreational, hunting, 

or fishing areas. Under most airspaces, it is unlikely that any occasional visitor or hunter would 

discern the difference between the current number of sonic booms and the increased number 

associated with an F-22 plus-up. Individuals who spend extensive time subsistence hunting 

and fishing under some MOAs could discern an increase. The increased frequency of sonic 

booms would not be expected to affect land use or land use patterns, ownership, or 

management, but the increase could result in personal annoyance. 

A number of Alaska Native villages and traditional subsistence areas underlie Alaskan SUA. 

Alaska Natives have expressed concern that existing and projected noise levels and sonic booms 

could affect recreational uses, as well as traditional hunting activity. In addition to being 

important social and cultural activities, the local economy is often dependent on subsistence 

activities. As noted above, average noise level increases under the MOAs are not expected to be 

Page 4-19



discernable, and a detectible increase in sonic booms could result in annoyance, but would not 

be expected to affect land used for subsistence activities. 


Under the No Action Alternative the Air Force would continue to fly F-22 aircraft at JBER- 

Elmendorf and train in existing Alaska SUA. As with the proposed action, no consequences 

associated with aircraft overflights and aircraft noise to special land use or recreational areas 

would be anticipated. 


The F-22 plus-up would require personnel to operate and maintain the additional six primary 

aircraft and provide necessary support services. 


Existing population and employment characteristics in Anchorage were analyzed to assess the 

potential socioeconomic impacts of the proposed beddown, as presented in Section 3.9.2. The 

Proposed Action involves adding 103 Air Force personnel to support the additional six F-22 

primary aircraft. This represents less than one percent of JBER employment. The addition of 

any personnel is a positive element to the regional economy although the relative change in 

JBER employment would not discernibly affect the regional economy. 

Socioeconomic impacts would occur if changes associated with the plus-up substantially 

affected demand for housing or community services, such as schools, or substantially affected 

economic stability in the region. The potential population, employment, income, and output 

associated with an addition of less than one percent of base personnel and no new construction 

would have no measurable effect upon services, schools, or the regional economy. 

The Air Force makes on-base housing available for military personnel. No additional on-base 

housing would be available for the increase of 103 personnel and their dependents. The 

Anchorage housing market with approximately 6,700 vacant units and a 6.0 percent vacancy 

rate would be expected to easily absorb the additional 103 personnel. 


A number of Alaska Native villages and traditional subsistence areas underlie Alaskan SUA. 

The local economy in many of these villages is stimulated by subsistence activities. The 

proposed increase in training operations from six additional F-22 aircraft would increase the 

number of F-22 overflights, although the total fighter activity would have somewhat fewer 

overflights as occurred prior to the relocation of the F-15C aircraft in 2010. The additional F-22 

training would not be expected to discernibly affect annual average noise levels under the 


The single exception is in the area of sonic booms. Training F-22 aircraft fly at supersonic speed 

an estimated 25 to 30 percent of its training mission. Although the F-22 flies at high altitude and 

Page 4-20



thus the energy from sonic booms is likely to dissipate, a detectible increase in sonic booms 

would be anticipated as presented in Table 3.2-4. This increase could be noticeable to 

individuals spending extended time under the airspace. The nature of sonic booms is such that 

they can be heard, often as a rolling thunder sound, in areas on the edge of the airspace 

boundaries. Sonic booms, or the increase in sonic booms, are not expected to significantly affect 

subsistence, recreational hunting or fishing, on the local economy. However, sonic booms could 

be viewed as unwelcome intrusions to activities in remote areas. For any damage claims 

associated with sonic booms, the Air Force has established procedures that begin with 

contacting the JBER Public Affairs Office. 

The economy of Alaska Native villages and traditional subsistence areas that underlie Alaskan 

SUA is often based on subsistence activities. Some Alaska Natives have historically expressed 

concerns that sonic booms could affect game in traditional hunting areas or military flights 

could affect the use of private aircraft to access hunting or fishing locations. 

The change in sonic booms may be discernible to Alaska Natives or others residing under or 

using the land under the airspace for an extended period of time. Increases in sonic booms 

would not be expected to substantially affect subsistence or guided hunting or fishing. JBER 

airspace management has an established scheduling of airspace use particularly during Major 

Flying Exercises to avoid, to the extent possible, training in airspace over areas at the beginning 

of hunting season. This reduces potential conflicts with subsistence and recreational hunting 

activities. 

The F-22 improves pilot awareness of other aircraft, and the F-22 flight profiles are primarily at 

high altitudes. The F-22 training aircraft would not be expected to impact general air aviation 

throughout the airspace. The local economy dependent on traditional resources and on private 

aircraft would not be expected to be impacted by the proposed six additional primary F-22 

aircraft. 


Under the No Action Alternative, no beddown of the additional F-22 aircraft would occur at 

JBER at this time. The personnel changes would not take place, and no socioeconomic effects 

associated with the F-22 plus-up would occur. No changes in flight activity, facilities, or 

personnel are anticipated. Annual average noise levels and supersonic training events would 

continue as at present. 


The objectives of EO 12898 include identification of disproportionately high and adverse health 

and environmental effects on minority and low-income populations that could be caused by a 

federal action. 


Disadvantaged groups within the general vicinity of JBER, specifically the community of 

Mountain View, include minority, low-income and youth populations, which represent a 

Page 4-21



disproportionate segment of the population. The F-22 and C-17 flight operations explained in 

Section 2.1.1 have specific main and cross-wind runway flight operations which insure that 65 

dB L dn noise contours do not extend into the community of Mountain View. 

The flight activity and personnel changes associated with the Proposed Action options are not 

expected to create significant adverse environmental or health effects on base. No impact 

would be anticipated to disadvantaged populations. There would be no health or safety effects 

upon children. 


Alaska Natives are primary users of the natural resources under the training airspace. For 

many residents, subsistence fishing and hunting contribute substantially to people’s diets and 

provide much-needed supplementary income. Individuals from these groups have expressed 

concerns related to aircraft noise impacts on their villages and on subsistence hunting under the 

airspace. Under the Proposed Action, subsonic noise levels within the MOAs would be 

approximately the same or slightly more than currently occurs under the airspace. Additional 

F-22 training would increase the number of sonic booms under training MOAs. Alaska Natives 

regularly hunting or fishing under these airspaces could detect an increase in sonic booms that 

could annoy some individuals who discerned the change. 

The random nature and intensity of sonic booms throughout the area under an airspace make it 

impossible to avoid a specific community. Sonic boom intensity can vary from the rolling 

sound of distant thunder to a sharp double crack. Although the number of sonic events would 

be expected to increase under specific MOAs, the booms would not be expected to 

disproportionately affect communities. The increase of one to three sonic booms per month 

would not be expected to have a health or safety effect upon children. 

The JBER airspace managers seek to take into consideration the hunting season while 

scheduling airspace use for training. Continued attention to airspace scheduling, hunting 

season, and Alaska Native concerns in airspace management, especially during a Major Flying 

Exercise, reduces the potential for environmental consequences from aircraft training 

operations. 

The large rural Alaska Native population distributed throughout the state of Alaska, as well as 

under the existing airspace, results in no disproportionate impacts expected to occur to any area 

of minority populations. 


Under the No Action alternative, no changes in flight activity, noise contours, facilities, or 

personnel are anticipated. No impacts to disadvantaged or youth populations would occur. 

Supersonic training by F-22 and other aircraft would continue within the airspaces. 



5.0 Cumulative Impacts 

5.0 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 


The CEQ regulations stipulate that the cumulative effects analysis in an EA considers the 

potential environmental consequences resulting from “the incremental impact of the action when 

added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency 

(federal or non-federal) or person undertakes such other actions” (40 CFR 1508.7). Chapter 3.0 

discusses the baseline conditions for environmental resources at JBER and in the F-22 training 

airspace. Chapter 4.0 discusses potential consequences at the base and under the training airspace 

associated with the F-22 plus-up. Chapter 5.0 identifies past, present, and reasonably foreseeable 

projects that could cumulatively affect environmental resources in conjunction with the F-22 plusup 

at JBER-Elmendorf and use of Alaskan military training airspace. 

Assessing cumulative effects begins with defining the scope of other project actions and their 

potential interrelationship with the Proposed Action (CEQ 1997). The scope must consider 

other projects that coincide with the location and timetable of the Proposed Action and other 

actions. Cumulative effects analyses evaluate the interactions of multiple actions. 

The CEQ (1997) identified and defined eight ways in which effects can accumulate: time 

crowding; time lag; space crowding; cross boundary; fragmentation; compounding effects; 

indirect effects; and triggers and thresholds. Furthermore, cumulative effects can arise from 

single or multiple actions, and through additive or interactive processes (CEQ 1997). 

Actions not part of the proposal, but that could be considered as actions connected in time or 

space (40 CFR 1508.25) (CEQ 1997) may include projects that affect areas on or near JBER and 

projects underlying the affected training airspace. This EA analysis addresses three questions to 

identify cumulative effects: 

1. Does a relationship exist such that elements of the project alternatives might interact 

with elements of past, present, or reasonably foreseeable actions? 

2. If one or more of the elements of the alternatives and another action could be expected 

to interact, would the alternative affect or be affected by impacts of the other action? 

3. If such a relationship exists, does an assessment reveal any potentially significant 

impacts not identified when the alternative is considered alone? 

An effort has been made to identify major actions that have occurred, are being implemented, or 

are in the planning phase at this time. To the extent that details regarding such actions exist and 

the actions have a potential to interact with the proposal, these actions are included in this 

cumulative analysis. This approach enables decision-makers to have the most current information 

available so that they can evaluate the environmental consequences of the Proposed Action. 

5.1.1 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Actions 

This EA provides decision-makers with the cumulative effects of the Proposed Action as well as 

the incremental contribution of past, present, and reasonably foreseeable actions. Recent past 

Page 5-1



and ongoing military action in the region were considered as part of the baseline or existing 

condition in Chapter 3. 

5.1.1.1 Elmendorf AFB, Fort Richardson, Other Military Actions, and the 

Establishment of JBER 

Elmendorf AFB and Fort Richardson, separately and jointly, were active military installations 

that experienced continuous and rapid evolution of mission and training requirements. This 

process of change is consistent with the U.S. defense policy that the United States Military 

Forces must be ready to respond to threats to American interest throughout the world. The two 

bases were combined into JBER in 2010 and will continue to experience changes in mission and 

training requirements. 

The combined base, like other major military installations, regularly requires new construction, 

facility improvements, and infrastructure upgrades. In addition, Table 5.1-1 lists past, present, 

and potential future major military projects occurring in the region. Each project was reviewed 

to consider the implication of each action and its synergy with the proposed F-22 plus-up. Of 

particular interest were potential overlap in affected area and project timing. The projects listed 

on Table 5.1-1 have the potential to interact in time or location with the proposed F-22 plus-up. 

The relocation of three F-15 aircraft squadrons, the beddown of C-17 aircraft, BRAC decisions 

regarding C-130 aircraft, proposed transportation projects, and other regional projects were 

cumulatively evaluated. As JBER combines administrative, air, and ground activities over the 

next few years, there could be a desire to assess such combined efforts in a future 

environmental analysis. Such a future analysis, should it occur, would address all JBER 

activities. No significant environmental consequences would cumulatively result from 

preparation of an undefined separate environmental analysis not directly related or connected 

with the F-22 plus-up EA. 

5.1.1.2 Non-Federal Actions 

Non-federal actions include major public and private projects within the ROI. The Municipality 

of Anchorage is a large urban area with multiple construction projects occurring, especially in 

the summer months. Specific major actions within the vicinity of JBER are summarized in Table 

5.1-2. The projects listed on Table 5.1-2 have the potential to interact in time or location with the 

proposed F-22 plus-up. 

5.1.2 Cumulative Effects Analysis 

5.1.2.1 Airspace Management and Air Traffic Control 

This EA addresses the JBER cumulative airspace effects by incorporating all existing and plus-up 

F-22s, C-17s, C-130s, helicopters, and other aircraft at JBER along with the outgoing F-15s. The net 

effect is an estimated overall reduction in JBER flight operations by jet fighters over the past five 

years. The change in flight operations does not substantially change JBER tower responsibility. 

These actions do not substantially affect the AATA management of Anchorage airspace. 

Page 5-2

Table 5.1-1. Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Military Projects (Page 1 of 2) 

Action Document Description 

C-17 Beddown Elmendorf AFB EA 2004 

(Air Force 2004) 

Transformation of 

US Army Alaska 

U.S. Army EIS 2004 

(U.S. Army 2004) 

C-17 Beddown Elmendorf AFB EA 2004 

(Air Force 2004c) 

The C-17 aircraft brought the Air Force Alaska airlift capabilities to state-of-the-art standards and 

increased its capacity. Routine aircraft operations (both mission- and training-related), and the 

construction and use of support facilities were part of the C-17 beddown. Joint training with Army 

forces as well as low-level training are part of C-17 operations. 

This action included accommodation for 4,000 more soldiers relocating from installations worldwide, 

as well as activation of a new airborne brigade. The action transformed the 172 nd Infantry Brigade 

into a Stryker Brigade Combat Team. This included changes to force structure and modification of 

ranges, facilities, and infrastructure designed to meet the objectives of Army transformation in 

Alaska. Locations for changes in force structure and stationing include Fort Wainwright and Fort 

Richardson. Activity changes occurred within the Fort Wainwright cantonment area, Tanana Flats 

Training Area, Yukon Training Area, and Donnelly Training Area. 

C-17 operations in Alaskan SUA include upgrading Runway 06/24 at JBER-Elmendorf, use of the 

runway as a C-17 assault landing zone, and frequent use of five existing drop zones for C-17 training. 



Modification of 

MTR 

Elmendorf AFB EA 2007 

(Air Force 2007c) 

The Air Force modified existing MTRs within the State of Alaska to better connect the MTRs with 

existing special use airspace. These changed MTRs are used by aircraft with low level navigation 

missions. The F-22 does not use MTRs for training. 

Two F-22 squadrons with a total of 36 primary aircraft replaced two (later three) F-15C and F-15E 

squadrons (total of 60 aircraft) at Elmendorf AFB. Facilities were constructed and/or remodeled for 

the beddown of the two F-22 squadrons. Beddown included operations from Elmendorf AFB and 

training in existing Alaska airspace where the F-15s had trained. 

This project established an F-16 Aggressor Squadron at Eielson AFB. The Aggressors support 

training of F-22 pilots and other military personnel as well as supporting Large Force Exercises and 

Major Flying Exercises in existing Alaska airspace. The F-16s are fourth generation fighter aircraft. 

The Delta MOA connects the Fox and Yukon MOA complexes during Major Flying Exercises not to 

exceed 60 days per year with advance scheduled hours of use and avoidance of specified recreation 

and other times. Use of the Delta MOA substantially enhances realism for training. 

F-22 Beddown 

Replacing F-15s 


(Air Force 2006) 

Eielson Aggressor 

Squadron 

Eielson AFB EA 2007 

(Eielson 2007) 

Establishing Delta 

MOA 


(Air Force 2010b) 

Page 5-3 

Kulis ANG 

Relocation 

Alaska National Guard 

EA 2007 (Air Force 

2007b) 

This project relocated the 176 th Air National Guard Wing with up to 12 C-130H, 3 HC-130N, and 5 

HH-60 aircraft and expeditionary combat support from Kulis AGS to Elmendorf AFB. Relocating Air 

National Guard C-130s replaced the C-130 aircraft moved from Elmendorf during the C-17 beddown.

Page 5-4 

Table 5.1-1. Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Military Projects (Page 2 of 2) 


Fort Richardson/ 

Elmendorf AFB 

Joint Basing 

Station and Train a 

New Aviation Unit 

in Alaska 

Reassignment of F- 

15C fighter aircraft 

squadron 

Resumption of 

Year-Round Firing 

Opportunities 

Military Housing 

Privatization, Joint 

Base Elmendorf- 

Richardson 

JPARC 

Cherry Hill Gravel 

Site 

BRAC 2005 Joint Basing 

Road Map Study 2010 

U.S. Army EIS 2010 (U.S. 

Army 2010) 

U.S. Army Fort 

Richardson Final EIS in 

process 2010 

(U.S. Army 2010) 

JBER EA 2011 

ALCOM studies 

underway 2011 


The Joint Basing Implementation Roadmap Study called for three pilot studies investigating more 

efficient use of installations that are adjacent to one another but managed by different services (e.g. 

Army/Air Force, Navy/Air Force). Elmendorf and Fort Richardson implemented the Joint Basing 

Concept in 2010. Activities include combined organizations and shared community service facilities. 

The proposed expansion of U.S. Army Alaska’s aviation assets and capabilities would support both 

integrated training and deployment abroad and would continue the process of Army transformation 

in Alaska. Aviation units would include various helicopter types and additional soldiers distributed 

between JBER and Fort Wainwright. The aviation unit would enhance integrated training to achieve 

proficiency in the execution of combined-arms, joint, and coalition operations under realistic training. 

The last squadron of 27 F-15C aircraft was reassigned from JBER in 2010. 

The Proposed Action would restore year-round live-fire training capabilities at Fort Richardson, AK, 

in order to allow active units to achieve and maintain combat readiness, reduce deployment 

hardships on Soldiers and their Families, and reduce annual expenditures associated with travel to 

distant facilities to conduct training. The EIS evaluates No Action Alternative (use of Eagle River 

Flats Impact Area under a winter only firing regimen), year-round use of Eagle River Flats Impact 

Area (USARAK’s preferred alternative), and development of a new impact area on Fort Richardson. 

The Air Force proposes to transfer responsibility for housing and support facilities to a private 

developer. Over the ten-year initial development period, the private developer would renovate 272 

units, demolish 584 units, and construct 582 units. As a result of these actions, JBER-Richardson 

would have a family housing inventory of 1,240 units. 

The Alaska Joint Command proposes a series of airspace and range actions to enhance individual unit 

and Joint training in response to technological changes, lessons learned, and anticipated threats over 

the next 20 years. These enhancements propose extending and establishing MOAs and Restricted 

Airspace. 

The Cherry Hill Borrow Site is located on Elmendorf AFB. Anticipated work at Cherry Hill is 

expected from 2006 through 2010. The FONSI/FONPA was signed by the PACAF/CE on 1 March 

2006. 



Table 5.1-2. Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Civil Projects 


Port of Anchorage 

Expansion 


Development 

Port MacKenzie 

Development 

Knik Arm 

Crossing Project 

Cook Inlet Oil and 

Gas Exploration 

Cook Inlet Tidal 

Energy Project 

Natural Gas 

Pipeline 

Marine Terminal 

Redevelopment EA 

2005 

U.S. Department of 

Transportation EA 2005 

Mat Su Borough NMFS 

identified cumulative 

impacts, 2006 

The Federal Highway 

Administration 

(FHWA) Final EIS 2007 

(FHWA 2007) 

Conoco Phillips and 

Union Oil Company 

NMES 2007 permit 

Federal Energy 

Regulatory 

Commission feasibility 

studies ongoing 

Federal and state 

agency ongoing 

discussion 

The Port of Anchorage is located in close proximity to JBER. There are stages to the expansion 

project that are expected to span from 2006 to 2013. The construction in the area is expected to 

increase through all three phases of the project. 

The Marine Terminal Redevelopment port expansion project will rebuild and enlarge docking 

facilities, improve loading/unloading facilities, provide additional working space to handle 

shipped fuel, freight and other materials, and improve access by road and rail transportation 

serving the port. Enlarged docking facilities could be used by cruise ships. 

Port MacKenzie development in the Matanuska-Susitna (Mat Su) Borough is proposed to 

provide an additional transportation connection to Anchorage and would include associated 

railroad connections, highway connections, and Cook Inlet Ferry system. 

Proposal to construct access between the Municipality of Anchorage and the Mat Su Borough 

with a bridge crossing of Knik Arm, including connections to the roadway network. The 

proposed access routes cross portions of JBER. 

Conducted seismic investigations offshore Cook Inlet to evaluate subsurface geology for 

potential oil and gas deposits. 

Evaluation of potential energy generation through use of Cook Inlet tidal flows. Of two 

locations, the NMFS recommended to not use the location adjacent to Cairn Point in Knik Arm 

to reduce the potential for marine mammal impacts. 

Alaska is pursuing the construction of a natural gas pipeline. This possible project is still in the 

early stages and has not yet received approval. Part of the construction staging and possibly a 

pipeline extension could occur in the Anchorage area. 



Page 5-5



The cumulative effect of the plus-up would not be expected to change airspace management 

within the Alaskan training airspace. The airspace analysis in this EA includes all expected 

aircraft operations in existing Alaska military training airspace and ranges. Potential airspace 

enhancements to the Joint Pacific-Alaskan Range Complex (JPARC) are currently under study. 

Any potential JPARC impacts to airspace management or to other environmental resources will 

be addressed in separate environmental documentation. 

Replacing three squadrons operating a total of 60 primary twin-engine F-15C and F-15E fighter 

aircraft with 42 (36 plus the proposed 6) similarly-sized primary twin-engine F-22 fighter 

aircraft would not be expected to have any adverse cumulative effect in conjunction with other 

past, present, or reasonably foreseeable actions. 

5.1.2.2 Noise 

JBER-Elmendorf noise conditions addressed for the F-22 plus-up in Section 4.2 take into 

consideration the F-22 beddown, C-17 beddown, Kulis C-130 relocation, and F-15 changes. The 

noise analysis for the F-22 presented in Section 4.2 is effectively a cumulative analysis (see 

Figure 4.2-1). The cumulative noise effects are those identified in Section 4.2. Noise effects 

under the airspace also reflect implementation of the cumulative actions from changes in F-15, 

F-22, C-130, C-17, and training exercises. 

Noise under the training airspace also represents cumulative activity from aircraft beddowns 

and reductions at JBER-Elmendorf. There would be no substantial cumulative effect to airspace 

noise from the F-22 plus-up in conjunction with past, present, or reasonably foreseeable 

projects. 

5.1.2.3 Safety 

Flight, ground, and explosives safety associated with the F-22 plus-up are not expected to have 

any cumulative effects in conjunction with other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable 

actions. None of these cumulative actions except the potential bridge access routes could affect 

safety on the base or in base environs. The Air Force is working with the Knik Arm Bridge and 

Toll Authority to protect base safety and security. 

5.1.2.4 Air Quality 

No new construction projects are scheduled in conjunction with the F-22 plus-up. Operational 

emissions would increase as aircraft and personnel are added to the base, but cumulative 

emissions, which include the departure of the F-15s, would result in lower overall JBER- 

Elmendorf base-generated total emissions. 

Implementation of other cumulative projects would add to the total air emissions in the region. 

The Knik Arm Crossing has the potential for growth with associated increases in regional 

vehicle emissions as it would open the way for further development in areas that are currently 

undeveloped. Further development and other civilian and military projects could contribute to 

a net increase in overall emissions. 

Page 5-6



The C-17 beddown and initial F-22 beddown resulted in temporary increases in construction 

emissions. The construction occurred in a phased approach, and emissions were spread over time. 

The transformation of U.S. Army Alaska increased personnel on what is now JBER by 4,000 

soldiers. This population increase results in an accompanying increase of payroll, secondary 

employment, and vehicular air emissions. The JPARC modification of MOAs could result in an 

increase in low-altitude emissions from Aggressor aircraft, although altitude and dispersion 

should result in no airspace cumulative impacts. 

JBER is in attainment for all of the criteria pollutants regulated by the CAA. The installation is 

located adjacent to Anchorage, which has CO air quality issues during winter months, and Eagle 

River, which is in attainment status for all criteria pollutants except PM 10. The majority of the PM 10 

affecting Eagle River is associated with fugitive dust generated from travel on unpaved roads. 

Cleared areas, volcanoes, glacial silt, and forest fires are identified as other PM 10 sources. 

Approximately 10 percent of the PM 10 is attributable to automobile exhaust, wood-burning stoves, 

and industrial sources. The addition of criteria pollutants associated with the F-22 plus-up is so 

slight that it would not affect changes to air quality attainment status, even in combination with 

other local activities. 

Cumulative projects would result in both direct and indirect emission of GHGs. Construction 

vehicles, personal vehicles, aircraft, transport trucks, buses, and military vehicles would directly 

produce GHGs. CO 2 resulting from vehicle engines would be the primary source of GHGs. GHG 

emissions are expected to be minimal and not significant. Indirect emissions of GHGs would 

result from fossil fuels being produced and transported to support regional projects. 

Quantification of such indirect effects is nearly impossible. 

5.1.2.5 Hazardous Materials and Waste Management 

Cumulative regional construction could result in increased construction wastes. No construction 

would occur with the F-22 plus-up. Separate environmental analyses address project specific 

hazardous materials and hazardous wastes. Best management practices for regional construction 

would reduce the potential cumulative impacts. 

No hazardous materials would be anticipated under the airspace. Chaff and flare effects would be 

as described in Section 4.5.2. 

5.1.2.6 Biological Resources 

The primary biological resource which could be affected by cumulative projects is the CIBW. 

Several past, present, and planned projects result in increased noise from construction and other 

sources within the Knik Arm. 

Cumulative direct impacts would come from regional development, including coastal zone 

construction and effects on intertidal and subtidal marine habitats. Indirect effects could come 

from human activities, including increased recreational boating and increased storm water runoff 

into the beluga habitat. The Knik Arm Crossing EIS identifies the main effects to CIBW to be 

increased commercial and residential growth in the area resulting in additional marine vessel 

traffic at the Port MacKenzie Dock, greater Cook Inlet Ferry use, increased vessel noise and traffic, 

more accidental fuel spills, increased noise from operations, and increased turbidity resulting from 

Page 5-7



re-suspension of mud substrate by propeller scour. Construction impacts on belugas could include 

avoidance of the construction zone, changes in resting or feeding cycles, displacement from 

habitat, masking of sounds and changes in vocal behavior, changes in swimming or diving 

behavior, altered direction of movement, and physical injury (FHWA 2007). 

Resumption of year-round live-fire training at Eagle River Flats Impact Area could result in local 

effects on beluga whales unless mitigated by establishing training protocols that prohibit firing 

explosive munitions at Eagle River Flats Impact Area when beluga whales are present in Eagle 

River. Minor impacts would be expected on CIBW because 160 dB noise contours for the 105-mm 

and 120-mm weapons systems extend into Eagle Bay. Studies have shown that underwater noise 

can cause whales and other marine mammals to exhibit avoidance behavior which is classified as a 

“Class B take.” Neither the 60-mm nor the 81-mm mortars would generate noise within either 

Eagle River or Eagle Bay at levels greater than 160 dB at frequencies within the hearing range of a 

beluga whale (40Hz or higher). Any impacts, even minor, could contribute to the overall 

cumulative effects on the beluga whale. The Knik Arm Crossing EIS indicated that cumulative 

impacts to the beluga whale could be substantial due to the importance of Knik Arm and Upper 

Cook Inlet as habitat for whales. The reasons for the decline in the beluga whale population are 

unknown, and increased human interaction undoubtedly plays a part. 

The cumulative effect of overflight from fighter aircraft based at JBER-Elmendorf would be 

expected to be less than had been experienced in 2008 before the replacement of 60 F-15s by 36 plus 

the proposed six similarly-sized F-22 aircraft. The F-22 plus-up, with the potential for 0.04 whales 

per year to display avoidance behavior, is not projected to contribute significantly to the 

cumulative impacts upon the beluga population. 

No biological adverse cumulative impacts would be expected in conjunction with the F-22 plus-up 

either at the base or under the training airspace. 

5.1.2.7 Cultural Resources 

There would be no construction associated with the F-22 plus-up. Thus, historic buildings and 

archaeological sites would not be impacted. Previous aircraft beddown projects resulted in onbase 

construction, some of which affected historic architectural resources at JBER. Consultations 

and adopted mitigations reduced impacts to acceptable levels. 

Civil projects with potential to contribute to cumulative impacts to area cultural resources 

include the Knik Arm Crossing and bridge access routes. Such projects potentially impact the 

viewshed and traffic use patterns within the NRHP-eligible historic districts as well as result in 

direct impacts to archaeological resources. The State of Alaska is pursuing the construction of a 

natural gas pipeline that could include construction in the Anchorage area that would have the 

potential to impact cultural resources, contributing to area cumulative impacts. 

Any federal-related projects would be subject to compliance with NEPA and Section 106 of the 

NHPA with the result that adverse effects would be mitigated, reducing cumulative impacts 

that could occur. 

The F-22 plus-up would not be expected to result in incremental significant or adverse cumulative 

effects to NRHP-eligible buildings, archaeological sites, or traditional resources in the region in 

conjunction with past, present, or reasonably foreseeable projects. 

Page 5-8



5.1.2.8 Land Use, Transportation, and Recreation 

Base flight activity and personnel changes would be consistent with existing land use plans and 

would not be expected to substantially affect land use patterns or traffic circulation in the ROI. 

Implementation of certain foreseeable future actions however, is likely to generate land use and 

transportation effects in the vicinity of JBER. The Knik Arm Crossing is proposed to alter 

circulation by linking the Municipality of Anchorage and the Mat-Su Borough, potentially 

affecting development patterns in the region. In addition, proposed bridge access routes would 

traverse JBER. Proposed expansion at the Port of Anchorage, just west of JBER, could alter land 

use and land ownership patterns, and increase traffic congestion. Construction of these and 

other reasonably foreseeable projects could increase pressure on regional infrastructure and 

construction resources. 

The F-22 plus-up would not be expected to result in incremental significant or adverse 

cumulative effects to land use, transportation, or recreation in the region in conjunction with 

past or reasonably foreseeable projects. 

5.1.2.9 Socioeconomics 

Proposed personnel changes and airspace activities associated with the proposed F-22 plus-up 

are not expected to generate discernible impacts to populations or economic activity in the ROI. 

Regional cumulative socioeconomic effects are driven by energy development and overall 

economic activity. Economic pursuits in the region, including those related to Alaska Native 

subsistence activities, are not expected to experience any major limitations or negative effects 

under implementation of the F-22 plus-up separately or in conjunction with relevant past, 

present and reasonably foreseeable future actions. 

A number of military and non-military projects would increase the demand for construction 

employment and activity in the region. Although the increase in economic activity associated 

with a specific project would be temporary, lasting only for the duration of the construction 

period, the cumulative effects of the construction projects create employment for the foreseeable 

future. Net JBER increases with the transformation of U.S. Army, which involves an influx of 

approximately 4,000 personnel to the region, result in regional employment and population 

effects which are perceived as positive to the community. 

Incremental effects of the F-22 plus-up, in combination with past and reasonably foreseeable 

future actions, would not be expected to create any significant or adverse cumulative effect to 

socioeconomic resources in the region. 

5.1.2.10 Environmental Justice 

Nearly all the cumulative projects identified in Tables 5.1-1 and 5.1-2 affect the larger 

population of Municipality of Anchorage in a way that does not disproportionately impact 

minority, low-income, or youth populations. Changes in access to areas, changes in on-base 

projects, and changes in airspace affect all users and/or residents under the airspace which 

include non-minority and minority populations. No disproportionate effects would be 

expected to minority or disadvantaged populations, and there would be no expected health or 

safety effects to children. 

Page 5-9




5.2.1 Relationship Between Short-Term Uses and Long-Term 

Productivity 

CEQ regulations (Section 1502.16) specify that environmental analysis must address “…the 

relationship between short-term uses of man’s environment and the maintenance and 

enhancement of long-term productivity.” Special attention should be given to impacts that 

narrow the range of beneficial uses of the environment in the long-term or pose a long-term risk 

to human health or safety. This section evaluates the short-term benefits of the proposal 

compared to the long-term productivity derived from not pursuing the proposal. 

Short-term effects to the environment are generally defined as a direct consequence of a project 

in its immediate vicinity. Short-term effects could include localized disruptions and higher 

noise levels in some areas. Five additional F-22 daily sorties are proposed to be flown at JBER- 

Elmendorf. Off-base noise levels would increase over the Knik Arm and portions of industrial 

lands near the base. This would not be expected to affect local land use and would not impact 

the environmental long-term productivity of the region. 

The military training that occurs in the airspace results in noise effects that are transitory in 

nature. Such noise effects would be short term and would not be expected to result in 

permanent or long-term changes in wildlife or habitat use. Under the F-22 proposed plus-up, 

these short-term changes would have a negligible long-term effect. 

The F-22 proposal involving 103 more Air Force personnel and six additional primary aircraft 

would not significantly impact the long-term productivity of the land. Continued use of chaff 

and flares could be an annoyance to an individual finding and identifying residual chaff or flare 

materials, but would not negatively affect the long-term productivity of the region’s land, air, or 

water. 

5.2.2 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources 

Irreversible and irretrievable resource commitments are related to the use of nonrenewable 

resources and the effects that the uses of these resources have on future generations. 

Irreversible effects primarily result from the use or destruction of a specific resource (e.g., 

energy and minerals) that cannot be replaced within a reasonable time frame. Irretrievable 

resource commitments involve the loss in value of an affected resource that cannot be restored 

as a result of the action. 

For JBER, most impacts are short-term and temporary (such as air emissions from operations) or 

longer lasting (such as noise). Air Force aircraft and personnel would use fuel, oil, and 

lubricants in normal activities. 

Training operations would involve irreversible consumption of nonrenewable resources, such 

as gasoline used in vehicles and jet fuel used in aircraft. Training would also involve 

commitment of chaff and flares. None of these activities would be expected to significantly 

decrease the availability of minerals or petroleum resources. 

Page 5-10


References 

REFERENCES 

3 rd Wing (3 WG). 2004. Wing Instruction 13-203. Airfield and Air Traffic Control Procedures. 1 

March. 

Air Force Civil Engineer Support Agency, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), and Naval 

Facilities Engineering Command. 2001. Unified Facilities Criteria 3-260-01, Airfield and 

Heliport Planning and Design Criteria. November. 

_____ . 2006. Aircraft Class A Mishap Rates, Selected Statistics. Downloaded January 2006. 

http://afsafety.af.mil/ 

_____ . 2011a. Air Force Safety Center BASH Statistics. Downloaded March 2011. 

http://www.afsc.af.mil/organizations/bash/statistics.asp 

_____ . 2011b. Air Force Safety Center Aircraft Statistics. Downloaded March 2011. 

http://www.afsc.af.mil/organizations/aviation/aircraftstatistics/index.asp 

Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development (DCED). 2000. Alaska 

Community Database. 

http://www.commerce.state.ak.us/dca/commdb/CF_COMDB.htm 

_____ . 2011a. State of Alaska Endangered Species List. Website accessed on January 20, 2011. 

http://www.adfg.state.ak.us/special/esa/esa_home.php 

_____ . 2011b. State of Alaska Species of Special Concern. Website accessed on January 20, 

2011. http://www.adfg.state.ak.us/special/esa/species_concern.php 

Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC). 2008. Draft Summary Report of 

Improvements to the Alaska GHG Emission Inventory, January 2008. 

_____ 2010. Amendments to State Air Quality Control Plan; Volume II; Adopted August 20, 

2010. 

Alaska Native Knowledge Network. 2005. Language Locations. Website accessed in December 

2005. www.ankn.uaf.edu/anl.html 

American National Standards Institute. 1980. Sound Level Descriptors for Determination of 

Compatible Land Use. American National Standards Institute Standard ANSI S3.23- 

1980. 

_____ . 1988. Quantities and Procedures for Description and Measurement of Environmental 

Sound, Part 1. American National Standards Institute Standard ANSI S12.9-1988. 

Bailey, R.G. 1995. Descriptions of the Ecoregions of the United States. Second Edition. U.S. 

Forest Service Miscellaneous Publication Number 1391. 

Page 1


References 

Bristol Bay Native Association. 2000 Koliganek, Village Snapshot. Website accessed in January 

2006. http://www.bbna.com/EarlyLearning/Koliganek/ 

Bureau of Indian Affairs. 2000. Indian Entities Recognized and Eligible to Receive Services from the 

United States Bureau of Indian Affairs. Federal Register Vol. 65. March 13. 

Bureau of Land Management (BLM). 2000. Iditarod National Historic Trail History. 

www.sciencecenter.ak.blm.gov 

_____ . 2006. Trail Map and Guide to the Tangle Lakes National Register District for off-road 

vehicles, mountain bikes, and hikes. Alaska Bureau of Land management, Glennallen 

Field Office, Glennallen, Alaska. Website accessed on 16 February 2006. 

http://www.ak.blm.gov/gdo/tangle.html 

Committee on Hearing, Bioacoustics and Biomechanics (CHABA), 1981. Assessment of 

Community Noise Response to High-Energy Impulsive Sounds. Report of Working 

Group 84, Committee on Hearing, Bioacoustics and Biomechanics, Assembly of 

Behavioral and Social Sciences. National Research Council, National Academy of 

Sciences. Washington, DC. 

Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ). 1978. Regulations for Implementing the Procedural 

Provisions of NEPA. 40 CFR Parts 1500-1508. 

_____ . 1997. Considering Cumulative Effects Under the National Environmental Policy Act. 

January 1997. 

Department of Commerce, Division of Policy, Research & Strategic Planning. 2010. Anchorage 

Municipality (AK) County Profile; North Carolina, December 2010. 

Department of Defense (DoD). 2004. AP/1A DoD Flight Information Publication, Area 

Planning, Special Use Airspace North and South America, 25 November. 

Eielson AFB. 2007. Eielson AFB Infrastructure Development in Support of Red Flag Alaska EA, 

July. 

Ehrlich, P.R., D.S. Dobkin, and D. Wheye. 1988. The Birder’s Handbook: A Field Guide to the 

Natural History of North American Birds. Simon and Schuster, New York, New York. 

Elmendorf Air Force Base (AFB). 2003. Wing Instruction 91-212. Bird and Wildlife Aircraft 

Strike Hazard (BASH) Program. 30 September. 

_____ . 2005. Airfield/Airspace Criteria Violation Report. PACAF Form 48, 19990601. 24 

August. 

_____ . 2010. Archaeological Site Evaluation, Phase II, Elmendorf Air Force Base. Environmental 

Conservation Program, Final. March. 

Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. 

Waterways Experiment Station Technical Report Y-87-1, Vicksburg, Mississippi. 

Page 2


References 

Federal Aviation Agency (FAA) Sectional Aeronautical Charts for Anchorage, Dawson, 

Fairbanks, and McGrath; 85th Edition, 19 November 2009. 

Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). 2007. Knik Arm Crossing Final Environmental 

Impact Statement and Final Section 4(f) Evaluation, Knik Arm Bridge and Toll 

Authority, Alaska Department of Transportation & Public Facilities. Anchorage, 

December 18, 2007. 

Federal Interagency Committee on Noise. 1992. Federal Agency Review of Selected Airport 

Noise Analysis Issues. Federal Interagency Committee on Noise. August. 

Federal Interagency Committee on Urban Noise. 1980. Guidelines for Considering Noise in 

Land-Use Planning and Control. Federal Interagency Committee on Urban Noise. June. 

Fidell, S., D.S. Barger, and Schultz, T.J. 1991. Updating a Dosage-Effect Relationship for the 

Prevalence of Annoyance Due to General Transportation Noise. J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 89, 

221-233. January 1991. 

Frampton, K., M. Lucas, and B. Cook. 1993. Modeling the Sonic Boom Noise Environment in 

Military Operating Areas. AIAA Paper 93-4432. 

Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER). 2009. Units Combine to Streamline Contracting Process. 

Website accessed in December 2010. 

http://www.jber.af.mil/news/story.asp?id=123167156 

National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency. 2005. Digital Aeronautical Flight Information File. 

Updated Quarterly. http://164.214.2.62/products/digitalaero/index.cfm 

National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). 2011. Letter of concurrence with “may affect, but is 

not likely to adversely affect” federally listed threatened, endangered, or proposed 

species under NMFS’ jurisdiction including the Cook Inlet Beluga Whale and Western 

Distinct Population Segment (DPS) of Steller Sea Lion. Letter from J. W. Balsiger, Ph.D., 

Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, Juneau, Alaska to Ellen Godden, JBER, dated 22 

February 2011. 

National Register Information System (NRIS). 2000. National Register of Historic Places. 

http://www.nr.nps.gov 

_____ . 2011. National Register of Historic Places. http://www.nr.nps.gov 

Page, J.A., B.D. Schantz, R. Brown, K.J. Plotkin, and C.L. Moulton. 1994. Measurements of 

Sonic Booms Due to ACM Training in R2301 W of the Barry Goldwater Air Force Range. 

Wyle Research Report WR 94-11. 

Pilot/Controller Glossary (P/CG) 2004. Addendum to Aeronautical Information Manual. 

FAA Order 7110.10, Flight Services, and FAA Order 7110.65, Air Traffic Control. 

http://www.faa.gov/Atpubs/PCG.htm Downloaded September 10 2004. 

Page 3


References 

Plotkin, K.J., V.R. Desai, C.L. Moulton, M.J. Lucas, and R. Brown. 1989. Measurements of Sonic 

Booms due to ACM Training at White Sands Missile Range. Wyle Research Report WR 

89-18. 

Plotkin, K.J., C.L. Moulton, V.R. Desai, and M.J. Lucas. 1992. Sonic Boom Environment under a 

Supersonic Military Operations Area. Journal of Aircraft 29(6): 1069-1072. 

Schultz, T.J. 1978. Synthesis of Social Surveys on Noise Annoyance. Journal of the Acoustical 

Society of America, Vol. 64, pp. 377-405. August 1978. 

Stusnick, E., D. A. Bradley, J. A. Molino, and G. DeMiranda, 1992. The Effect of Onset Rate on 

Aircraft Noise Annoyance. Volume 2: Rented Own-Home Experiment. Wyle 

Laboratories Research Report WR 92-3. March 1992. 

Undersecretary of Defense for Acquisition Technology and Logistics. 2009. Memorandum on 

Methodology for Assessing Hearing Loss Risk and Impacts in DoD Environmental Impact 

Analysis. 

United States Air Force (Air Force). 1995. Final Environmental Impact Statement, Alaska 

Military Operation Areas. 11 th Air Force, Elmendorf Air Force Base, Alaska. 

_____ . 1997. Environmental Effects of Self Protection Chaff and Flares. Final Report. August. 

_____ . 2000. Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan for Elmendorf Air Force Base 

2000–2005: 3 rd Wing U.S. Air Force. June 2000. CEMML TPS 00-10. 

_____ . 2001a. Initial F-22 Operational Wing Beddown Final EIS. November. 

_____ . 2001b. Air Force Instruction (AFI) 13-201. Space, Missile, Command and Control. Air 

Force Airspace Management. 20 September. 

_____ . 2001c. Air Force Instruction (AFI) 13-212, Volume 1. Space, Missile, Command, and 

Control; Range Planning and Operations. 7 August. 

_____ . 2001d. Air Force Instruction (AFI) 13-212, Volume 2. Space, Missile, Command, and 

Control; Range Construction and Maintenance. 7 August. 

_____ . 2001e. Air Force Instruction (AFI) 13-212, Volume 3. Space, Missile, Command, and 

Control; SAFE-RANGE Program Methodology. 7 August; updated in 2007. 

_____ . 2004. Final EA C-17 Beddown, Elmendorf Air Force Base, Alaska. September 2004. 

_____ . 2005. General Plan, Elmendorf AFB. 

_____ . 2006. F-22A Environmental Assessment, Elmendorf AFB, Alaska. June. 

_____ . 2007a. Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan for Elmendorf Air Force Base 

2006 Revision: 3 rd Wing U.S. Air Force. June 2007. CEMML. 

Page 4


References 

_____ . 2007b. Final EA Relocation of the Air National Guard 176th Wing to Elmendorf Air 

Force Base, Alaska, Elmendorf Air Force Base, Alaska, September. 

. 2007c. Alaska Military Training Routes Environmental Assessment. Elmendorf Air 

Force Base, Alaska. Eielson EA 2007. 

_____ . 2008a. Five-Year Review. Five-Year Review Report. United States Air Force 

Elmendorf Air Force Base. November 

_____ . 2008b. Integrated Cultural Resources Management Plan for Elmendorf Air Force Base 

2008–2012: 3 rd Wing U.S. Air Force. September 2008. 

_____ . 2009. Air Force Instruction (AFI) 13-201. Space, Missile, Command and Control. Air 

Force Airspace Management. 20 September. 

_____ . 2010a. Air Force Officials Release Preferred Aircraft Basing Alternatives. Website 

accessed December 16, 2010. http://www.af.mil/news/story.asp?id=123215794. 

_____ . 2010b. Area Environmental Assessment Establishing the Delta Military Operations. 

Elmendorf Air Force Base, Alaska. January 2010 

_____ . 2010c. Air Force Safety, Health, and Environmental Standard A2 dated 7-16-2010. 

U.S. Army (Army) 2004. Transformation of U.S. Army Alaska – Final Environmental Impact 

Statement. Prepared by the Center for Environmental Management of Military Lands, 

Colorado State University. Fort Collins, Colorado. 

_____ . 2010. Draft Environmental Impact Statement for Resumption of Year-Round Firing 

Opportunities at Fort Richardson, Alaska. January 2010. 

United States Bureau of the Census. 2000a. American FactFinder. Census 2000 Summary File 

1, demographic and economic data sets for Alaska state, boroughs, and municipalities. 

Website accessed December 28, 2005. http://factfinder.census.gov 

_____ . 2000b. Census 2000 Summary File 3. Table DP-3 Profile of Selected Economic 

Characteristics: 2000. Website accessed January 3, 2006. http://factfinder.census.gov 

_____ . 2005. State & County QuickFacts from the U.S. Census Bureau. Census data for 

Alaska state, boroughs, and municipalities. Website accessed December 26, 2005. 

http://quickfacts.census.gov 

United States Bureau of Economic Analysis. 2005. Regional Economic Information System. 

Table CA25N Total full-time and part-time employment by industry for Alaska State 

and Anchorage Municipality. April 2005. 

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). 1974. Information on Levels of 

Environmental Noise Requisite to Protect the Public Health and Welfare with an 

Adequate Margin of Safety. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Report 550/9-74- 

004. March. 

Page 5


_____ . 2005. 1999 National Emission Inventory. Website last updated in 1999. 

http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/net/1999inventory.html 

References 

United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 2005. Threatened and Endangered Species 

System (TESS). Listings by state and territory as of 12/21/2005 – Alaska. Website 

accessed on December 21, 2005. 

http://ecos.fws.gov/tess_public/servlet/gov.doi.tess_public.servlets.UsaLists?state=AK 

_____ . 2008. Birds of Conservation Concern 2008. United StatesDepartment of Interior, Fish 

and Wildlife Service, Division of Migratory Bird Management, Arlington, Virginia. 85 

pp. [Online version available at ] 

_____ . 2011. Response to Letter from JBER 673 CES/CC regarding F-22 Plus-Up 

Environmental Assessment requesting information on federally listed threatened, 

endangered, proposed, and candidate species that may occur in the potentially affected 

area. Response from Kimberly Klein, Endangered Species Biologist transmitted to Ellen 

Godden 673 CES/CEAO JBER. FWS Log No. 2011-SL-0064. February 8. 

Wasmer, F. and F. Maunsell 2005. NMPlot Computer Program. Wasmer Consulting. 

Persons and Agencies Contacted 

Aide, Don. 2011. Environmental Restoration Project Manager, 673 CES/CEANR, JBER AK 

Banker, Maj Jeffrey. 2011. Assistant Director of Operations, 517th Airlift Squadron, JBER AK 

Bates, Clay. 2011. Hazardous Waste Program Manager, 673 CES/CEANQ, JBER AK 

Bernardin, MSgt Melissa. 2011. Bioenvironmental, 673 AMDS/SGPB, JBER AK 

Campbell, Maj Jeff. 2010. Maintenance Operations Officer, 3 AMXS/MXA, JBER AK 

Caristi, Capt Anthony. 2011. Safety, 3 WG/SE, JBER AK 

Coyle, Capt Nathan. 2011. Airfield Operations Flight Commander, 3 OSS/OSA, JBER AK 

Dickens, Rosanna. 2011. Water Quality Program Manager, 673 CES/CEANV, JBER AK 

Dougan, Mary. 2011. Community Planner and Air Installation Compatible Use Zone/Land 

Use, 673 CES/CEAOP, JBER AK 

Eberlan, Maj Jon. 2011. Commander, 3rd Aircraft Maintenance Squadron, 3 AMXS/CC, JBER 

AK 

Fink, Gary. 2011. Chief, Environmental Restoration, 673 CES/CEANR, JBER AK 

Fowler, Paula. 2011. Air Quality Program Manager, 673 CES/CEANQ, JBER AK 

Page 6


References 

Freeman, Bernard. 2011. 3rd Equipment Maintenance Squadron Transient Alert, 3 

EMS/MXMT, JBER AK 

Gamache, 2d Lt Andrew. 2011. Section Commander, 3rd Maintenance Group, 3 MXG/CCE, 

JBER AK 

Garner, Chris. 2011. Wildlife Biologist, 673 CES/CEANC, JBER AK 

Greenlee, Lt Col Paul. 2011. Director of operations, 3rd Operations Support Squadron, 3 

OSS/DO, JBER AK 

Griese, Herman. 2011. Wildlife Biologists, 673 CES/CEANC, JBER AK 

Haas, Don. 2011. Water Quality Program Manager, 673 CES/CEANQ, JBER AK 

Jenkins, Keith. 2011. Marine Mammal Biologist, SPAWARSYSCEN-Pacific 

Jensen, Lt Col Lars. 2011. 3rd Operations Group Standardization/Evaluation, 3 OG/OGV, 

JBER AK 

Johnson, CMSgt David. 2011. Chief Enlisted Manager, 3rd Aircraft Maintenance Squadron, 3 

AMXS/MXA, JBER AK 

Keiser, Laura. 2011. Real Property Officer, 673 CES/CEACR, JBER AK 

Kendrick, Stephanie. 2011. Real Property Officer, 673 CES/CEACR, JBER AK 

Koenen, Brent. 2011. Chief, Cultural and Natural Resources, 673d Civil Engineer Squadron, 

673 CES/CEANC, JBER AK 

Layton, Wes. 2011. Legal Counsel, 673 ABW/JA, JBER AK 

Leon, Lt Col Rene. 2011. Deputy, 3rd Maintenance Group, 3 MXG/CD, JBER AK 

Letourneau, Mike. 2011. Director, Environmental Program, National Marine Mammal 

Foundation, San Francisco, CA 

Mabie, Nancy. 2011. Noise Analyst, AFCEE/TBDS, San Antonio, TX 

Makela, MSgt Matthew. 2011. 3rd Aircraft Maintenance Squadron Production Superintendent, 

3 AMXS/MXAS, JBER AK 

McKee, Chris. 2011. Wildlife Biologist, 673 CES/CEANC, JBER AK 

Montague, Jerome, 2010. Native Affairs and Natural Resources Advisor Alaskan Command, 

ALCOM/J2, JBER AK 

Morey, Scott. 2011. Hazardous Waste Program Manager, 673 CES/CEANQ, JBER AK 

Page 7


Olszewski, Jon. 2011. Storm Water Program Manager, 673 CES,CEANV, JBER AK 

References 

Payne, Valerie. 2011. Chief, Natural Resources Management and Air Installation Compatible 

Use Zone/Land Use, 673 CES/CEAN, JBER AK 

Scudder, Jon. 2011. Cultural Resources Program Manager, 673 CES/CEANC, JBER AK 

Sledge, Mark. 2011. Chief, Conservation Enforcement, 673 CES/CEANC, JBER AK 

Snowden, Lt Col Mark. 2011. Director of Operations 90th Fighter Squadron, 90FS/DO, JBER 

AK 

Urban, Maj Brian. 2011. 3rd Operations Group Standardization/Evaluation, 3 OG/OGV, JBER 

AK 

Wright, Renee. 2011. Public Affairs Officer, 673 ABW/PA, JBER AK 

Yunis, Hazim. 2011. Civil Engineer, 673 CES/CEPM, JBER AK 

Page 8



LIST OF PREPARERS 

John K. Austin, Noise Analyst, SAIC 

B.A., Biology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, VA, 1999 

Years of Experience: 11 

Wesley D. Birch, Document Specialist; SAIC 

A.A., Media Arts, Santa Barbara City College, 2008 


Cay FitzGerald, Technical Illustrator; SAIC 

A.A. Santa Barbara City College Fine Arts, 1984 


Ellen Godden, 673 CES/ CEAO, NEPA Project Manager 

M.S., Environmental Science, University of Alaska, Anchorage, 2001 


Catrina D. Gomez, Environmental Scientist; Biological Resources; SAIC 

B.A. Biological Sciences and Psychology, U.C. Santa Barbara, 1998 

M.E.S.M. Environmental Science and Management, U.C. Santa Barbara, 2003 


Heather Gordon, Environmental Analyst (GIS), SAIC 

B.A., Environmental Studies and Planning, 1996 

M.S., Geography, 2007 


Joseph A. Jimenez, Deputy Project Manager; Cultural Resources, Hazardous Materials and 

Waste, Land Use; SAIC 

B.A., Anthropology, Idaho State University, 1984 

M.A., Anthropology, Idaho State University, 1986 


Claudia Laughlin, Graphics ; SAIC 


Kristi Regotti, Environmental Specialist 

B.S., Political Science, Boise State University, 2001 

M.P.A., Environmental and Natural Resource Policy, Boise State University, 2003 

M.H.S., Environmental Health, Boise State University, 2008 


Deborah L. LaSalle, Public Involvement Specialist, SAIC 

Juris Doctorate, University of Utah, 1997 

B.S., Chemistry, University of Idaho, 1992 


Page 9



Thomas W. Mulroy Ph.D., Senior Biologist; Wildlife Assessment, Biological Resources; SAIC. 

B.A. Zoology, Pomona College, Claremont, CA, 1968 

M.S. Biology, University of Arizona, 1971 

Ph.D. Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of California, Irvine, 1976 

Years of experience: 35 

Ellyn Lloyd Schwaiger, Production Coordinator; SAIC 

B.A., Advertising, Pepperdine University, 2009 


Bernice Tannenbaum, Wildlife Biologist, Endangered Species, SAIC 

B.S., Zoology, University of Maryland, 1969 

Ph.D., Neurobiology and Behavior, Cornell University, 1975 


Robert E. Van Tassel, Project Manager; Airspace Management, Air Quality, Safety, 

Socioeconomics, Environmental Justice; SAIC 

B.A., Economics, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1970 

M.A., Economics, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1972 


Gregory Wadsworth, Production Manager; SAIC 

B.A., Music Composition, Westmont College, 2006 


Page 10

Appendix A 

Characteristics of Chaff


APPENDIX A CHARACTERISTICS OF CHAFF 

Chaff is currently authorized for use in the existing Alaska training airspace and, under the 

Proposed Action, chaff would continue to be employed in the airspace. Chaff consists of 

extremely small strands (or dipoles) of an aluminum-coated crystalline silica core. When 

released from an aircraft, chaff initially forms a momentary electronic cloud and then disperses in 

the air and eventually drifts to the ground. The chaff effectively reflects radar signals in various 

bands (depending on the length of the chaff fibers) and forms an electronic image of reflected 

signals on a radar screen. Immediately after deploying chaff, the aircraft is obscured from radar 

detection by the cloud which momentarily breaks the radar lock. The aircraft can then safely 

maneuver or leave an area. 

Chaff is made as small and light as possible so that it will remain in the air long enough to 

confuse enemy radar. Each chaff fiber is approximately 25.4 microns in diameter (thinner than a 

human hair) and ranges in length from 0.3 to over 1 inch. The weight of chaff material in the RR- 

170 or RR-188 cartridge is approximately 95 grams or 3.35 ounces (United States Air Force [Air 

Force] 1997). Since chaff can obstruct radar, its use is coordinated with the Federal Aviation 

Administration (FAA). RR-170-type combat chaff has been used by F-15C and F-15E training 

aircraft and similar chaff is used by F-22 aircraft currently training in Alaska airspace. This chaff 

is the same size and the cartridge is the same size as RR-188 chaff in Figure 1. RR-188 chaff has D 

and E band dipoles removed to avoid interference with FAA radar. RR-170 chaff dipoles are cut 

to disguise the aircraft and produce a more realistic training experience in threat avoidance. 

A1 

Chaff Composition 

Chaff is comprised of silica, aluminum, and stearic acid, which are generally prevalent in the 

environment. Silica (silicon dioxide) belongs to the most common mineral group, silicate 

minerals. Silica is inert in the environment and does not present an environmental concern with 

respect to soil chemistry. Aluminum is the third most abundant element in the earth’s crust, 

forming some of the most common minerals, such as feldspars, micas, and clays. Natural soil 

concentrations of aluminum ranging from 10,000 to 300,000 parts per million have been 

documented (Lindsay 1979). These levels vary depending on numerous environmental factors, 

including climate, parent rock materials from which the soils were formed, vegetation, and soil 

moisture alkalinity/acidity. The solubility of aluminum is greater in acidic and highly alkaline 

soils than in neutral pH conditions. Aluminum eventually oxidizes to Al 2 O 3 (aluminum oxide) 

over time, depending on its size and form and the environmental conditions. 

The chaff fibers have an anti-clumping agent (Neofat – 90 percent stearic acid and 10 percent 

palmitic acid) to assist with rapid dispersal of the fibers during deployment (Air Force 1997). 

Stearic acid is an animal fat that degrades when exposed to light and air. 

A single bundle of chaff consists of the filaments in an 8-inch long rectangular tube or cartridge, a 

plastic piston, a cushioned spacer, and two plastic pieces, each 1/8-inch thick by 1-inch by 1-inch. 

The chaff dispenser remains in the aircraft. The plastic end caps and spacer fall to the ground 

when chaff is dispensed. Spacers are spongy material (felt) designed to absorb the force of 


Appendix A Characteristics of Chaff Page A-1

elease. Figure 1 illustrates the components of a chaff cartridge. Table 1 lists the components of 

the silica core and the aluminum coating. Table 2 presents the characteristics of RR-188 or RR-170 

chaff. 

Figure 1. RR-188 or RR-170A/AL is a single cartridge containing 400,000 chaff dipoles, each in 

8 cuts, a plastic end cap, piston, and felt pad. 

Table 1. Components of RR-188 or RR-170 Chaff 

Chemical 

Symbol 

Percent (by 

weight) 

Element 

Silica Core 

Silicon dioxide SiO 2 52-56 

Alumina Al 2 O 3 12-16 

Calcium Oxide and Magnesium Oxide CaO and MgO 16-25 

Boron Oxide B 2 O 3 8-13 

Sodium Oxide and Potassium Oxide Na 2 O and K 2 O 1-4 

Iron Oxide Fe 2 O 3 1 or less 

Aluminum Coating (Typically Alloy 1145) 

Aluminum Al 99.45 minimum 

Silicon and Iron Si and Fe 0.55 maximum 

Copper Cu 0.05 maximum 

Manganese Mn 0.05 maximum 

Magnesium Mg 0.05 maximum 

Zinc Zn 0.05 maximum 

Vanadium V 0.05 maximum 

Titanium Ti 0.03 maximum 

Others 

0.03 maximum 

Source: Air Force 1997 

Page A-2 


Appendix A Characteristics of Chaff

Table 2. Characteristics of RR-188 or RR-170 Chaff 

Attribute 

Aircraft 

Composition 

Ejection Mode 

Configuration 

Size 

Number of Dipoles 

Dipole Size (crosssection) 

Impulse Cartridge 

Other Comments 


RR-188 

F-15C, F-15E, F-22A 

Aluminum coated silica 

Pyrotechnic 

Rectangular tube cartridge 

8 x 1 x 1 inches 

(8 cubic inches) 

5.46 million 

1 mil 

(diameter) 

BBU-35/B 

Cartridge stays in aircraft; less interference 

with FAA radar (no D and E bands) 

RR-170 A/AL chaff is similar to RR-188 except that RR-170 A/AL is combat coded chaff to reflect 

tracking radar. RR-170 A/AL has approximately 400,000 dipoles, each in 8 cuts. Other than the 

cut of the dipoles, RR-170 A/AL chaff is essentially the same as RR-188 chaff in materials and 

cartridge design. A felt spacer, 1-inch x 1-inch x 1/8-inch end cap, a 1-inch x 1-inch x 1/4-inch 

piston, and the chaff dipoles are dispersed when the chaff bundle is deployed. 

The F-22 uses the same chaff material in a slightly different chaff cartridge to expedite clean 

ejection of the chaff. The chaff cartridge design is less likely to leave debris of any kind in the 

dispenser bay yet still provides robust chaff dispensing. Figure 2 is a photograph of an F-22 chaff 

cartridge. The RR-180/AL for F-22 use has chaff packaged in soft packs that have a somewhat 

fewer number of dipoles per cut when compared with RR-170 chaff. 

RR-180/AL chaff is similar to the RR-170 A/AL chaff cartridge with the primary exception that 

RR-180/AL chaff is contained in a dual chaff cartridge (see Figure 2). The dual chaff cartridge is a 

1-inch x 1-inch x 8-inch cartridge with a plastic separator, or I-beam, dividing two hyperfine (0.7 

millimeter diameter) chaff cartridges. The I-beam separator uses some space and the RR-180/AL 

chaff has approximately 340,000 dipoles each. Figure 2 presents the RR-180/AL chaff plastic 

cartridge, two pistons with attached felt spacers, and two end caps also with attached felt spacers, 

and the chaff dipoles before dispersion. Each of the two end caps and pistons is an approximately 

1/2-inch x 1/4-inch x 1-inch plastic or nylon piece with attached felt spacer which falls to the 

surface when each chaff bundle is deployed. There are three parchment paper wrappers 

measuring approximately two inches by three inches in each of the dual chaff cartridge tubes. 

This parchment paper wrapping prevents the premature deployment of chaff too near the F-22 

chaff distribution rack (Air Force 2008). 

A2 

Chaff Ejection 

Chaff is ejected from aircraft pyrotechnically using a BBU-35/B impulse cartridge. Pyrotechnic 

ejection uses hot gases generated by an explosive impulse charge. The gases push the small 

piston down the chaff-filled tube. In the case of F-22 chaff, six paper pieces, two small plastic end 

cap, and two small plastic or nylon pistons are ejected along with the chaff fibers. The plastic 



tube remains within the aircraft. Residual materials from chaff deployment consist of four 2 by 3 

inch pieces of paper, four ½ by 1 by 1/8 inch pieces of plastic or nylon, and the chaff. Table 3 lists 

the characteristics of BBU-35/B impulse cartridges used to pyrotechnically eject chaff. 

Figure 2. RR-180/AL chaff is a dual chaff cartridge with unconstrained hyperfine (.7 millimeter 

diameter) chaff, 340,000 dipoles per cut, in an I-beam reinforced cartridge. 

Table 3. BBU-35/B Impulse Charges Used to Eject Chaff 

Component 

BBU-35/B 

Overall Size 

0.625 inches x 0.530 inches 

Overall Volume 0.163 inches 3 

Total Explosive Volume 0.034 inches 3 

Bridgewire 

Trophet A 

0.0025 inches x 0.15 inches 

Initiation Charge 0.008 cubic inches 

130 mg 

7,650 psi 

boron 20% 

potassium perchlorate 80% * 

Booster Charge 0.008 cubic inches 

105 mg 

7030 psi 

boron 18% 

potassium nitrate 82% 

Main Charge 

0.017 cubic inches 

250 mg 

loose fill 

RDX ** pellets 38.2% 

potassium perchlorate 30.5% 

boron 3.9% 

potassium nitrate 15.3% 

super floss 4.6% 

Viton A 7.6% 


Upon release from an aircraft, chaff forms a cloud approximately 30 meters in diameter in less 

than one second under normal conditions. Quality standards for chaff cartridges require that 

Page A-4 



they demonstrate ejection of 98 percent of the chaff in undamaged condition, with a reliability of 

95 percent at a 95 percent confidence level. They must also be able to withstand a variety of 

environmental conditions that might be encountered during storage, shipment, and operation. 

Table 4 lists performance requirements for chaff. To achieve the performance standards 

and not be rejected, chaff is typically manufactured to a reliability of 99 percent or 

greater. 

Table 4. Performance Requirements for Chaff 

Condition 

Performance Requirement 

High Temperature 

Low Temperature 

Temperature Shock 

Up to +165 degrees Fahrenheit 

Down to –65 o F 

Shock from –70 o F to +165 o F 

Temperature Altitude Combined temperature altitude conditions up to 70,000 

feet 

Humidity 

Sand and Dust 

Up to 95 percent relative humidity 

Sand and dust encountered in desert regions subject to 

high sand dust conditions and blowing sand and dust 

particles 

Accelerations/Axis G-Level Time (minute) 

Transverse-Left (X) 9.0 1 

Transverse-Right (-X) 3.0 1 

Transverse (Z) 4.5 1 

Transverse (-Z) 13.5 1 

Lateral-Aft (-Y) 6.0 1 

Lateral-Forward (Y) 6.0 1 

Shock (Transmit) 

Vibration 

Shock encountered during aircraft flight 

Vibration encountered during aircraft flight 

Free Fall Drop 

Shock encountered during unpackaged item drop 

Vibration (Repetitive) Vibration encountered during rough handling of 

packaged item 

Three Foot Drop 

Shock encountered during rough handling of packaged 

item 

Note: Cartridge must be capable of total ejection of chaff from the cartridge liner under 

these conditions. 


A3 

Policies and Regulations on Chaff Use 

Current Air Force policy on use of chaff and flares was established by the Airspace Subgroup of 

Headquarter Air Force Flight Standards Agency in 1993. It requires units to obtain frequency 

clearance from the Air Force Frequency Management Center and the FAA prior to using chaff to 

ensure that training with chaff is conducted on a non-interference basis. This ensures 

electromagnetic compatibility between the FAA, the Federal Communications Commission, and 



Department of Defense (DoD) agencies. The Air Force does not place any restrictions on the use 

of chaff provided those conditions are met (Air Force 1997). 

Air Force Instruction (AFI) 13-201, U.S. Air Force Airspace Management, November 2007. This 

guidance establishes practices to decrease disturbance from flight operations that might cause 

adverse public reaction. It emphasizes the Air Force’s responsibility to ensure that the public is 

protected to the maximum extent practicable from hazards and effects associated with flight 

operations. 

AFI 11-214 Aircrew and Weapons Director and Terminal Attack Controller Procedures for Air 

Operations, December 2005. This instruction delineates procedures for chaff and flare use. It 

prohibits use unless in an approved area. 

A4 

References 

Air Force. 1997. Environmental Effects of Self-Protection Chaff and Flares. Prepared for 

Headquarters Air Combat Command, Langley Air Force Base, Virginia. 

_____. 1999. Description of the Proposed Action and Alternatives (DOPAA) for the Expansion of 

the Use of Self-Protection Chaff and Flares at the Utah Test and Training Range, Hill Air 

Force Base, Utah. Prepared for Headquarters Air Force Reserve Command 

Environmental Division, Robins AFB, Georgia. 

_____. 2008. Environmental Effects of Defensive Countermeasures: An Update. Prepared for: 

Headquarters U.S. Air Forces Pacific Air Forces Command, Hickam AFB, Hawaii. 

Page A-6 



Appendix B 

Characteristics and Analysis of Flares


APPENDIX B CHARACTERISTICS AND 

ANALYSIS OF FLARES 

B1 

Introduction 

The F-22 uses MJU-10/B self-protection flares in approved airspace over parts of Alaska. The F- 

15E and F-15C historically deployed MJU-7 A/B and MJU-10/B self-protection flares The Selfprotection 

flares are magnesium pellets that, when ignited, burn for 3.5 to 5 seconds at 2,000 

degrees Fahrenheit. The burn temperature is hotter than the exhaust of an aircraft, and 

therefore attracts and decoys heat-seeking weapons targeted on the aircraft. Flares are used in 

pilot training to develop the near instinctive reactions to a threat that are critical to combat 

survival. This appendix describes flare composition, ejection, risks, and associated regulations. 

B2 

Flare Composition 

Self-protection flares are primarily mixtures of magnesium and Teflon (polytetrafluoroethylene) 

molded into rectangular shapes (United States Air Force [Air Force] 1997). Longitudinal 

grooves provide space for materials that aid in ignition such as: 

 

 

 

First fire materials: potassium perchlorate, boron powder, magnesium powder, barium 

chromate, Viton A, or Fluorel binder. 

Immediate fire materials: magnesium powder, Teflon, Viton A, or Fluorel 

Dip coat: magnesium powder, Teflon, Viton A or Fluorel 

Typically, flares are wrapped with an aluminum-coated mylar or filament-reinforced tape 

(wrapping) and inserted into an aluminum (0.03 inches thick) case that is closed with a felt 

spacer and a small plastic end cap (Air Force 1997). The top of the case has a pyrotechnic 

impulse cartridge that is activated electrically to produce hot gases that push a piston, the flare 

material, and the end cap out of the aircraft into the airstream. Table 1 provides a description of 

MJU-10/B and MJU-7 A/B flare components. Typical flare composition and debris are 

summarized in Table 2. Figure 1 is an illustration of an MJU-10/B flare, Figure 2 an illustration 

of an MJU-7 A/B flare. The MJU-7 (T-1) flare simulator is the same size as described for the 

MJU-7 A/B flare. 

Table 1. Description of MJU-10/B and MJU-7 A/B Flares 

Attribute MJU-10/B MJU-7 A/B 

Aircraft F-15, F-22 F-15 

Mode Semi-Parasitic Semi-Parasitic 

Configuration Rectangle Rectangle 

Size 






Appendix B Characteristics and Analysis of Flares Page B-1

Attribute MJU-10/B MJU-7 A/B 

Impulse Cartridge BBU-36/B BBU-36/B 

Safe and Initiation Device 

Slider Assembly 

Slider Assembly 

(S&I) 

Weight (nominal) 40 ounces 13 ounces 

Table 2. Typical Composition of MJU-10/B and MJU-7 A/B Self-Protection Flares 

Part 

Flare Pellet 

First Fire Mixture 

Immediate Fire/ 

Dip Coat 

Aluminum Wrap 

End Cap 

Felt Spacers 

Safe & Initiation (S&I) 

Device (MJU-7 A/B only) 

Piston 


3.0 Flare Ejection 

Components 

Combustible 

Polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon) (-[C 2 F 4 ] n – n=20,000 

units) 

Magnesium (Mg) 

Fluoroelastomer (Viton, Fluorel, Hytemp) 

Boron (B) 


Potassium perchlorate (KClO 4 ) 

Barium chromate (BaCrO 4 ) 

Fluoroelastomer 

Polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon) (-[C 2 F 4 ] n – n=20,000 

units) 


Fluoroelastomer 

Assemblage (Residual Components) 

Mylar or filament tape bonded to aluminum tape 

Plastic (nylon) 

Felt pads (0.25 inches by cross section of flare) 

Plastic (nylon, tefzel, zytel) 

Plastic (nylon, tefzel, zytel) 

The MJU-10/B and the MJU-7 A/B are semi-parasitic type flares that use a BBU-36/B impulse 

cartridge. In these flares, a slider assembly incorporates an initiation pellet (640 milligrams of 

magnesium, Teflon, and Viton A or Fluorel binder). This pellet is ignited by the impulse 

cartridge, and hot gases reach the flare as the slider exits the case, exposing a fire passage from 

the initiation pellet to the first fire mixture on top of the flare pellet. Table 3 describes the 

components of BBU-36/B impulse charges. 

Flares are tested to ensure they meet performance requirements in terms of ejection, ignition, 

and effective radiant intensity. If the number of failures exceeds the upper control quality 

assurance acceptance level, the flares are returned to the manufacturer. A statistical sample is 

taken to ensure that approximately 99 percent must be judged reliable for ejection, ignition, and 

intensity. 

Page B-2 


Appendix B Characteristics and Analysis of Flares

Figure 1. MJU-10/B Flare 



Figure 2. MJU-7 A/B Flare 

Page B-4 



Flare failure would occur if the flare failed to eject, did not burn properly, or failed to ignite 

upon ejection. For training use within the airspace, a dud flare would be one that successfully 

ejected but failed to ignite. That probability is projected to be 0.01 percent based upon dud 

flares located during military range cleanup. 

B4 

Risks Associated with Flare Use 

Risks associated with the use of flares fall within two main categories: the risk of fire from a 

flare and the risk of being struck by a residual flare component. 

B4.1 Fire Risk 

Fire risk associated with flares stems from an unlikely, but possible scenario which results in the 

flare reaching the ground or vegetation while still burning. The altitude from which flares are 

dropped is strictly regulated by the airspace manager, and is based on a number of factors 

including flare burn-out rate. The flare burn-out rate is shown in Table 4. Defensive flares 

typically burn out in 3.5 to 5 seconds, during which time the flare will have fallen between 200 

and 400 feet. Specific defensive flare burn-out rates are classified. Table 4 is based on 

conditions that assume zero aerodynamic drag and a constant acceleration rate of 32.2 feet per 

second per second. 

D = (V o * T) +( 0.5 * (A * T 2 )) 

Where: 

D = Distance 

Vo = Initial Velocity = 0 

T = Time (in Seconds) 

A = Acceleration 

Table 3. Components of BBU-36/B Impulse Charges 

Component 

BBU-36/B 

Overall Size 

Overall Volume 

Total Explosive 

Volume 

Bridgewire 

Closure Disk 

0.740 x 0.550 inches 



Trophet A 

Scribed disc, washer 



Component 

Volume 

Weight 

Compaction 

Initiation Charge 


100 mg 

6,200 psi 

BBU-36/B 

Composition 42.5% boron 

52.5 % potassium perchlorate 

5.0% Viton A 

Booster Charge 

Volume 0.01 cubic inches 

Weight 150 mg 

Compaction 5,100 psi 

Composition 20% boron 

80% potassium nitrate 

Main Charge 

Volume 0.061 cubic inches 

Weight 655 mg 

Compaction Loose fill 

Composition Hercules #2400 smokeless powder 

(50-77% nitrocellulose, 15-43% 

nitroglycerine) 


Table 4. Flare Burn-out Rates 

Time (in Sec) 

Acceleration 

Distance 

(in feet) 

0.5 32.2 4.025 

1.0 32.2 16.100 

1.5 32.2 36.225 

2.0 32.2 64.400 

2.5 32.2 100.625 

3.0 32.2 144.900 

3.5 32.2 197.225 

4.0 32.2 257.600 

4.5 32.2 326.025 

5.0 32.2 402.500 

5.5 32.2 487.025 

6.0 32.2 579.600 

6.5 32.2 680.225 

7.0 32.2 788.900 

7.5 32.2 905.625 

8.0 32.2 1030.400 

8.5 32.2 1163.225 

9.0 32.2 1304.100 

9.5 32.2 1453.025 

10.0 32.2 1610.000 

Note: Initial velocity is assumed to be zero. 

Page B-6 



4.2 Flare Strike Risk 

Residual flare materials are those that are not completely consumed during ignition and fall to 

the ground, creating the risk of striking a person or property. Residual material from the MJU- 

10/B and the MJU-7 A/B consists of an end cap, an initiation assembly (safe and initiation 

device [S&I]), a piston, one or two felt spacers, and an aluminum-coated mylar wrapper (Table 

5). For both flare types, the wrapper may be partially consumed during ignition, so the 

wrapping residual material could range in size from the smallest size, 1 inch by 1 inch, to the 

largest size, 4 inches by 13 inches. The size of the residual wrapping material would depend 

upon the amount of combustion that occurred as the flare was deployed. 

Table 5. Residual Material from MJU-10/B and MJU-7 A/B Flares 

Component 

Weight 

MJU-10/B 

End cap 

0.0144 pounds 

Safe & Initiation (S&I) device 0.0453 pounds 

Piston 

0.0144 pounds 

Felt spacer 

0.0025 pounds 

Wrapper (4 inches x 13 inches) 0.0430 pounds 

MJU-7 A/B 

End cap 

0.0072 pounds 

Safe & Initiation (S&I) device 0.0453 pounds 

Piston 

0.0072 pounds 

Felt spacer 

0.0011 pounds 

Wrapper (3 inches x 13 inches) 0.0322 pounds 

After ignition, as described in section 3.0, most residual components of the MJU-10/B and the 

MJU-7 A/B flare have high surface to mass ratios and are not judged capable of damage or 

injury when they impact the surface. One component of the MJU-10/B and the MJU-7 A/B 

flare, referred to as the S&I device, has a weight of approximately 0.725 ounces (0.0453 pounds). 

It is sized and shaped such that it is capable of achieving a terminal velocity that could cause 

injury if it struck a person. 

The following discussion addresses the likelihood of an S&I device striking a person and the 

effect if such a strike were to occur. 

B4.2.1 

Technical Approach 

Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER) aircraft training flights are distributed randomly and 

uniformly within the Military Operations Areas (MOAs). Avoidance areas that are designated 

for low altitude flight need not be avoided for higher altitude flight. Flare component release 

altitudes and angles of release are sufficiently random that ground impact locations of flare 

materials are also assumed to be uniformly distributed under the MOAs. 

For any particular residual component of a released flare, the conditional probability that it 

strikes a particular object is equal to the ratio of the object area to the total area of the MOA. For 



multiple objects (i.e., people, structures, vehicles), the probability of striking any one object is 

the ratio of the sum of object areas to the MOA. The frequency of a residual component striking 

one of many objects is the frequency of releasing residual components times the conditional 

probability of striking one of the many objects per given release. 

In equation form, this relationship is: 

Strike frequency 

component drop frequencyin MOA 

areaof object numberof objects in MOA 

MOA area 

 

 

The potential consequences of a residual component with high velocity and momentum striking 

particular objects are postulated as follows: 

Striking the head of an unprotected individual: possible concussion 

Striking the body of an unprotected individual: possible injury 

Striking a private structure: possible damage 

Striking a private vehicle: possible damage (potential injury if vehicle moving) 

The effect of the impact of a residual MJU-7 A/B or MJU-10/B component from Table 6 is 

judged by computing the component’s terminal velocity and momentum. 

Terminal velocity (V T ) is calculated by the equation: 

V 

T 

2 W 

 

 

A 

C 

d 

 

 

 

0.5 

W 

 

29 

 

A 

0.5 

Where: V T = Terminal Velocity (in Feet/Second) 

= Nominal Air Density (2.378 X 10 -3 lbs-sec 2 /feet 4 ) 

W = Weight (in Pounds) 

A = Surface Area Facing the Air stream (in feet 2 ) 

C d = Drag Coefficient = 1.0 

Drag coefficients are approximately 1.0 over a wide range of velocities and Reynolds numbers 

(Re) for irregular objects (e.g., non-spherical). Using this drag coefficient, the computed 

terminal velocities (Table 7) produce Re values within this range (Re < 2×10 5 ), which justifies 

the use of the drag coefficient. 

The weights and geometries of major flare components are approximately as listed in Table 6. 

Terminal velocity momentums of these components are computed based on maximum (two 

square inches) and minimum (one square inch) areas and are listed in Table 7. Actual values 

would be between these extremes. The momentum values are the product of mass (in slugs) 

Page B-8 



and velocity. A slug is defined as the mass that, when acted upon by a 1-pound force, is given 

an acceleration of 1.0 feet/sec 2 . 

Table 6. MJU-10/B and MJU-7 A/B Flare Major Component Properties 

Component Geometry Dimensions (inches) Weight (Pounds) 

MJU-10/B 

S&I device Rectangular solid 2 x 0.825 x 0.5 0.0453 

Piston Rectangular open 2 × 2 × 0.25 0.0144 

End Caps Rectangular plate 2 × 2 × 0.125 0.0144 

MJU-7 A/B 

S&I device Rectangular solid 2 × 0.825 × 0.5 0.0453 

Piston Rectangular open 2 × 0.825 × 0.5 0.0072 

End Caps Rectangular plate 1 × 2 × 0.125 0.0072 

Table 7. MJU-10/B and MJU-7 A/B Flare Component Hazard Assessment 

Maximum Surface Area 

Terminal 

Velocity 

(ft/sec) 

Minimum Surface Area 

Terminal 

Velocity 

(ft/sec) 

Momentum 

Component Area (in 2 ) 

(lb-sec) Area (in 2 ) 

MJU-10/B 

S&I device 1.65 58 0.08 0.41 115 0.16 

Piston 4.0 21 0.009 0.50 59 0.03 

End Cap 4.0 21 0.009 0.25 84 0.04 

MJU-7 A/B 

S&I device 1.65 58 0.08 0.41 115 0.16 

Piston 1.65 23 0.005 0.41 46 0.01 

End Caps 2.0 21 0.005 0.13 84 0.02 

Momentum 

(lb-sec) 

The focus of this analysis will be the S&I device. Other flare components are not calculated to 

achieve a momentum that could cause damage. 

The maximum momentum of the S&I device would vary between 0.08 and 0.16 pound-seconds 

depending upon orientation. In this momentum range, an injury is postulated that could be 

equivalent to a bruise from a large hailstone. Approximately 20 percent of any strikes could be 

to the head. A potentially more serious injury could be expected if the head were struck. 

As a basis of comparison, laboratory experimentation in accident pathology indicates that there 

is a 90 percent probability that brain concussions would result from an impulse of 0.70 poundseconds 

to the head, and less than a 1 percent probability from impulses less than 0.10 poundseconds 

(Air Force 1997). The only MJU-7 A/B or MJU-10/B component with momentum 

values near 0.10 pound-seconds is the S&I device with a momentum between 0.08 and 0.16 

pound-seconds. A strike of an S&I device to the head has approximately a 1 percent probability 

of causing a concussion. 

What would be the likelihood of a hailstone sized S&I device striking an individual? People at 

risk of being struck by a dropped S&I device are assumed to be standing outdoors under a 

MOA (people in structures or vehicles are assumed protected). The dimensions of an average 



person are approximately 5 feet 6 inches high by 2 feet wide by 1 foot deep (men 5 feet 10 

inches; women 5 feet 4 inches; children varied). The S&I device is expected to strike ground 

objects at an angle of 80 degrees or greater to the ground, assuming 80 degrees to the ground 

allows for possible wind or other drift effects. With the flare component falling at 80 degrees to 

the ground, a person’s body (5.5 × 2 × 1 feet) projects an area of 3.9 feet 2 normal to the path of 

the dropped component. In a normal case, a person would be outdoors and unprotected 10 

percent of the time based on Department of Energy and Environmental Protection Agency 

national studies (Tennessee Valley Authority 2003; Klepeis et al. 2001). In the case of hunting or 

fishing, a person is assumed to be out of doors and unprotected 2/3 of the day (although a 

person would probably be wearing a hat or other head covering during such activity). 

The frequencies of a strike to an unprotected person can be computed based on the data and 

assumptions presented above. Flight maneuvers to deploy flares are assumed to be randomly 

distributed throughout the training airspace. 

A personnel injury could occur if an S&I device struck an unprotected person. The frequency of 

striking a person is: 

body area pop. 

density Fract unprot MOAarea 

Injury frequency comp drop freq 

MOA area 

Under the Stony MOAs, this calculates to approximately: 

2 

2 

8 

2 

Injury frequency 10,000 / year 3.9 ft / pers 0.1 pers / mi 0.67 3.5910 

mi / ft 

= 0.00009 injuries/year 

This means that in a representative Alaskan rural area beneath a MOA used extensively for 

pilot training (see Table 2.2-4), the annual expected person strike frequency would be less than 

one person in every 10,000 years. 

The maximum momentum of the S&I device, either from an MJU-7 A/B or an MJU-10/B flare, 

would vary between 0.08 and 0.16 pound-seconds depending upon orientation of the falling 

S&I device. In this momentum range, an injury is postulated that could be equivalent to a 

bruise from a large hailstone. Approximately 20 percent of any strikes could be to the head. 

As a basis of comparison, laboratory experimentation in accident pathology indicates that there 

is a less than a 1 percent probability of a brain concussion from an impulse of less than 0.10 

pound-seconds to the head, and a 90 percent probability that brain concussions would result 

from an impulse of 0.70 pound-seconds to the head (Air Force 1997). The only MJU-7 A/B or 

MJU-10/B component with momentum values near 0.10 pound-seconds is the S&I device with 

a momentum between 0.08 and 0.16 pound-seconds. A strike of an S&I device to the head has 

approximately a 1 percent probability of causing a concussion. 

This means that there would be an approximately 1 in 100 chance of a concussion in 10,000 

years of flare use over the Stony MOAs. This level of risk is negligible. 

 

 

2 

Page B-10 



The S&I device maximum momentum would vary between 0.08 and 0.16 pound-seconds 

depending upon orientation. A strike to a vehicle could cause a cosmetic dent similar to a 

hailstone impact. Although not numerically estimated, a strike to a moving vehicle could result 

in a vehicle accident. 

B5 

Policies and Regulations Addressing Flare Use 

Air Force policy on flare use was established by the Airspace Subgroup of Headquarters Air 

Force Flight Standards Agency in 1993 (Memorandum from John R. Williams, 28 June 1993) 

(Air Force 1997). This policy permits flare drops over military-owned or controlled land and in 

Warning Areas. Flare drops are permitted in MOAs and Military Training Routes (MTRs) only 

when an environmental analysis has been completed. Minimum altitudes must be adhered to. 

Flare drops must also comply with established written range regulations and procedures. 

Air Force Instruction (AFI) 11-214 prohibits using flare systems except in approved areas with 

intent to dispense, and sets certain conditions for employment of flares. Flares are authorized 

over government-owned and controlled property and over-water Warning Areas with no 

minimum altitude restrictions when there is no fire hazard. If a fire hazard exists, minimum 

altitudes will be maintained in accordance with the applicable directive or range order. An Air 

Combat Command supplement to AFI 11-214 (15 October 2003) prescribes a minimum flare 

employment altitude of 2,000 feet above ground level (AGL) over non-government owned or 

controlled property (Air Force 1997). 

JBER has a more stringent policy regarding flare use than that outlined in AFI 11-214. Within 

JBER airspaces approved for flare use, flares may only be deployed above 5,000 feet AGL from 

June 1 through September 30. For the remainder of the year, the minimum altitude for flare use 

is 2,000 feet AGL. 

B6 

References 

Klepeis, Neil E., William C. Nelson, Wayne R. Ott, John P. Robinson, Andy M. Tsang, Paul 

Switzer, Joeseph V. Behar, Stephen C. Hern, and William H. Engelmann. The National 

Human Activity Pattern Survey (NHAPS) a resource for assessing exposure to 

environmental pollutants. http://exposurescience.org/research.shtml#NHAPS 

Science Applications International Corporation. 2006. Draft Environmental Effects of Defensive 

Countermeasures: An Update. Prepared for U.S. Air Force Air Combat Command. 

Tennessee Valley Authority. 2003. On the Air, Technical Notes on Important Air Quality 

Issues, Outdoor Ozone Monitors Over-Estimate Actual Human Ozone Exposure. 

http://www.tva.gov/environment/air/ontheair/pdf/outdoor.pdf 

United States Air Force (Air Force). 1997. Environmental Effects of Self Protection Chaff and 

Flares. Final Report. August. 



United States Bureau of the Census. 2000. Table DP-1 Profile of General Demographic 

Characteristics. Census 2000 SF-1. Available on-line at http://factfinder.census.gov. 

Page B-12 



Appendix C 

Public and Agency Outreach




Agency Coordination 

EA Memorandum Distribution List 

Federal Aviation Administration, Alaska Region 

ATTN: Bob Lewis 

222 West 7th Ave. #14 

Anchorage, AK 99513 

U.S. Department of Agriculture 

ATTN: Robert Jones 

Natural Resources Conservation Service 

800 W. Evergreen Ave., Suite 100 

Palmer, AK 99545-6539 

U.S. Department of Interior 

ATTN: Pamela Bergmann 

Office of Environmental Policy 

1689 C Street, Rm. 119 


U.S. Department of Transportation 

ATTN: David Miller 

Federal Highway Administration 

P.O. Box 21648 

Juneau, AK 99802-1648 


ATTN: Robert Bouchard 

Maritime Administration 

1200 New Jersey Ave., SE (mar-510,#w21-224 

Washington, DC 20590 


ATTN: Edward Parisian 

Bureau of Indian Affairs, Alaska Regional Office 

P.O. Box 25520 

Juneau, AK 99802 


ATTN: Richard Krochalis 

Federal Transit Administration, Regional 10 

915 Second Ave., Ste. 3142 

Seattle, WA 98174-1002 

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 

ATTN: Ann Rappoport 

Anchorage Fish & Wildlife Field Office 

605 4th Ave., Rm. G-61 


United States Coast Guard 

ATTN: CAPT Jason Fosdick 

Sector Anchorage 

510 L Street, Ste. 100 


National Marine Fisheries Service 

ATTN: Brad Smith 

Protected Resources Div/Habitat Consrv 

222 W. 7th Avenue, Rm. 517 


National Park Service 

ATTN: Sue Masica 

Alaska Regional Office 

240 W 5th Avenue, Room 114 


Bureau of Land Management 

ATTN: Gary Reimer 

Anchorage District Office 

4700 BLM Rd. 


U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10 

ATTN: Jacques Gusmano 

222 West 7th Ave. 

Room 537 

Anchorage, AK 99513-7588 

Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation 

ATTN: Deb Caillouet 

555 Cordova 


Alaska Department of Fish and Game 

ATTN: Mark Burch 

Division of Wildlife Conservation 

333 Raspberry Rd. 


Alaska Department of Military and Veterans Affairs 

ATTN: MAJ GEN Thomas Katkus 

PO Box 5800 

Camp Denali 

JBER, AK 99505 

Alaska Department of Natural Resources 

ATTN: Thomas Irwin 

Office of the Commissioner 

550 W. 7th Avenue, Suite 1400 



ATTN: Judith Bittner 

Office of History and Archaeology 

1

550 W 7th Avenue, Ste. 1310 



ATTN: James King 

Parks and Outdoor Recreation 

550 W. 7th Ave., Ste 1380 


Alaska Department of Transportation 

ATTN: Lance Wilbur, AICP 

Central Region 

4111 Aviation Ave. 


Alaska Railroad Corporation 

ATTN: Christopher Aadnesen 

P.O. Box 107500 


Ted Stevens Anchorage International Airport 

ATTN: John Parrot 

PO Box 196960 


Anchorage Assembly 

ATTN: Barbara Gruenstein 

P.O. Box 196650 


Municipality of Anchorage 

ATTN: Debbie Sedwick 

Anchorage Community Development Authority 

245 W. 5th Ave., Ste. 122 



ATTN: Greg Jones 

Community Planning & Development 

4700 Elmore Road 



ATTN: Marc VanDongen 

Matanuska-Susitna Borough 

350 East Dahlia Ave 

Palmer, AK 99645 


ATTN: William Sheffield 

2000 Anchorage Port Rd. 


Eagle River Community Council 

ATTN: Michael Foster 

13135 Old Glenn Hwy 

Ste 200 

Eagle River, AK 99577 

Fairview Community Council 

ATTN: Sharon Chamard 

1121 E. 10th Ave. 


Government Hill Community Council 

ATTN: Bob French 

P. O. Box 101677 


Mountain View Community Council 

ATTN: Don Crandall 

P.O. Box 142824 


Northeast Community Council 

ATTN: Kevin Smestad 

7600 Boundary Ave 



ATTN: Dan Sullivan 

632 W. Sixth Ave. 

Suite 840 


Congressman Don Young 

ATTN: Michael Anderson 

2111 Rayburn House Office Building 

Washington, DC 20515-0201 


ATTN: Chad Padgett 

510 L Street 

Suite 580 


Senator Mark Begich 

ATTN: Susanne Fleek 

510 L Street 

Suite 750 



ATTN: David Ramseur 

144 Russell Senate Office Building 


2

Senator Lisa Murkowski 

ATTN: Karen Knutson 

709 Hart Senate Office Building 



ATTN: Kevin Sweeney 

510 L Street 

Suite 550 


State of Alaska 

ATTN: Sean Parnell 

PO Box 110001 

Juneau, AK 99811-0001 

Tanana Community and School Library 

P.O. Box 109 

Tanana, AK 99777 

University of Alaska Fairbanks 

Elmer E. Rasmuson Library 

P.O. Box 756811 

Fairbanks, AK 99775 

Wasilla Public Library 

391 N. Main St. 

Wasilla, AK 99654 

Alaska Resources Library and Information Services 

3211 Providence Dr. 

Suite 111 


Alaska State Court Law Library 

303 K Street 


Alaska State Library 

P.O. Box 110571 


Delta Community Library 

2291 Deborah St. 

Delta Junction, AK 99737 

Eagle Public Library 

P.O. Box 45 

Eagle, AK 99738 

Fairbanks North Star Borough 

Noel Wien Library 

1215 Cowles St. 


Joint Base Elmendorf Richardson Library 

123 Chilkoot Ave. 


Lime Village School Library 

P.O. Box LVD, Lime Village VIA 

McGrath, AK, AK 99627 

Martin Monsen Regional Library 

P.O. Box 147 

Naknek, AK 99633 

3



Alaska Native Villages 


Native Village of Cantwell 

ATTN: Veronica Nicholas 

P.O. Box 94 

Cantwell, AK 99729 

Chalkyitsik Village 

ATTN: William Salmon, Jr. 

PO Box 57 

Chalkyitsik, AK 99788 

ATTN: Gary Harrison 

Chickaloon Native Village 

PO Box 1105 

Chickaloon, AK 99647 

Circle Native Community (IRA) 

ATTN: Larry Nathaniel 

PO Box 89 

Circle, AK 99733 

Native Village of Crooked Creek 

ATTN: Evelyn Thomas 

P.O. Box 69 

Crooked Creek, AK 99575 

Village of Dot Lake 

ATTN: William Miller 

PO Box 2279 

Dot Lake, AK 99737 

Native Village of Eagle (IRA) 

ATTN: Conan Goebel 

PO Box 19 


Eklutna Native Village 

ATTN: Dorothy Cook 

26339 Eklutna Village Road 

Chugiak, AK 99567 

Gwichyaa Zhee Gwich'in Tribal Govt. (Native 

Village of Fort Yukon (IRA)) 

ATTN: Michael Peter 

P.O. Box 126 

Fort Yukon, AK 99740-0126 

Healy Lake Village 

ATTN: JoAnn Polston 

PO Box 74090 


Igiugig Village 

ATTN: AlexAnna Salmon 

P.O. Box 4008 

Igiugig, AK 99613-4008 

Village of Iliamna 

ATTN: Harvey Anelon 

P.O. Box 286 

Iliamna, AK 99606 

Kaltag Tribal Council 

ATTN: Donna Esmailka 

P.O. Box 129 

Kaltag, AK 99748 

King Salmon Tribe 

ATTN: Ralph Angasan, Sr 

P.O. Box 68 

King Salmon, AK 99613-0068 

Knik Village 

ATTN: Debra Call 

PO Box 871565 


Kokhanok Village 

ATTN: John Nelson 

P.O. Box 1007 

Kokhanok, AK 99606 

Lime Village Traditional Council 

ATTN: Jennifer John 



Louden Tribal Council 

ATTN: Chris Sommer 

100 Tiger Hwy. 

Galena, AK 99741 

McGrath Native Village Council 

ATTN: Carolyn Vanderpool 

P.O. Box 134 

McGrath, AK 99627 

Naknek Native Village 

ATTN: Patrick Peterson, Jr. 

P.O. Box 106 


Nenana Native Association 

ATTN: William Lord 

P.O. Box 356 

Nenana, AK 99760 

1

New Koliganek Village Council 

ATTN: Herman Nelson, Sr. 

P.O. Box 5057 

Koliganek, AK 99576 

New Stuyahok Village 

ATTN: Evan Wonhda 

P.O. Box 49 

New Stuyahok, AK 99636 

Newhalen Village 

ATTN: Raymond Wassillie 

P.O. Box 207 

Newhalen, AK 99606 

Native Village of Tyonek 

ATTN: Angela Sandstol 

PO Box 82009 

Tyonek, AK 99682 

Native Village of Venetie Tribal Government (IRA) 

ATTN: Julian Roberts 

P.O. Box 81080 

Venetie, AK 99781 

Venetie Village Council 

ATTN: Mary Gamboa 

P.O. Box 81119 


Nondalton Village 

ATTN: Jack Hobson 

P.O. Box 49 

Nondalton, AK 99640 

Pedro Bay Village Council 

ATTN: Keith Jensen 

P.O. Box 47020 

Pedro Bay, AK 99647 

Red Devil Traditional Council 

ATTN: Mary Willis 

P.O. Box 61 

Red Devil, AK 99656 

Ruby Tribal Council 

ATTN: Patrick McCarty 

P.O. Box 210 

Ruby, AK 99768 

Sleetmute Traditional Council 

ATTN: Pete Mellick 

P.O. Box 109 

Sleetmute, AK 99668 

Village of Stony River 


P.O. Box SRV 

Stony River, AK 99557 

Tanacross Village Council 

ATTN: Roy Danny 

P.O. Box 76009 

Tanacross, AK 99776 

Native Village of Tanana (IRA) 

ATTN: Julia Roberts-Hyslop 

P.O. Box 130 


2













Palmer, AK 99545-6539 




1689 C Street, Rm. 119 





P.O. Box 21648 

Juneau, AK 99802-1648 









P.O. Box 25520 






Seattle, WA 98174-1002 




605 4th Ave., Rm. G-61 




















4700 BLM Rd. 





Room 537 




555 Cordova 









PO Box 5800 

Camp Denali 







1









550 W. 7th Ave., Ste 1380 









P.O. Box 107500 




PO Box 196960 




P.O. Box 196650 
























Ste 200 




1121 E. 10th Ave. 




P. O. Box 101677 




P.O. Box 142824 









Suite 840 








510 L Street 

Suite 580 




510 L Street 

Suite 750 






2







510 L Street 

Suite 550 




PO Box 110001 

Juneau, AK 99811-0001 



Suite 111 



303 K Street 



P.O. Box 110571 






P.O. Box 45 













P.O. Box 147 



P.O. Box 109 




P.O. Box 756811 











P.O. Box 94 




PO Box 57 




PO Box 1105 




PO Box 89 




P.O. Box 69 








PO Box 19 


3








P.O. Box 126 




PO Box 74090 




P.O. Box 4008 

Igiugig, AK 99613-4008 



P.O. Box 286 




P.O. Box 129 




P.O. Box 68 


Knik Village 


PO Box 871565 




P.O. Box 1007 












P.O. Box 134 




P.O. Box 106 




P.O. Box 356 




P.O. Box 5057 




P.O. Box 49 




P.O. Box 207 




P.O. Box 49 




P.O. Box 47020 




P.O. Box 61 




P.O. Box 210 




P.O. Box 109 


4



P.O. Box SRV 




P.O. Box 76009 




P.O. Box 130 




PO Box 82009 




P.O. Box 81080 




P.O. Box 81119 


5













Palmer, AK 99545-6539 




1689 C Street, Rm. 119 





P.O. Box 21648 

Juneau, AK 99802-1648 









P.O. Box 25520 






Seattle, WA 98174-1002 




605 4th Ave., Rm. G-61 




















4700 BLM Rd. 





Room 537 




555 Cordova 









PO Box 5800 

Camp Denali 







1









550 W. 7th Ave., Ste 1380 









P.O. Box 107500 




PO Box 196960 




P.O. Box 196650 
























Ste 200 




1121 E. 10th Ave. 




P. O. Box 101677 




P.O. Box 142824 









Suite 840 








510 L Street 

Suite 580 




510 L Street 

Suite 750 






2







510 L Street 

Suite 550 




PO Box 110001 

Juneau, AK 99811-0001 



Suite 111 



303 K Street 



P.O. Box 110571 






P.O. Box 45 













P.O. Box 147 



P.O. Box 109 




P.O. Box 756811 











P.O. Box 94 




PO Box 57 




PO Box 1105 




PO Box 89 




P.O. Box 69 








PO Box 19 


3








P.O. Box 126 




PO Box 74090 




P.O. Box 4008 

Igiugig, AK 99613-4008 



P.O. Box 286 




P.O. Box 129 




P.O. Box 68 


Knik Village 


PO Box 871565 




P.O. Box 1007 












P.O. Box 134 




P.O. Box 106 




P.O. Box 356 




P.O. Box 5057 




P.O. Box 49 




P.O. Box 207 




P.O. Box 49 




P.O. Box 47020 




P.O. Box 61 




P.O. Box 210 




P.O. Box 109 


4



P.O. Box SRV 




P.O. Box 76009 




P.O. Box 130 




PO Box 82009 




P.O. Box 81080 




P.O. Box 81119 


5

From: 

Godden, Elizabeth E Civ USAF PACAF 673 CES/CEANR 

To: Jimenez, Joseph A.; Van Tassel, Robert E. 

Subject: 

FW: F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment JBER EA 

Date: 

Monday, April 11, 2011 12:42:09 PM 

FYI 

-----Original Message----- 

From: Howard, Louis R (DEC) [mailto:louis.howard@alaska.gov] 

Sent: Monday, April 11, 2011 12:36 PM 

To: Godden, Elizabeth E Civ USAF PACAF 673 CES/CEANR 

Cc: gusmano.jacques@epa.gov 

Subject: F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment JBER EA 

ADEC has no comments nor any objections to the Proposed Action to 

augment the existing F-22 operational wing at JBER with six primary 

aircraft and one backup aircraft; to conduct flying sorties at the base 

and in existing Alaskan airspace for training and deployment; and 

implement personnel changes to conform to the F-22 Wing requirements. 

Louis Howard 


Dept. of Environmental Conservation 

Contaminated Sites Program 

Federal Facilities Environmental Restoration 

555 Cordova St 2nd fl. 

Anchorage AK 99501-2617 

Phone: (907) 269-7552 

Facsimile: (907) 269-7649 

louis.howard@alaska.gov













Palmer, AK 99545-6539 




1689 C Street, Rm. 119 





P.O. Box 21648 

Juneau, AK 99802-1648 









P.O. Box 25520 






Seattle, WA 98174-1002 




605 4th Ave., Rm. G-61 




















4700 BLM Rd. 





Room 537 




555 Cordova 









PO Box 5800 

Camp Denali 







1









550 W. 7th Ave., Ste 1380 









P.O. Box 107500 




PO Box 196960 




P.O. Box 196650 
























Ste 200 




1121 E. 10th Ave. 




P. O. Box 101677 




P.O. Box 142824 









Suite 840 








510 L Street 

Suite 580 




510 L Street 

Suite 750 






2







510 L Street 

Suite 550 




PO Box 110001 

Juneau, AK 99811-0001 



Suite 111 



303 K Street 



P.O. Box 110571 






P.O. Box 45 













P.O. Box 147 



P.O. Box 109 




P.O. Box 756811 











P.O. Box 94 




PO Box 57 




PO Box 1105 




PO Box 89 




P.O. Box 69 








PO Box 19 


3








P.O. Box 126 




PO Box 74090 




P.O. Box 4008 

Igiugig, AK 99613-4008 



P.O. Box 286 




P.O. Box 129 




P.O. Box 68 


Knik Village 


PO Box 871565 




P.O. Box 1007 












P.O. Box 134 




P.O. Box 106 




P.O. Box 356 




P.O. Box 5057 




P.O. Box 49 




P.O. Box 207 




P.O. Box 49 




P.O. Box 47020 




P.O. Box 61 




P.O. Box 210 




P.O. Box 109 


4



P.O. Box SRV 




P.O. Box 76009 




P.O. Box 130 




PO Box 82009 




P.O. Box 81080 




P.O. Box 81119 


5

F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment and signed Finding of No Significant Impact Distribution 

The F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment, Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson, Alaska and signed Finding of 

No Significant Impact were distributed in July 2011 to the same agencies and organizations that received the 12 

April 2011 Environmental Assessment and Draft Finding of No Significant Impact.

Appendix D 

Aircraft Noise Analysis and Airspace Operations



Appendix D Aircraft Noise Analysis and Airspace Operations 

APPENDIX D AIRCRAFT NOISE ANALYSIS 

AND AIRSPACE OPERATIONS 

Noise is generally described as unwanted sound. Unwanted sound can be based on objective 

effects (such as hearing loss or damage to structures) or subjective judgments (community 

annoyance). Noise analysis thus requires a combination of physical measurement of sound, 

physical and physiological effects, plus psycho- and socio-acoustic effects. 

Section 1.0 of this appendix describes how sound is measured and summarizes noise impact in 

terms of community acceptability and land use compatibility. Section 2.0 gives detailed 

descriptions of the effects of noise that lead to the impact guidelines presented in section 1. 

Section 3.0 provides a description of the specific methods used to predict aircraft noise, 

including a detailed description of sonic booms. 

D1 

Noise Descriptors and Impact 

Aircraft operating in the Military Operations Areas (MOAs) and Warning Areas generate two 

types of sound. One is “subsonic” noise, which is continuous sound generated by the aircraft’s 

engines and also by air flowing over the aircraft itself. The other is sonic booms (only in MOAs 

and Warning Areas authorized for supersonic), which are transient impulsive sounds generated 

during supersonic flight. These are quantified in different ways. 

Section 1.1 describes the characteristics which are used to describe sound. Section 1.2 describes 

the specific noise metrics used for noise impact analysis. Section 1.3 describes how 

environmental impact and land use compatibility are judged in terms of these quantities. 

D1.1 Quantifying Sound 

Measurement and perception of sound involve two basic physical characteristics: amplitude 

and frequency. Amplitude is a measure of the strength of the sound and is directly measured in 

terms of the pressure of a sound wave. Because sound pressure varies in time, various types of 

pressure averages are usually used. Frequency, commonly perceived as pitch, is the number of 

times per second the sound causes air molecules to oscillate. Frequency is measured in units of 

cycles per second, or hertz (Hz). 

Amplitude. The loudest sounds the human ear can comfortably hear have acoustic energy one 

trillion times the acoustic energy of sounds the ear can barely detect. Because of this vast range, 

attempts to represent sound amplitude by pressure are generally unwieldy. Sound is, therefore, 

usually represented on a logarithmic scale with a unit called the decibel (dB). Sound on the 

decibel scale is referred to as a sound level. The threshold of human hearing is approximately 0 

dB, and the threshold of discomfort or pain is around 120 dB. 

Because of the logarithmic nature of the decibel scale, sounds levels do not add and subtract 

directly and are somewhat cumbersome to handle mathematically. However, some simple 

Page D-1


Appendix D Aircraft Noise Analysis and Airspace Operation 

rules of thumb are useful in dealing with sound levels. First, if a sound’s intensity is doubled, 

the sound level increases by 3 dB, regardless of the initial sound level. Thus, for example: 

60 dB + 60 dB = 63 dB, and 

80 dB + 80 dB = 83 dB. 

The total sound level produced by two sounds of different levels is usually only slightly more 

than the higher of the two. For example: 

60.0 dB + 70.0 dB = 70.4 dB. 

Because the addition of sound levels behaves differently than that of ordinary numbers, such 

addition is often referred to as “decibel addition” or “energy addition.” The latter term arises 

from the fact that combination of decibel values consists of first converting each decibel value to 

its corresponding acoustic energy, then adding the energies using the normal rules of addition, 

and finally converting the total energy back to its decibel equivalent. 

The difference in dB between two sounds represents the ratio of the amplitudes of those two 

sounds. Because human senses tend to be proportional (i.e., detect whether one sound is twice 

as big as another) rather than absolute (i.e., detect whether one sound is a given number of 

pressure units bigger than another), the decibel scale correlates well with human response. 

Under laboratory conditions, differences in sound level of 1 dB can be detected by the human 

ear. In the community, the smallest change in average noise level that can be detected is about 3 

dB. A change in sound level of about 10 dB is usually perceived by the average person as a 

doubling (or halving) of the sound’s loudness, and this relation holds true for loud sounds and 

for quieter sounds. A decrease in sound level of 10 dB actually represents a 90 percent decrease 

in sound intensity but only a 50 percent decrease in perceived loudness because of the nonlinear 

response of the human ear (similar to most human senses). 

The one exception to the exclusive use of levels, rather than physical pressure units, to quantify 

sound is in the case of sonic booms. As described in Section 3, sonic booms are coherent waves 

with specific characteristics. There is a long-standing tradition of describing individual sonic 

booms by the amplitude of the shock waves, in pounds per square foot (psf). This is 

particularly relevant when assessing structural effects as opposed to loudness or cumulative 

community response. In this study, sonic booms are quantified by either dB or psf, as 

appropriate for the particular impact being assessed. 

Frequency. The normal human ear can hear frequencies from about 20 Hz to about 20,000 Hz. 

It is most sensitive to sounds in the 1,000 to 4,000 Hz range. When measuring community 

response to noise, it is common to adjust the frequency content of the measured sound to 

correspond to the frequency sensitivity of the human ear. This adjustment is called 

A-weighting (American National Standards Institute 1988). Sound levels that have been so 

adjusted are referred to as A-weighted sound levels. 

The spectral content of the F-22A is somewhat different than other aircraft, including(at high 

throttle settings) the characteristic nonlinear crackle of high thrust engines. The spectral 

Page D-2



characteristics of various noises are accounted for by A-weighting, which approximates the 

response of the human ear. There are other, more detailed, weighting factors that have been 

applied to sounds. In the 1950s and 1960s, when noise from civilian jet aircraft became an issue, 

substantial research was performed to determine what characteristics of jet noise were a 

problem. The metrics Perceived Noise Level and Effective Perceived Noise Level were 

developed. These accounted for nonlinear behavior of hearing and the importance of low 

frequencies at high levels, and for many years airport/airbase noise contours were presented in 

terms of Noise Exposure Forecast, which was based on Perceived Noise Level and Effective 

Perceived Noise Level. In the 1970s, however, it was realized that the primary intrusive aspect 

of aircraft noise was the high noise level, a factor which is well represented by A-weighted 

levels and L dn . The refinement of Perceived Noise Level, Effective Perceived Noise Level, and 

Noise Exposure Forecast was not significant in protecting the public from noise. 

There has been continuing research on noise metrics and the importance of sound quality, 

sponsored by the Department of Defense (DoD) for military aircraft noise and by the Federal 

Aviation Administration (FAA) for civil aircraft noise. The metric L dnmr , which accounts for the 

increased annoyance of rapid onset rate of sound, is a product of this long-term research. DoD 

is sponsoring the development of NoiseRunner, which will calculate noise in a more 

sophisticated manner than done by NOISEMAP and MR_NMAP. At the present time, 

however, NOISEMAP and MR_NMAP, and the metrics L dn and L dnmr , represent the best current 

science for analysis of military aircraft. 

The amplitude of A-weighted sound levels is measured in dB. It is common for some noise 

analysts to denote the unit of A-weighted sounds by dBA. As long as the use of A-weighting is 

understood, there is no difference between dB or dBA: it is only important that the use of A- 

weighting be made clear. In this Environmental Assessment (EA), sound levels are reported in 

dB and are A-weighted unless otherwise specified. 

A-weighting is appropriate for continuous sounds, which are perceived by the ear. Impulsive 

sounds, such as sonic booms, are perceived by more than just the ear. When experienced 

indoors, there can be secondary noise from rattling of the building. Vibrations may also be felt. 

C-weighting (American National Standards Institute 1988) is applied to such sounds. This is a 

frequency weighting that is flat over the range of human hearing (about 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz) 

and rolls off above and below that range. In this study, C-weighted sound levels are used for 

the assessment of sonic booms and other impulsive sounds. As with A-weighting, the unit is 

dB, but dBC is sometimes used for clarity. In this study, sound levels are reported in dB, and C- 

weighting is specified as necessary. 

Time Averaging. Sound pressure of a continuous sound varies greatly with time, so it is 

customary to deal with sound levels that represent averages over time. Levels presented as 

instantaneous (i.e., as might be read from the dial of a sound level meter) are based on averages 

of sound energy over either 1/8 second (fast) or 1 second (slow). The formal definitions of fast 

and slow levels are somewhat complex, with details that are important to the makers and users 

of instrumentation. They may, however, be thought of as levels corresponding to the 

root-mean-square sound pressure measured over the 1/8-second or 1-second periods. 

Page D-3



The most common uses of the fast or slow sound level in environmental analysis is in the 

discussion of the maximum sound level that occurs from the action, and in discussions of 

typical sound levels. Figure D-1 is a chart of A-weighted sound levels from typical sounds. 

Some (air conditioner, vacuum cleaner) are continuous sounds whose levels are constant for 

some time. Some (automobile, heavy truck) are the maximum sound during a vehicle passby. 

Some (urban daytime, urban nighttime) are averages over some extended period. A variety of 

noise metrics have been developed to describe noise over different time periods. These are 

described in section 1.2. 

D1.1 Noise Metrics 

D1.1.1 

Maximum Sound Level 

The highest A-weighted sound level measured during a single event in which the sound level 

changes value as time goes on (e.g., an aircraft overflight) is called the maximum A-weighted 

sound level or maximum sound level, for short. It is usually abbreviated by ALM, L max , or L Amax . 

The maximum sound level is important in judging the interference caused by a noise event with 

conversation, TV or radio listening, sleeping, or other common activities. 

D1.1.2 

Peak Sound Level 

For impulsive sounds, the true instantaneous sound pressure is of interest. For sonic booms, 

this is the peak pressure of the shock wave, as described in section 3.2 of this appendix. This 

pressure is usually presented in physical units of pounds per square foot. Sometimes it is 

represented on the decibel scale, with symbol L pk . Peak sound levels do not use either A or C 

weighting. 

D1.1.3 

Sound Exposure Level 

Individual time-varying noise events have two main characteristics: a sound level that changes 

throughout the event and a period of time during which the event is heard. Although the 

maximum sound level, described above, provides some measure of the intrusiveness of the 

event, it alone does not completely describe the total event. The period of time during which 

the sound is heard is also significant. The Sound Exposure Level (abbreviated SEL or L AE for 

A-weighted sounds) combines both of these characteristics into a single metric. 

SEL is a composite metric that represents both the intensity of a sound and its duration. 

Mathematically, the mean square sound pressure is computed over the duration of the event, 

then multiplied by the duration in seconds, and the resultant product is turned into a sound 

level. It does not directly represent the sound level heard at any given time, but rather provides 

a measure of the net impact of the entire acoustic event. It has been well established in the 

scientific community that SEL measures this impact much more reliably than just the maximum 

sound level. 

Because the SEL and the maximum sound level are both used to describe single events, there is 

sometimes confusion between the two, so the specific metric used should be clearly stated. 

Page D-4



COMMON SOUND LEVEL LOUDNESS 

SOUNDS dB – Compared to 70 dB – 

— 130 

Oxygen Torch — 120 UNCOMFORTABLE —— 32 Times as Loud 

Discotheque — 110 —— 16 Times as Loud 

Textile Mill — 100 VERY LOUD 

Heavy Truck at 50 Feet — 90 —— 4 Times as Loud 

Garbage Disposal — 80 

Vacuum Cleaner at 10 Feet — 70 

Automobile at 100 Feet 

Air Conditioner at 100 Feet — 60 

MODERATE 

• 

Quiet Urban Daytime — 50 —— 1/4 as Loud 

QUIET 

Quiet Urban Nighttime — 40 

Bedroom at Night — 30 —— 1/16 as Loud 

Recording Studio 

— 20 

— 10 JUST AUDIBLE 

Threshold of Hearing — 0 

Source: Handbook of Noise Control, C.M. Harris, Editor, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1979, and FICON 1992. 

Figure D-1. Typical A-Weighted Sound Levels of Common Sounds 

D1.1.4 

Equivalent Sound Level 

SEL can be computed for C-weighted levels (appropriate for impulsive sounds), and the results 

denoted CSEL or L CE . SEL for A-weighted sound is sometimes denoted ASEL. Within this 

study, SEL is used for A-weighted sounds and CSEL for C-weighted. 

For longer periods of time, total sound is represented by the equivalent continuous sound 

pressure level (L eq ). L eq is the average sound level over some time period (often an hour or a 

day, but any explicit time span can be specified), with the averaging being done on the same 

Page D-5



energy basis as used for SEL. SEL and L eq are closely related, differing by (a) whether they are 

applied over a specific time period or over an event, and (b) whether the duration of the event is 

included or divided out. 

Just as SEL has proven to be a good measure of the noise impact of a single event, L eq has been 

established to be a good measure of the impact of a series of events during a given time period. 

Also, while Leq is defined as an average, it is effectively a sum over that time period and is, thus, 

a measure of the cumulative impact of noise. 

D1.1.5 

Day-Night Average Sound Level 

Noise tends to be more intrusive at night than during the day. This effect is accounted for by 

applying a 10-dB penalty to events that occur after 10 pm and before 7 am. If L eq is computed 

over a 24-hour period with this nighttime penalty applied, the result is the day-night average 

sound level (L dn ). 

L dn is the community noise metric recommended by the USEPA (United States Environmental 

Protection Agency [USEPA] 1974) and has been adopted by most federal agencies (Federal 

Interagency Committee on Noise 1992). It has been well established that L dn correlates well 

with community response to noise (Schultz 1978; Finegold et al. 1994). This correlation is 

presented in Section 1.3 of this appendix. While L dn carries the nomenclature “average,” it 

incorporates all of the noise at a given location. For this reason, L dn is often referred to as a 

“cumulative” metric. It accounts for the total, or cumulative, noise impact. 

It was noted earlier that, for impulsive sounds, C-weighting is more appropriate than 

A-weighting. The day-night average sound level can be computed for C-weighted noise and is 

denoted CDNL or L Cdn . This procedure has been standardized, and impact interpretive criteria 

similar to those for L dn have been developed (Committee on Hearing, Bioacoustics and 

Biomechanics 1981). 

D1.1.6 

Onset-Adjusted Monthly Day-Night Average Sound Level 

Aircraft operations in military airspace, such as MOAs and Warning Areas, generate a noise 

environment somewhat different from other community noise environments. Overflights are 

sporadic, occurring at random times and varying from day to day and week to week. This 

situation differs from most community noise environments, in which noise tends to be 

continuous or patterned. Individual military overflight events also differ from typical 

community noise events in that noise from a low-altitude, high-airspeed flyover can have a 

rather sudden onset. 

To represent these differences, the conventional L dn metric is adjusted to account for the 

“surprise” effect of the sudden onset of aircraft noise events on humans (Plotkin et al. 1987; 

Stusnick et al. 1992; Stusnick et al. 1993). For aircraft exhibiting a rate of increase in sound level 

(called onset rate) of from 15 to 150 dB per second, an adjustment or penalty ranging from 0 to 

11 dB is added to the normal SEL. Onset rates above 150 dB per second require an 11 dB 

penalty, while onset rates below 15 dB per second require no adjustment. The L dn is then 

determined in the same manner as for conventional aircraft noise events and is designated as 

Onset-Rate Adjusted Day-Night Average Sound Level (abbreviated L dnmr ). Because of the 

Page D-6



irregular occurrences of aircraft operations, the number of average daily operations is 

determined by using the calendar month with the highest number of operations. The monthly 

average is denoted L dnmr . Noise levels are calculated the same way for both L dn and L dnmr . L dnmr 

is interpreted by the same criteria as used for L dn . 

D1.2 Noise Impact 

D1.2.1 

Community Reaction 

Studies of community annoyance to numerous types of environmental noise show that L dn 

correlates well with impact. Schultz (1978) showed a consistent relationship between L dn and 

annoyance. Shultz’s original curve fit (Figure D-2) shows that there is a remarkable consistency 

in results of attitudinal surveys which relate the percentages of groups of people who express 

various degrees of annoyance when exposed to different L dn . 

Figure D-2. Community Surveys of Noise Annoyance 

(Source: Schultz 1978) 

A more recent study has reaffirmed this relationship (Fidell et al. 1991). Figure D-3 (Federal 

Interagency Committee on Noise 1992) shows an updated form of the curve fit (Finegold et al. 

1994) in comparison with the original. The updated fit, which does not differ substantially from 

the original, is the current preferred form. In general, correlation coefficients of 0.85 to 0.95 are 

Page D-7



found between the percentages of groups of people highly annoyed and the level of average 

noise exposure. The correlation coefficients for the annoyance of individuals are relatively low, 

however, on the order of 0.5 or less. This is not surprising, considering the varying personal 

factors that influence the manner in which individuals react to noise. Nevertheless, findings 

substantiate that community annoyance to aircraft noise is represented quite reliably using L dn . 

Figure D-3. Response of Communities to Noise; Comparison of Original (Schultz 1978) and 

Current (Finegold et al. 1994) Curve Fits. 

As noted earlier for SEL, L dn does not represent the sound level heard at any particular time, but 

rather represents the total sound exposure. L dn accounts for the sound level of individual noise 

events, the duration of those events, and the number of events. Its use is endorsed by the 

scientific community (American National Standards Institute 1980, 1988; USEPA 1974; Federal 

Interagency Committee on Urban Noise 1980; Federal Interagency Committee on Noise 1992). 

While L dn is the best metric for quantitatively assessing cumulative noise impact, it does not 

lend itself to intuitive interpretation by non-experts. Accordingly, it is common for 

environmental noise analyses to include other metrics for illustrative purposes. A general 

indication of the noise environment can be presented by noting the maximum sound levels 

which can occur and the number of times per day noise events will be loud enough to be heard. 

Use of other metrics as supplements to L dn has been endorsed by federal agencies (Federal 

Interagency Committee on Noise 1992). 

Page D-8



The Schultz curve is generally applied to annual average L dn . In Section 1.2, L dnmr was described 

and presented as being appropriate for quantifying noise in military airspace. In the current 

study, the Schultz curve is used with L dnmr as the noise metric. L dnmr is always equal to or 

greater than L dn , so impact is generally higher than would have been predicted if the onset rate 

and busiest-month adjustments were not accounted for. 

There are several points of interest in the noise-annoyance relation. The first is L dn of 65 dB. 

This is a level most commonly used for noise planning purposes and represents a compromise 

between community impact and the need for activities like aviation which do cause noise. 

Areas exposed to L dn above 65 dB are generally not considered suitable for residential use. The 

second is L dn of 55 dB, which was identified by USEPA as a level “...requisite to protect the 

public health and welfare with an adequate margin of safety,” (USEPA 1974) which is 

essentially a level below which adverse impact is not expected. 

The third is L dn of 75 dB. This is the lowest level at which adverse health effects could be 

credible (USEPA 1974). The very high annoyance levels correlated with L dn of 75 dB make such 

areas unsuitable for residential land use. 

Sonic boom exposure is measured by C-weighting, with the corresponding cumulative metric 

being CDNL. Correlation between CDNL and annoyance has been established, based on 

community reaction to impulsive sounds (Committee on Hearing, Bioacoustics and 

Biomechanics 1981). Values of the C-weighted equivalent to the Schultz curve are different than 

that of the Schultz curve itself. Table D-1 shows the relation between annoyance, L dn , and 

CDNL. 

Table D-1. Relation Between Annoyance, L dn and CDNL 

CDNL % Highly Annoyed L dn 

48 2 50 

52 4 55 

57 8 60 

61 14 65 

65 23 70 

69 35 75 

Interpretation of CDNL from impulsive noise is accomplished by using the CDNL versus 

annoyance values in Table D-1. CDNL can be interpreted in terms of an “equivalent 

annoyance” L dn . For example, CDNL of 52, 61, and 69 dB are equivalent to L dn of 55, 65, and 75 

dB, respectively. If both continuous and impulsive noise occurs in the same area, impacts are 

assessed separately for each. 

D1.2.2 

Land Use Compatibility 

As noted above, the inherent variability between individuals makes it impossible to predict 

accurately how any individual will react to a given noise event. Nevertheless, when a 

community is considered as a whole, its overall reaction to noise can be represented with a high 

degree of confidence. As described above, the best noise exposure metric for this correlation is 

Page D-9



the L dn or L dnmr for military overflights. Impulsive noise can be assessed by relating CDNL to an 

“equivalent annoyance” L dn , as outlined in Section 1.3.1. 

In June 1980, an ad hoc Federal Interagency Committee on Urban Noise published guidelines 

(Federal Interagency Committee on Urban Noise 1980) relating L dn to compatible land uses. 

This committee was composed of representatives from DoD, Transportation, and Housing and 

Urban Development; USEPA; and the Veterans Administration. Since the issuance of these 

guidelines, federal agencies have generally adopted these guidelines for their noise analyses. 

Following the lead of the committee, DoD and FAA adopted the concept of land-use 

compatibility as the accepted measure of aircraft noise effect. The FAA included the 

committee’s guidelines in the Federal Aviation Regulations (United States Department of 

Transportation 1984). 

These guidelines are reprinted in Table D-2, along with the explanatory notes included in the 

regulation. Although these guidelines are not mandatory (note the footnote “*” in the table), 

they provide the best means for determining noise impact in airport communities. In general, 

residential land uses normally are not compatible with outdoor L dn values above 65 dB, and the 

extent of land areas and populations exposed to L dn of 65 dB and higher provides the best means 

for assessing the noise impacts of alternative aircraft actions. In some cases, where noise change 

exceeds 3 dB, the 1992 Federal Interagency Committee on Noise indicates the 60 dB L dn may be 

a more appropriate incompatibility level for densely populated areas. 

D2 

Noise Effects 

The discussion in Section 1.3 presents the global effect of noise on communities. The following 

sections describe particular noise effects. 

D2.1 Hearing Loss 

There are situations where noise in and around airbases may exceed levels at which long-term 

noise-induced hearing loss is possible. 

The first of these is a result of exposure to occupational noise by individuals working in known 

high noise exposure locations such as jet engine maintenance facilities or aircraft maintenance 

hangers. In this case, exposure of workers inside the base boundary area should be considered 

occupational, which is excluded from the DoD Noise Program by DoD Instruction 4715.13, and 

should be evaluated using the appropriate DoD component regulations for occupational noise 

exposure. The DoD, U.S. Air Force, and the National Institute of Occupational Safety and 

Health (NIOSH) have all established occupational noise exposure damage risk criteria (or 

“standard”) for hearing loss so as to not exceed 85 dB as an 8-hour time weighted average, with 

a 3 dB exchange rate in a work environment. 

Page D-10



Table D-2. Land-Use Compatibility With Yearly Day-Night Average Sound Levels 

Land Use 

Yearly Day-Night Average Sound Level (L dn ) in dB 

Below 65 65–70 70–75 75–80 80–85 Over 85 

Residential 

Residential, other than mobile homes and transient lodgings Y N(1) N(1) N N N 

Mobile home parks Y N N N N N 

Transient lodgings Y N(1) N(1) N(1) N N 

Public Use 

Schools Y N(1) N(1) N N N 

Hospitals and nursing homes Y 25 30 N N N 

Churches, auditoria, and concert halls Y 25 30 N N N 

Government services Y Y 25 30 N N 

Transportation Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) Y(4) 

Parking Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) N 

Commercial Use 

Offices, business and professional Y Y 25 30 N N 

Wholesale and retail—building materials, hardware, and farm 

equipment 

Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) N 

Retail trade—general Y Y 25 30 N N 

Utilities Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) N 

Communication Y Y 25 30 N N 

Manufacturing and Production 

Manufacturing, general Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4 ) N 

Photographic and optical Y Y 25 30 N N 

Agriculture (except livestock) and forestry Y Y(6) Y(7) Y(8) Y(8) Y(8) 

Livestock farming and breeding Y Y(6) Y(7) N N N 

Mining and fishing, resource production and extraction Y Y Y Y Y Y 

Recreational 

Outdoor sports arenas and spectator sports Y Y(5) Y(5) N N N 

Outdoor music shells, amphitheaters Y N N N N N 

Nature exhibits and zoos Y Y N N N N 

Amusements, parks, resorts, and camps Y Y Y N N N 

Golf courses, riding stables, and water recreation Y Y 25 30 N N 

Numbers in parentheses refer to notes. 

* The designations contained in this table do not constitute a federal determination that any use of land covered by the 

program is acceptable or unacceptable under federal, state, or local law. The responsibility for determining the acceptable 

and permissible land uses and the relationship between specific properties and specific noise contours rests with the local 

authorities. FAA determinations under Part 150 are not intended to substitute federally determined land uses for those 

determined to be appropriate by local authorities in response to locally determined needs and values in achieving noisecompatible 

land uses. 

KEY TO TABLE D-2 

Y (YES) = Land Use and related structures compatible without restrictions. 

N (No) = Land Use and related structures are not compatible and should be prohibited. 

NLR = Noise Level Reduction (outdoor to indoor) to be achieved through incorporation of noise attenuation into the design 

and construction of the structure. 

25, 30, or 35 = Land Use and related structures generally compatible; measures to achieve NLR of 25, 30, or 35 dB must be 

incorporated into design and construction of structures. 

NOTES FOR TABLE D-2 

1. Where the community determines that residential or school uses must be allowed, measures to achieve outdoor-to-indoor 

Noise Level Reduction (NLR) of at least 25 dB and 30 dB should be incorporated into building codes and be considered in 

individual approvals. Normal residential construction can be expected to provide an NLR of 20 dB; thus the reduction 

requirements are often stated as 5, 10, or 15 dB over standard construction and normally assume mechanical ventilation and 

closed windows year-round. However, the use of NLR criteria will not eliminate outdoor noise problems. 

2 Measures to achieve NLR 25 dB must be incorporated into the design and construction of portions of these buildings where 

the public is received, office areas, noise-sensitive areas, or where the normal noise level is low. 





5 Land-use compatible provided special sound reinforcement systems are installed. 

6 Residential buildings require an NLR of 25. 

7 Residential buildings require an NLR of 30. 

8 Residential buildings not permitted. 

Page D-11



The exchange rate is an increment of decibels that requires the halving of exposure time, or a 

decrement of decibels that requires the doubling of exposure time. For example, a 3 dB 

exchange rate requires that noise exposure time be halved for each 3 dB increase in noise level. 

Therefore, an individual would achieve the limit for risk criteria at 88 dB, for a time period of 4 

hours, and at 91 dB, for a time period of 2 hours.) (The standard assumes “quiet” (where an 

individual remains in an environment with noise levels less than 72 dB) for the balance of the 

24-hour period. Also, Air Force and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 

occupational standards prohibit any unprotected worker exposure to continuous (i.e., of a 

duration greater than one second) noise exceeding a 115 dB sound level. OSHA established this 

additional standard to reduce the risk of workers developing noise-induced hearing loss. 

The second situation where individuals may be exposed to high noise levels is when noise 

contours resulting from flight operations in and around the installation reach or exceed 80 dB 

L dn both on- and off-base. To access the potential impacts of this situation, the DoD published a 

policy for assessing hearing loss risk (Undersecretary of Defense for Acquisition Technology 

and Logistics 2009). The policy defines the conditions under which assessments are required, 

references the methodology from a 1982 USEPA report, and describes how the assessments are 

to be calculated. The policy reads as follows: 

“Current and future high performance aircraft create a noise environment in which the current 

impact analysis based primarily on annoyance may be insufficient to capture the full range of 

impacts on humans. As part of the noise analysis in all future environmental impact statements, 

DoD components will use the 80 Day-Night A-Weighted (L dn ) noise contour to identify 

populations at the most risk of potential hearing loss. DoD components will use as part of the 

analysis, as appropriate, a calculation of the Potential Hearing Loss (PHL) of the at risk 

population. The PHL (sometimes referred to as Population Hearing Loss) methodology is 

defined in USEPA Report No. 550/9-82-105, Guidelines for Noise Impact Analysis” (1982). 

The USEPA Guidelines for Noise Impact Analysis (hereafter referred to as “USEPA Guidelines”) 

specifically addresses the criteria and procedures for assessing the noise-induced hearing loss in 

terms of the Noise-Induced Permanent Threshold Shift (NIPTS), a quantity that defines the 

permanent change in hearing level, or threshold, caused by exposure to noise (USEPA 1982). 

Numerically, the NIPTS is the change in threshold averaged over the frequencies 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 

kilohertz (kHz) that can be expected from daily exposure to noise over a normal working 

lifetime of 40 years, with the exposure beginning at an age of 20 years. A grand average of the 

NIPTS over time (40 years) and hearing sensitivity (10 to 90 percentiles of the exposed 

population) is termed the Average NIPTS. The Average NIPTS attributable to noise exposure 

for ranges of noise level in terms of L dn is given in Table D-3. 

Page D-12



Table D-3. Average NIPTS and 10th Percentile NIPTS as a Function of L dn * 

L dn Average NIPTS (dB)** 10 th Percentile NIPTS (dB)** 

80-81 3.0 7.0 

81-82 3.5 8.0 

82-83 4.0 9.0 

83-84 4.5 10.0 

84-85 5.5 11.0 

85-86 6.0 12.0 

86-87 7.0 13.5 

87-88 7.5 15.0 

88-89 8.5 16.5 

89-90 9.5 18.0 

dB = decibels; L dn = Day-night Average Sound Level; NIPTS = Noise-induced Permanent 

Threshold Shift 

*Relationships between L dn and NIPTS were derived from CHABA 1977. 

**NIPTS values rounded to the nearest 0.5 dB. 

Thus, for a noise exposure within the 80-81 Ldn contour band, the expected lifetime average 

value of NIPTS (hearing loss) is 3.0 dB. The Average NIPTS is estimated as an average over all 

people included in the at risk population. The actual value of NIPTS for any given person will 

depend on their physical sensitivity to noise − some will experience more loss of hearing than 

others. The USEPA Guidelines provide information on this variation in sensitivity in the form of 

the NIPTS exceeded by 10 percent of the population, which is included in Table D-3 in the “10th 

Percentile NIPTS” column. As in the example above, for individuals within the 80-81 Ldn 

contour band, the most sensitive of the population, would be expected to show no more 

degradation to their hearing than experiencing a 7.0 dB Average NIPTS hearing loss. And 

while the DoD policy requires that hearing loss risk be estimated for the population exposed to 

80 dB Ldn or greater, this does not preclude populations outside the 80 Ldn contour, i.e. at 

lower exposure levels, from being at some degree of risk of hearing loss. 

The actual noise exposure for any person living in the at-risk area is determined by the time that 

person is outdoors and directly exposed to the noise. Many of the people living within the 

applicable L dn contour will not be present during the daytime hours − they may be at work, at 

school, or involved in other activities outside the at-risk area. Many will be inside their homes 

and thereby exposed to lower noise levels, benefitting from the noise attenuation provided by 

the house structure. The actual activity profile is usually impossible to generalize. For the 

purposes of this analysis, it was assumed that residents are fully exposed to the L dn level of 

noise appropriate for their residence location and the Average NIPTS taken from Table D-3. 3. 

The quantity to be reported is the number of people living within each 1 dB contour band inside 

the 80 dB L dn contour who are at risk for hearing loss given by the Average NIPTS for that band. 

The average nature of Average NIPTS means that it underestimates the magnitude of the 

potential hearing loss for the population most sensitive to noise. Therefore, in the interest of 

disclosure, the information to be reported includes both the Average NIPTS and the 10th 

percentile NIPTS Table D-3. 3) for each 1 dB contour band inside the 80 L dn contour. 

According to the USEPA documents titled Information on Levels of Environmental Noise 

Requisite to Protect Public Health and Welfare with an Adequate Margin of Safety, and Public 

Health and Welfare Criteria for Noise, changes in hearing levels of less than 5 dB are generally 

Page D-13



not considered noticeable or significant. There is no known evidence that an NIPTS of less than 

5 dB is perceptible or has any practical significance for the individual. Furthermore, the 

variability in audiometric testing is generally assumed to be ± 5 dB. The preponderance of 

available information on hearing loss risk is from the workplace with continuous exposure 

throughout the day for many years. Clearly, this data is applicable to the adult working 

population. According to a report by Ludlow and Sixsmith, there were no significant 

differences in audiometric test results between military personnel, who as children had lived in 

or near stations where jet operations were based, and a similar group who had no such 

exposure as children (Ludlow and Sixsmith 1999). Hence, for the purposes of PHL analysis, it 

can be assumed that the limited data on hearing loss is applicable to the general population, 

including children, and provides a conservative estimate of hearing loss. 

D2.2 Nonauditory Health Effects 

Nonauditory health effects of long-term noise exposure, where noise may act as a risk factor, 

have not been found to occur at levels below those protective against noise-induced hearing 

loss, described above. Most studies attempting to clarify such health effects have found that 

noise exposure levels established for hearing protection will also protect against any potential 

nonauditory health effects, at least in workplace conditions. The best scientific summary of 

these findings is contained in the lead paper at the National Institutes of Health Conference on 

Noise and Hearing Loss, held on January 22–24, in Washington, D.C., which states, “The 

nonauditory effects of chronic noise exposure, when noise is suspected to act as one of the risk 

factors in the development of hypertension, cardiovascular disease, and other nervous 

disorders, have never been proven to occur as chronic manifestations at levels below these 

criteria (an average of 75 dBA for complete protection against hearing loss for an eight-hour 

day)” (von Gierke 1990; parenthetical wording added for clarification). At the International 

Congress (1988) on Noise as a Public Health Problem, most studies attempting to clarify such 

health effects did not find them at levels below the criteria protective of noise-induced hearing 

loss; and even above these criteria, results regarding such health effects were ambiguous. 

Consequently, it can be concluded that establishing and enforcing exposure levels protecting 

against noise-induced hearing loss would not only solve the noise-induced hearing loss 

problem but also any potential nonauditory health effects in the work place. 

Although these findings were directed specifically at noise effects in the work place, they are 

equally applicable to aircraft noise effects in the community environment. Research studies 

regarding the nonauditory health effects of aircraft noise are ambiguous, at best, and often 

contradictory. Yet, even those studies which purport to find such health effects use 

time-average noise levels of 75 dB and higher for their research. 

For example, in an often-quoted paper, two University of California at Los Angeles researchers 

found a relation between aircraft noise levels under the approach path to Los Angeles 

International Airport and increased mortality rates among the exposed residents by using an 

average noise exposure level greater than 75 dB for the “noise-exposed” population (Meecham 

and Shaw 1979). Nevertheless, three other University of California at Los Angeles professors 

analyzed those same data and found no relation between noise exposure and mortality rates 

(Frerichs et al. 1980). 

Page D-14



As a second example, two other University of California at Los Angeles researchers used this 

same population near Los Angeles International Airport to show a higher rate of birth defects 

during the period of 1970 to 1972 when compared with a control group residing away from the 

airport (Jones and Tauscher 1978). Based on this report, a separate group at the United States 

Centers for Disease Control performed a more thorough study of populations near Atlanta’s 

Hartsfield International Airport for 1970 to 1972 and found no relation in their study of 17 

identified categories of birth defects to aircraft noise levels above 65 dB (Edmonds 1979). 

A recent review of health effects, prepared by a Committee of the Health Council of The 

Netherlands (Committee of the Health Council of the Netherlands 1996), analyzed currently 

available published information on this topic. The committee concluded that the threshold for 

possible long-term health effects was a 16-hour (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.) L eq of 70 dB. Projecting 

this to 24 hours and applying the 10 dB nighttime penalty used with L dn , this corresponds to L dn 

of about 75 dB. The study also affirmed the risk threshold for hearing loss, as discussed earlier. 

In summary, there is no scientific basis for a claim that potential health effects exist for aircraft 

time-average sound levels below 75 dB. 

D2.3 Annoyance 

The primary effect of aircraft noise on exposed communities is one of annoyance. Noise 

annoyance is defined by the USEPA as any negative subjective reaction on the part of an 

individual or group (USEPA 1974). As noted in the discussion of L dn above, community 

annoyance is best measured by that metric. 

Because the USEPA Levels Document (USEPA 1974) identified L dn of 55 dB as “. . . requisite to 

protect public health and welfare with an adequate margin of safety,” it is commonly assumed 

that 55 dB should be adopted as a criterion for community noise analysis. From a noise 

exposure perspective, that would be an ideal selection. However, financial and technical 

resources are generally not available to achieve that goal. Most agencies have identified L dn of 

65 dB as a criterion which protects those most impacted by noise, and which can often be 

achieved on a practical basis (Federal Interagency Committee on Noise 1992). This corresponds 

to about 13 percent of the exposed population being highly annoyed. 

Although L dn of 65 dB is widely used as a benchmark for significant noise impact, and is often 

an acceptable compromise, it is not a statutory limit, and it is appropriate to consider other 

thresholds in particular cases. 

In this Draft EA, no specific threshold is used. The noise in the affected environment is 

evaluated on the basis of the information presented in this appendix and in the body of the 

Draft EA. 

Community annoyance from sonic booms is based on CDNL, as discussed in Section 1.3. These 

effects are implicitly included in the “equivalent annoyance” CDNL values in Table D-1, since 

those were developed from actual community noise impact. 

Page D-15

D2.4 Speech Interference 



Speech interference associated with aircraft noise is a primary cause of annoyance to 

individuals on the ground. The disruption of routine activities in the home, such as radio or 

television listening, telephone use, or family conversation, gives rise to frustration and 

irritation. The quality of speech communication is also important in classrooms, offices, and 

industrial settings and can cause fatigue and vocal strain in those who attempt to communicate 

over the noise. Research has shown that the use of the SEL metric will measure speech 

interference successfully, and that a SEL exceeding 65 dB will begin to interfere with speech 

communication. 

D2.5 Sleep Interference 

Sleep interference is another source of annoyance associated with aircraft noise. This is 

especially true because of the intermittent nature and content of aircraft noise, which is more 

disturbing than continuous noise of equal energy and neutral meaning. 

Sleep interference may be measured in either of two ways. “Arousal” represents actual 

awakening from sleep, while a change in “sleep stage” represents a shift from one of four sleep 

stages to another stage of lighter sleep without actual awakening. In general, arousal requires a 

somewhat higher noise level than does a change in sleep stage. 

An analysis sponsored by the Air Force summarized 21 published studies concerning the effects 

of noise on sleep (Pearsons et al. 1989). The analysis concluded that a lack of reliable in-home 

studies, combined with large differences among the results from the various laboratory studies, 

did not permit development of an acceptably accurate assessment procedure. The noise events 

used in the laboratory studies and in contrived in-home studies were presented at much higher 

rates of occurrence than would normally be experienced. None of the laboratory studies were 

of sufficiently long duration to determine any effects of habituation, such as that which would 

occur under normal community conditions. A recent extensive study of sleep interference in 

people’s own homes (Ollerhead 1992) showed very little disturbance from aircraft noise. 

There is some controversy associated with the recent studies, so a conservative approach should 

be taken in judging sleep interference. Based on older data, the USEPA identified an indoor L dn 

of 45 dB as necessary to protect against sleep interference (USEPA 1974). Assuming a very 

conservative structural noise insulation of 20 dB for typical dwelling units, this corresponds to 

an outdoor L dn of 65 dB as minimizing sleep interference. 

A 1984 publication reviewed the probability of arousal or behavioral awakening in terms of SEL 

(Kryter 1984). Figure D-4, extracted from Figure 10.37 of Kryter (1984), indicates that an indoor 

SEL of 65 dB or lower should awaken less than 5 percent of those exposed. These results do not 

include any habituation over time by sleeping subjects. Nevertheless, this provides a 

reasonable guideline for assessing sleep interference and corresponds to similar guidance for 

speech interference, as noted above. 

Page D-16



Figure D-4. Probability of Arousal or Behavioral Awakening in Terms of Sound Exposure 

Level 

D2.6 Noise Effects on Domestic Animals and Wildlife 

Animal species differ greatly in their responses to noise. Each species has adapted, physically 

and behaviorally, to fill its ecological role in nature, and its hearing ability usually reflects that 

role. Animals rely on their hearing to avoid predators, obtain food, and communicate with and 

attract other members of their species. Aircraft noise may mask or interfere with these 

Page D-17



functions. Secondary effects may include nonauditory effects similar to those exhibited by 

humans: stress, hypertension, and other nervous disorders. Tertiary effects may include 

interference with mating and resultant population declines. 

D2.7 Noise Effects on Structures 

D2.7.1 

Subsonic Aircraft Noise 

Normally, the most sensitive components of a structure to airborne noise are the windows and, 

infrequently, the plastered walls and ceilings. An evaluation of the peak sound pressures 

impinging on the structure is normally sufficient to determine the possibility of damage. In 

general, at sound levels above 130 dB, there is the possibility of the excitation of structural 

component resonance. While certain frequencies (such as 30 Hz for window breakage) may be 

of more concern than other frequencies, conservatively, only sounds lasting more than one 

second above a sound level of 130 dB are potentially damaging to structural components 

(National Research Council/National Academy of Sciences 1977). 

A study directed specifically at low-altitude, high-speed aircraft showed that there is little 

probability of structural damage from such operations (Sutherland 1989). One finding in that 

study is that sound levels at damaging frequencies (e.g., 30 Hz for window breakage or 15 to 25 

Hz for whole-house response) are rarely above 130 dB. 

Noise-induced structural vibration may also cause annoyance to dwelling occupants because of 

induced secondary vibrations, or “rattle,” of objects within the dwelling, such as hanging 

pictures, dishes, plaques, and bric-a-brac. Window panes may also vibrate noticeably when 

exposed to high levels of airborne noise, causing homeowners to fear breakage. In general, such 

noise-induced vibrations occur at sound levels above those considered normally incompatible 

with residential land use. Thus assessments of noise exposure levels for compatible land use 

should also be protective of noise-induced secondary vibrations. 

D2.7.2 

Sonic Booms 

Sonic booms are commonly associated with structural damage. Most damage claims are for 

brittle objects, such as glass and plaster. Table D-4 summarizes the threshold of damage that 

might be expected at various overpressures. There is a large degree of variability in damage 

experience, and much damage depends on the pre-existing condition of a structure. Breakage 

data for glass, for example, spans a range of two to three orders of magnitude at a given 

overpressure. At 1 psf, the probability of a window breaking ranges from one in a billion 

(Sutherland 1990) to one in a million (Hershey and Higgins 1976). These damage rates are 

associated with a combination of boom load and glass condition. At 10 psf, the probability of 

breakage is between one in a hundred and one in a thousand. Laboratory tests of glass (White 

1972) have shown that properly installed window glass will not break at overpressures below 

10 psf, even when subjected to repeated booms, but in the real world glass is not in pristine 

condition. 

Page D-18



Table D-4. Possible Damage to Structures From Sonic Booms 

Sonic Boom 

Overpressure 

Nominal (psf) Item Affected Type of Damage 

0.5 - 2 Plaster 

Fine cracks; extension of existing cracks; more in ceilings; 

over door frames; between some plaster boards. 

Glass 

Rarely shattered; either partial or extension of existing 

cracks. 

Roof 

Slippage of existing loose tiles/slates; sometimes new 

cracking of old slates at nail hole. 

Damage to outside 

walls 

Existing cracks in stucco extended. 

Bric-a-brac 

Those carefully balanced or on edges can fall; fine glass, 

such as large goblets, can fall and break. 

Other 

Dust falls in chimneys. 

2 - 4 

4 - 10 Glass 

Greater than 10 

Glass, plaster, roofs, 

ceilings 

Plaster 

Roofs 

Walls (out) 

Walls (in) 

Glass 

Plaster 

Ceilings 

Roofs 

Walls 

Bric-a-brac 

Source: Haber and Nakaki 1989 

For elements nominally in good condition, failures show 

that would have been difficult to forecast in terms of their 

existing localized condition. 

Regular failures within a population of well-installed glass; 

industrial as well as domestic greenhouses. 

Partial ceiling collapse of good plaster; complete collapse 

of very new, incompletely cured, or very old plaster. 

High probability rate of failure in slurry wash in nominally 

good state; some chance of failures in tiles on modern 

roofs; light roofs (bungalow) or large area can move 

bodily. 

Old, free standing, in fairly good condition can collapse. 

Internal (“party”) walls known to move at 10 psf. 

Some good window glass will fail when exposed to regular 

sonic booms from the same direction. Glass with existing 

faults could shatter and fly. Large window frames move. 

Most plaster affected. 

Plaster boards displaced by nail popping. 

Most slate/slurry roofs affected, some badly; large roofs 

having good tile can be affected; some roofs bodily 

displaced causing gale-end and wall-plate cracks; domestic 

chimneys dislodged if not in good condition. 

Internal party walls can move even if carrying fittings such 

as hand basins or taps; secondary damage due to water 

leakage. 

Some nominally secure items can fall; e.g., large pictures, 

especially if fixed to party walls. 

Some degree of damage to glass and plaster should thus be expected whenever there are sonic 

booms, but usually at the low rates noted above. In general, structural damage from sonic 

booms should be expected only for overpressures above 10 psf. 

Page D-19

D2.8 Noise Effects on Terrain 



D2.8.1 

Subsonic Aircraft Noise 

Members of the public often believe that noise from low-flying aircraft can cause avalanches or 

landslides by disturbing fragile soil or snow structures in mountainous areas. There are no 

known instances of such effects, and it is considered improbable that such effects will result 

from routine, subsonic aircraft operations. 

D2.8.2 

Sonic Booms 

In contrast to subsonic noise, sonic booms are considered to be a potential trigger for snow 

avalanches. Avalanches are highly dependent on the physical status of the snow, and do occur 

spontaneously. They can be triggered by minor disturbances, and there are documented 

accounts of sonic booms triggering avalanches. Switzerland routinely restricts supersonic flight 

during avalanche season. 

Landslides are not an issue for sonic booms. There was one anecdotal report of a minor 

landslide from a sonic boom generated by the Space Shuttle during landing, but there is no 

credible mechanism or consistent pattern of reports. 

D2.9 Noise Effects on Historical and Archaeological Sites 

Because of the potential for increased fragility of structural components of historical buildings 

and other historical sites, aircraft noise may affect such sites more severely than newer, modern 

structures. Again, there are few scientific studies of such effects to provide guidance for their 

assessment. 

One study involved the measurements of sound levels and structural vibration levels in a 

superbly restored plantation house, originally built in 1795, and now situated approximately 

1,500 feet from the centerline at the departure end of Runway 19L at Washington Dulles 

International Airport. These measurements were made in connection with the proposed 

scheduled operation of the supersonic Concorde airplane at Dulles (Wesler 1977). There was 

special concern for the building’s windows, since roughly half of the 324 panes were original. 

No instances of structural damage were found. Interestingly, despite the high levels of noise 

during Concorde takeoffs, the induced structural vibration levels were actually less than those 

induced by touring groups and vacuum cleaning within the building itself. 

As noted above for the noise effects of noise-induced vibrations on normal structures, 

assessments of noise exposure levels for normally compatible land uses should also be 

protective of historic and archaeological sites. 

D3 

Noise Modeling 

D3.1 Subsonic Aircraft Noise 

An aircraft in subsonic flight generally emits noise from two sources: the engines and flow 

noise around the airframe. Noise generation mechanisms are complex and, in practical models, 

Page D-20



the noise sources must be based on measured data. The Air Force has developed a series of 

computer models and aircraft noise databases for this purpose. The models include 

NOISEMAP (Moulton 1992) for noise around airbases, ROUTEMAP (Lucas and Plotkin 1988) 

for noise associated with low-level training routes, and MR_NMAP (Lucas and Calamia 1996) 

for use in MOAs and ranges. These models use the NOISEFILE database developed by the Air 

Force. NOISEFILE data includes SEL and L Amax as a function of speed and power setting for 

aircraft in straight flight. 

Noise from an individual aircraft is a time-varying continuous sound. It is first audible as the 

aircraft approaches, increases to a maximum when the aircraft is near its closest point, then 

diminishes as it departs. The noise depends on the speed and power setting of the aircraft and 

its trajectory. The models noted above divide the trajectory into segments whose noise can be 

computed from the data in NOISEFILE. The contributions from these segments are summed. 

MR_NMAP was used to compute noise levels in the airspace. The primary noise metric 

computed by MR_NMAP was L dnmr averaged over each airspace. Supporting routines from 

NOISEMAP were used to calculate SEL and L Amax for various flight altitudes and lateral offsets 

from a ground receiver position. 

D3.2 Sonic Booms 

When an aircraft moves through the air, it pushes the air out of its way. At subsonic speeds, the 

displaced air forms a pressure wave that disperses rapidly. At supersonic speeds, the aircraft is 

moving too quickly for the wave to disperse, so it remains as a coherent wave. This wave is a 

sonic boom. When heard at the ground, a sonic boom consists of two shock waves (one 

associated with the forward part of the aircraft, the other with the rear part) of approximately 

equal strength and (for fighter aircraft) separated by 100 to 200 milliseconds. When plotted, this 

pair of shock waves and the expanding flow between them have the appearance of a capital 

letter “N,” so a sonic boom pressure wave is usually called an “N-wave.” An N-wave has a 

characteristic "bang-bang" sound that can be startling. Figure D-5 shows the generation and 

evolution of a sonic boom N-wave under the aircraft. Figure D-6 shows the sonic boom pattern 

for an aircraft in steady supersonic flight. The boom forms a cone that is said to sweep out a 

“carpet” under the flight track. 

The complete ground pattern of a sonic boom depends on the size, shape, speed, and trajectory 

of the aircraft. Even for a nominally steady mission, the aircraft must accelerate to supersonic 

speed at the start, decelerate back to subsonic speed at the end, and usually change altitude. 

Figure D-7 illustrates the complexity of a nominal full mission. 

Page D-21



Figure D-5. Sonic Boom Generation, and Evolution to N-wave 

Figure D-6. Sonic Boom Carpet in Steady Flight 

Page D-22



Figure D-7. Complex Sonic Boom Pattern for Full Mission 

The Air Force’s PCBoom4 computer program (Plotkin and Grandi 2002) can be used to compute 

the complete sonic boom footprint for a given single event, accounting for details of a particular 

maneuver. 

Supersonic operations for the proposed action and alternatives are, however, associated with air 

combat training, which cannot be described in the deterministic manner that PCBoom4 

requires. Supersonic events occur as aircraft approach an engagement, break at the end, and 

maneuver for advantage during the engagement. Long time cumulative sonic boom exposure, 

CDNL, is meaningful for this kind of environment. 

Long-term sonic boom measurement projects have been conducted in four supersonic air 

combat training airspaces: White Sands, New Mexico (Plotkin et al. 1989); the eastern portion of 

the Goldwater Range, Arizona (Plotkin et al. 1992); the Elgin MOA at Nellis AFB, Nevada 

(Frampton et al. 1993); and the western portion of the Goldwater Range (Page et al. 1994). These 

studies included analysis of schedule and air combat maneuvering instrumentation data and 

supported development of the 1992 BOOMAP model (Plotkin et al. 1992). The current version of 

BOOMAP (Frampton et al. 1993; Plotkin 1996) incorporates results from all four studies. 

Because BOOMAP is directly based on long-term measurements, it implicitly accounts for such 

variables as maneuvers, statistical variations in operations, atmosphere effects, and other 

factors. 

Figure D-8 shows a sample of supersonic flight tracks measured in the air combat training 

airspace at White Sands (Plotkin et al. 1989). The tracks fall into an elliptical pattern aligned 

with preferred engagement directions in the airspace. Figure D-9 shows the CDNL contours 

that were fit to six months of measured booms in that airspace. The subsequent measurement 

programs refined the fit, and demonstrated that the elliptical maneuver area is related to the 

size and shape of the airspace (Frampton et al. 1993). BOOMAP quantifies the size and shape of 

Page D-23



CDNL contours, and also numbers of booms per day, in air combat training airspaces. That 

model was used for prediction of cumulative sonic boom exposure in the study area. 

Figure D-8. Supersonic Flight Tracks in Supersonic Air Combat Training Airspace 

Figure D-9. Elliptical CDNL Contours in Supersonic Air Combat Training Airspace 

Page D-24



D4 Summary of Operational Parameters Used in Noise 

Modeling at JBER-Elmendorf 

Operational parameters used in modeling of noise in the vicinity of JBER-Elmendorf are 

summarized below. Parameters presented are representative of current operations at JBER- 

Elemendorf as reported during operator interviews held in August 2009. Operations of F-22 

and C-17 aircraft have the greatest potential to affect off-installation noise sensitive areas. 

Operations data for these two aircraft were updated and revised in December 2010 and March 

2011. Runway usage and the number of events per average busy day are critical factors 

affecting time-averaged noise levels. Table D-5 presents the percent of total arrivals, 

departures, and closed patterns that use each runway as well as the number of each type of 

event that occurs per average busy day. Increased usage of the crosswind runway (16/34) has 

the potential to increase noise levels in residential areas south of JBER-Elmendorf to greater 

than 65 L dn 

Table D-5. Summary of Operational Parameters Used at JBER-Elmendorf 

Aircraft 

C-12 

C-130 

C-17 

E-3 

F-22 

Aeroclub 

UC-35 

Operation # per Average 

% Runway Usage 

Type Busy Day 6 16 24 34 

Arrival 2.65 76 1 15 8 

Closed 1.33 97 0 0 3 

Departure 2.65 26 9 65 0 

Interfacility 0 n/a n/a n/a n/a 

Arrival 8.98 71 12 17 0 

Closed 7.60 69 31 0 0 

Departure 8.98 80 0 20 0 

Interfacility 5.90 64 0 0 36 

Arrival 3.01 95 4 1 0 

Closed 9.69 83 7 8 1 

Departure 3.01 85 0 15 0 

Interfacility 8.78 76 0 24 0 

Arrival 1.00 73 0 27 0 

Closed 3.11 76 0 24 0 

Departure 1.00 60 0 40 0 


Arrival 19.05 100 0 0 0 

Closed 2.73 100 0 0 0 

Departure 19.05 75 25 0 0 

Interfacility 0.00 n/a n/a n/a n/a 

Arrival 5.38 90 2 5 3 

Closed 0.97 90 2 5 3 

Departure 5.38 90 2 5 3 


Arrival 2.04 85 2 10 3 

Closed 0.07 90 3 4 3 

Departure 2.04 95 1 2 2 


Page D-25



D5 

References 

American National Standards Institute. 1980. Sound Level Descriptors for Determination of 

Compatible Land Use. American National Standards Institute Standard ANSI S3.23- 

1980. 

. 1988. Quantities and Procedures for Description and Measurement of Environmental 

Sound, Part 1. American National Standards Institute Standard ANSI S12.9-1988. 

Committee on Hearing, Bioacoustics and Biomechanics. 1981. Assessment of Community 

Noise Response to High-Energy Impulsive Sounds. Report of Working Group 84, 

Committee on Hearing, Bioacoustics and Biomechanics, Assembly of Behavioral and 

Social Sciences. National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences. 

Washington, DC. 

Committee of the Health Council of the Netherlands. 1996. Effects of Noise on Health. 

Noise/News International 4. September. 

Edmonds, L.D., P.M. Layde, and J.D. Erickson. 1979. Airport Noise and Teratogenesis. Archives 

of Environmental Health, 243-247. July/August. 

Federal Interagency Committee on Noise. 1992. Federal Agency Review of Selected Airport 

Noise Analysis Issues. Federal Interagency Committee on Noise. August. 

Federal Interagency Committee on Urban Noise. 1980. Guidelines for Considering Noise in 

Land-Use Planning and Control. Federal Interagency Committee on Urban Noise. June. 

Fidell, S., D.S. Barger, and T.J. Schultz. 1991. Updating a Dosage-Effect Relationship for the 

Prevalence of Annoyance Due to General Transportation Noise. J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 89, 

221-233. January. 

Finegold, L.S., C.S. Harris, and H.E. von Gierke. 1994. Community Annoyance and Sleep 

Disturbance: Updated Criteria for Assessing the Impacts of General Transportation 

Noise on People. In Noise Control Engineering Journal, Volume 42, Number 1. pp. 25-30. 

January-February. 

Frampton, K.D., M.J. Lucas, and B. Cook. 1993. Modeling the Sonic Boom Noise Environment 

in Military Operating Areas. AIAA Paper 93-4432. 

Frerichs, R.R., B.L. Beeman, and A.H. Coulson. 1980. Los Angeles Airport Noise and Mortality: 

Faulty Analysis and Public Policy. Am. J. Public Health, 357-362. April. 

Haber, J. and D. Nakaki. 1989. Sonic Boom Damage to Conventional Structures. HSD-TR-89- 

001. April. 

Harris, C.M. (editor). 1979. Handbook of Noise Control. McGraw-Hill. 

Page D-26



Hershey, R.L. and T.H. Higgins. 1976, "Statistical Model of Sonic Boom Structural Damage," 

FAA-RD-76-87, July 1976 

Jones, F.N. and J. Tauscher. 1978. Residence Under an Airport Landing Pattern as a Factor in 

Teratism. Archives of Environmental Health, 10-12. January/February. 

Kryter, K.D. 1984. Physiological, Psychological, and Social Effects of Noise. NASA Reference 

Publication 1115, 446. July. 

Lucas, M.J. and P.T. Calamia. 1996. Military Operations Area and Range Noise Model: 

NRNMAP User’s Manual. Final. Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio: AAMRL. A1/OE-MN- 

1996-0001. 

Lucas, M.J. and K. Plotkin. 1988. ROUTEMAP Model for Predicting Noise Exposure From 

Aircraft Operations on Military Training Routes. Final, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio. 

AAMRL. AAMRL-TR-88-060. 

Ludlow and Sixsmith, 1999. Long Term Effects of Military Jet Aircraft Noise Exposure During 

Childhood on Hearing Threshold Levels. Noise and Health (5) 33-39. 

Meecham, W.C. and N. Shaw. 1979. Effects of Jet Noise on Mortality Rates. British J. Audiology, 

77-80. August. 

Moulton, C.L. 1992. Air Force Procedure for Predicting Noise Around Airbases: Noise 

Exposure Model (NOISEMAP). Technical Report AL-TR-1992-59. 

National Research Council/National Academy of Sciences. 1977. Guidelines for Preparing 

Environmental Impact Statements on Noise. Committee on Hearing, Bioacoustics, and 

Biomechanics. 

Ollerhead, J.B., C.J. Jones, R.E. Cadoux, A. Woodley, B.J. Atkinson, J.A. Horne, F. Pankhurst, L. 

Reyner, K.I. Hume, F. Van, A. Watson, I.D. Diamond, P. Egger, D. Holmes, and J. 

McKean. 1992. Report of a Field Study of Aircraft Noise and Sleep Disturbance. The 

Department of Transport, Department of Safety Environment and Engineering. Civil 

Aviation Authority, London. December. 

Page, J.A., B.D. Schantz, R. Brown, K.J. Plotkin, and C.L. Moulton. 1994. “Measurements of 

Sonic Booms Due to ACM Training in R2301 W of the Barry Goldwater Air Force 

Range,” Wyle Research Report WR 94-11. 

Pearsons, K.S., D.S. Barber, and B.G. Tabachick. 1989. Analyses of the Predictability of Noise- 

Induced Sleep Disturbance. USAF Report HSD-TR-89-029. October. 

Plotkin, K.J., V.R. Desai, C.L. Moulton, M.J. Lucas, and R. Brown. 1989. “Measurements of Sonic 

Booms due to ACM Training at White Sands Missile Range,” Wyle Research Report WR 

89-18. 

Page D-27



Plotkin, K.J., C.L. Moulton, V.R. Desai, and M.J. Lucas. 1992. “Sonic Boom Environment under a 

Supersonic Military Operations Area,” Journal of Aircraft 29(6): 1069-1072. 

Plotkin, K.J., 1996. PCBoom3 Sonic Boom Prediction Model: Version 1.0c. Wyle Research 

Report WR 95-22C. May. 

Plotkin, K.J. and F. Grandi, 2002. "Computer Models for Sonic Boom Analysis: PCBoom4, 

CABoom, BooMap, CORBoom," Wyle Research Report WR 02-11, June 2002. 

Plotkin, K.J., L.C. Sutherland, and J.A. Molino. 1987. Environmental Noise Assessment for 

Military Aircraft Training Routes, Volume II: Recommended Noise Metric. Wyle 

Research Report WR 86-21. January. 

Schultz, T.J. 1978. Synthesis of Social Surveys on Noise Annoyance. J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 64, 377- 

405. August. 

Stusnick, E., K.A. Bradley, J.A. Molino, and G. DeMiranda. 1992. The Effect of Onset Rate on 

Aircraft Noise Annoyance. Volume 2: Rented Own-Home Experiment. Wyle 

Laboratories Research Report WR 92-3. March. 

Stusnick, E., K.A. Bradley, M.A. Bossi, and D.G. Rickert. 1993. The Effect of Onset Rate on 

Aircraft Noise Annoyance. Volume 3: Hybrid Own-Home Experiment. Wyle 

Laboratories Research Report WR 93-22. December. 

Sutherland, L. 1989. Assessment of Potential Structural Damage from Low Altitude Subsonic 

Aircraft. Wyle Laboratories Research Report WR 89-16. El Segundo, CA. 

Sutherland, L.C. 1990. "Effects of Sonic Boom on Structures," Lecture 3 of Sonic Boom: Prediction 

and Effects, AIAA Short Course, October 1990. 

U.S. Department of Transportation. 1984. Airport Noise Compatibility Planning; Development 

of Submission of Airport Operator’s Noise Exposure Map and Noise Compatibility 

Program; Final Rule and Request for Comments. 14 CFR Parts 11 and 150, Federal 

Register 49(244): 18 December. 

Undersecretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics. 2009. Methodology for 

Assessing Hearing Loss Risk and Impacts in DoD Environmental Impact Analysis. June 

16. 

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). 1974. Information on Levels of 

Environmental Noise Requisite to Protect the Public Health and Welfare With an 

Adequate Margin of Safety. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Report 550/9-74- 

004. March. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), 1982. 

Report No. 550/9-82-105. April 1982. 

Guidelines for Noise Impact Analysis. 

Page D-28



von Gierke, H.R. 1990. The Noise-Induced Hearing Loss Problem. NIH Consensus 

Development Conference on Noise and Hearing Loss. Washington, D.C. 22-24 January. 

Wesler, J.E. 1977. Concorde Operations At Dulles International Airport. NOISEXPO ‘77, 

Chicago, IL. March. 

White, R. 1972. Effects of Repetitive Sonic Booms on Glass Breakage. FAA Report FAA-RD-72- 

43. April. 

Page D-29




Page D-30

Appendix E 

Sec 7 (ESA) Compliance Wildlife Analysis for F-22 Plus UP Environmental Assessment, 

Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER), Alaska


SECTION 7 (ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT) COMPLIANCE 

WILDLIFE ANALYSIS FOR F-22 PLUS-UP ENVIRONMENTAL 

ASSESSMENT 

JOINT BASE ELMENDORF-RICHARDSON (JBER), ALASKA 

February 2011

SECTION 7 (ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT) 

COMPLIANCE WILDLIFE ANALYSIS FOR F-22 PLUS- 

UP ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, JOINT BASE 

ELMENDORF-RICHARDSON (JBER), ALASKA 

1.1 Introduction 

The United States Air Force (Air Force) is preparing an F-22 Plus-Up Environmental 

Assessment (EA) to evaluate the potential environmental consequences of the proposal to add 

six primary and one back-up F-22 aircraft to the Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER) F-22 

inventory, an increase in primary aircraft of approximately 17 percent. 


In 2006 the Air Force selected Elmendorf Air Force Base (AFB), Alaska, as the location for the 

Second F-22 Operational Wing [F-22 Beddown Environmental Assessment (EA), Elmendorf, 

Alaska, and Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), date 2006]. 

1.2.1 Purpose for F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 

On July 29, 2010, the Department of the Air Force announced actions to consolidate the F-22 

fleet. The Secretary of the Air Force and the Chief of Staff of the Air Force determined that the 

most effective basing for the F-22 requires redistributing aircraft from one Holloman AFB, New 

Mexico F-22 squadron to existing F-22 units at JBER; Langley AFB, Virginia; and Nellis AFB, 

Nevada. The second Holloman AFB F-22 squadron would be relocated to Tyndall AFB, Florida, 

an existing F-22 base. This consolidation would maximize combat aircraft and squadrons 

available for contingencies, and enhance F-22 operational flexibility (Air Force 2010). The 

purpose of the proposed plus-up of F-22 aircraft at JBER is to provide additional Air Force 

capabilities at a strategic location to meet mission responsibilities for worldwide deployment. 

1.2.2 Need for F-22 Plus-Up at JBER 

Two squadrons of F-15C aircraft and one squadron of F-15E aircraft were relocated from JBER 

between 2005 and 2010. Since World War II, JBER has provided an advanced location on U.S. 

soil for projection of U.S. global interests. Additional F-22 aircraft are needed at JBER to 

provide U.S. Air Force capability to respond efficiently to national objectives, be available for 

contingencies, and enhance F-22 operational flexibility. 

1.3 Project Description 

The Proposed Action is to augment the existing F-22 Operational Wing at JBER with six primary 

aircraft and one backup aircraft. This augmentation, when added to the existing JBER 36 

primary and three back-up F-22 aircraft, would result in two F-22 squadrons with 21 primary 

and two back-up aircraft each. Addition of the six primary and one back-up F-22 aircraft would 

F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment Wildlife Analysis 

Page 1-1

not require additional construction or physical modification of habitat, and no changes would 

occur to JBER Water Resources, Hazardous Materials/Waste, Cultural Resources, and Geology 

and Soils. No changes to current F-22 flight paths or approach and departure patterns would 

occur. With the addition of the six operational aircraft to the existing inventory, an increase in 

F-22 sorties of approximately 21 percent is expected to result. The "no action" alternative 

considered in the EA would not add seven aircraft to the inventory. 

1.4 Threatened, Endangered, and Candidate Species to be 

Evaluated 

Threatened, Endangered, and Candidate Species Identified by 

USFWS (2010a) or NOAA-NMFS (2010) Suspected or Recorded in 

Upper Cook Inlet Project Area 

Common Name Scientific Name ESA Status Location Description 

Occupies Cook Inlet waters 

Beluga Whale 

including Knik Arm and waters 

(Cook Inlet Distinct 

Delphinapterus leucas Endangered 

of North Gulf of Alaska (NMFS 

Population Segment [DPS]) 

2008a) 

Steller Sea Lion* 

(Western AK DPS) 

Eumetopias jubatus 

Endangered 

Steller's Eider* Polysticta stelleri Threatened 

Yellow-billed Loon* Gavia adamsii Candidate 

Kittlitz’s Murrelet* 

Northern Sea Otter 

Southwest Alaska DPS* 

Chinook salmon*: 

Lower Columbia River 

(spring) 

Puget Sound 

Snake River 

(spring/summer) 

Snake River (fall) 

Upper Columbia River 

(spring) 

Brachyramphus 

brevirostris 

Enhydra lutris kenyoni 

Onchorhynchus 

tshawytshca 

Candidate 

Threatened 

Threatened 

Threatened 

Threatened 

Threatened 

Endangered 

Threatened 

Includes sea lions born on 

rookeries from Prince William 

Sound westward (NMFS 

2008b). 

Occurs in northern and western 

Alaska (USDI 2007). 

Nest near freshwater lakes in 

the arctic tundra and winter 

along the Alaskan coast to the 

Puget Sound (USDI 2009a). 

Nest near glaciers in rocky 

slopes near Gulf of Alaska 

waters, winters off shore in Gulf 

of Alaska (USDI 2010b) 

Alaska Peninsula to the western 

Aleutian Islands. The nearest 

Management Unit [Kodiak, 

Kamishak Alaska Peninsula 

(KKAP)] includes the western 

shore of the lower Cook Inlet 

south of the project area USFWS 

2010c). 

These stock range throughout 

the North Pacific. However, the 

specific occurrence of listed 

salmonids within close 

proximity to Elmendorf AFB is 

highly unlikely (NMFS 2010). 

Wildlife Analysis 

Page 1-2 


Threatened, Endangered, and Candidate Species Identified by 

USFWS (2010a) or NOAA-NMFS (2010) Suspected or Recorded in 

Upper Cook Inlet Project Area 

Common Name Scientific Name ESA Status Location Description 

Upper Willamette River 

Steelhead*: 

Lower Columbia River 

Middle Columbia River 

Snake River Basin 

Upper Columbia River 

Upper Willamette River 

Onchorhynchus mykiss 

Threatened 

Threatened 

Threatened 

Endangered 

Threatened 

These stock range throughout 

the North Pacific. However, the 

specific occurrence of listed 

salmonids within close 

proximity to Elmendorf AFB is 

highly unlikely (NMFS 2010). 

Note: 

* May potentially move on or within close proximity to base, but occur so infrequently that projects are expected 

to have no effect on them (USFWS 2010a, NMFS 2010). 

1.5 Threatened, Endangered, and Candidate Species 

Recorded in Anchorage/Upper Cook Inlet Area 

1.5.1 Beluga Whale, Cook Inlet Distinct Population Segment (DPS) 

Biology: See “National Marine Fisheries Service. 2008a. Conservation Plan for the Cook Inlet 

beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas). National Marine Fisheries Service, Juneau, Alaska. 122 

pages.” 

Status: Endangered (Dec 2008) (73 FR 62919) 

Critical Habitat: Proposed (74 FR 63080) December 2, 2009 but no final rule as of December 20, 

2010. Area 1 of the proposed CH includes Knik Arm. 

The primary constituent elements identified in the Proposed Critical Habitat Rule as “essential 

to the conservation of Cook Inlet beluga whales” are: 

• Intertidal and subtidal waters of Cook Inlet with depths

Other diet items include cod, pollock, and sole. In Knik Arm, belugas transit between locations 

such as stream mouths (NMFS 2010c) where behaviors including milling, feeding, and 

socializing by belugas have been identified (Stewart 2010). In the project area these areas 

include Six Mile Creek, North Eagle Bay, Eagle River, and near Point McKenzie, with transit of 

belugas primarily along the east side of the Lower Knik Arm (Stewart 2010). Most beluga 

activity in Knik Arm is noted during August, September, and October, coinciding with the 

Coho salmon run (NMFS 2010b). Within Knik Arm, beluga abundance is highly variable. 

Fourteen years of aerial surveys conducted during the first weeks of June by NMFS show 

beluga abundance in Knik Arm ranging from 224 (in 1997) to 0 whales (in 1994 and 2004) 

(NMFS 2008a). Beluga abundance in the Knik Arm is highest during the months of August 

through November, which account for 90 percent of observations of whales in the Knik Arm 

made by land and boat-based observations between July 2004 and July 2005 (NMFS 2010b). 

Surveys conducted by boat during August through October 2004 reported variable abundance 

counts in Knik Arm with 5-130 whales in August, 0-70 whales in September, and 0-105 whales 

in October (Funk et al. 2005). (Single observation totals of up to 71 whales during daily visits 

were recorded during summer 2009 in Eagle Bay at the mouth of Eagle River on JBER- 

Richardson (C. McKee, personal communication, USARG-DPW). Average daily visits to Eagle 

Bay were 9 whales (McKee and Garner 2010). These animals are expected to pass by JBER 

shorelines. Public observations suggest occasional feeding activity near mouth of Six Mile 

Creek, which is supported by studies conducted by Funk et al. (2005) and Stewart (2010.) The 

waters of Knik Arm are extremely turbid and subject to wide tidal fluctuations, with a mean 

diurnal range of 30 feet in Anchorage resulting in currents ranging from about 3 knots to 12 

knots locally (Blackwell and Greene 2002). Belugas ascend to upper Knik Arm on the flooding 

tide and often retreat to lower portions of the Arm during low tides. In the narrows of the lower 

reaches of Knik Arm they tend to follow the tide within 1 km of either shoreline. Above the 

narrows, they may travel up the east side of the Knik Arm following the channel along Eagle 

Bay on incoming tides and belugas are observed to hug the western shoreline when moving out 

of the Knik Arm (NMFS 2010b); however, from vantage points on the east side of the Arm 

above the narrows, many of the same individuals observed swimming up on the east side are 

also observed to swim down on the same side (Garner, personal communication 2011). 

1.5.2 Steller Sea Lion, Western DPS 

Biology: See “National Marine Fisheries Service. 2008. Recovery Plan for the Steller Sea Lion 

(Eumetopias jubatus). Revision. National Marine Fisheries Service, Silver Spring, MD. 325 pages.” 

Status: Endangered (1997) (62 FR 24345, 62 FR 30772). 

Critical Habitat: Designated August 27, 1993 (58 FR 45269) – none in Upper Cook Inlet. 

Local Records: Steller sea lions have been observed in Knik Arm on rare occasions – most 

recently a single male was observed during summer of 2009 near the mouth of Eagle River, 

adjacent to Eagle River Flats (C. McKee, personal communication, JBER USARG-DPW). NMFS 

(2010b) indicates that there is little likelihood that the species would enter the Knik Arm in the 

vicinity of JBER in the future. 


Page 1-4 


1.5.3 Steller’s Eider, Alaska Breeding Population 

Biology: See “U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2003. Steller’s Eider Recovery Plan. Fairbanks, 

Alaska. 29 pages.” 

Status: Threatened (1997) (62 FR 31748 31757). 

Critical Habitat: Designated 2001 (66 FR 8849 8884) – none in Upper Cook Inlet. 

Local Records: Steller’s eider noted as a casual visitor to Anchorage area in Anchorage 

Audubon bird checklist suggesting less than 10 total records. USFWS (2010d) indicates the 

distribution during winter and migration includes the shorelines of Cook Inlet, below Knik 

Arm. 

1.5.4 Yellow-billed Loon 

Biology: See “USDI Fish and Wildlife Service. 2009b. Endangered and Threatened Wildlife 

and Plants; 12-Month Finding on a Petition to List the Yellow-Billed Loon as Threatened or 

Endangered. 150 pp.” 

Status: Candidate –Priority 8 (2009) (74 FR 57803 57878). 

Critical Habitat: None designated. 

Local Records: Unsubstantiated observation on Green Lake, JBER during 2001 by A. 

Richmond. Not listed on Anchorage Audubon Bird Checklist. 

1.5.5 Kittlitz’s Murrelet 

Biology: See “Alaska Seabird Information Series. 2006 Available at 

http://alaska.fws.gov/mbsp/mbm/seabirds/pdf/kimu.pdf. Also: “Draft Spotlight Species 

Action Plan” U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. August 4, 2009 Available at: 

http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/endangered/pdf/kittlitzs_murrelet_draft_plan.pdf 

http://ecos.fws.gov/docs/candforms_pdf/r7/B0AP_V01.pdf and: Birdlife International Fact 

Sheet. Available at: http://www.birdlife.org/datazone/speciesfactsheet.php?id=3310 

Status: Candidate–Listing Priority 2 (2008) (74 FR 57803 57878). 

Critical Habitat: None designated. 

Local Records: Most of Cook Inlet, including Knik Arm, is outside areas identified as nesting 

areas, non-breeding concentrations, and breeding concentrations (U.S. Fish And Wildlife 

Service Species Assessment And Listing Priority Assignment Form. May 2010. Available 

at: http://ecos.fws.gov/docs/candforms_pdf/r7/B0AP_V01.pdf, information current as of 

May 2010). 


Page 1-5

1.5.6 Northern Sea Otter—Southwest Alaska DPS 

Biology: See Southwest Alaska DPS of the Northern Sea Otter (Enhydra lutris kenyoni) Draft 

Recovery Plan (August 2010) available at http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/mmm/seaotters/ 

pdf/draft_sea_otter_recovery_plan_small_file.pdf 

Status: Threatened. 

Critical Habitat: Designated critical habitat exists in the west side of the lower Cook Inlet 

(outside the project area): (http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/mmm/seaotters/pdf%5 

CSeaOtterCriticalHabitatMaps.pdf) 

Local Records: This species is not known to occur in the Upper Cook Inlet including Knik Arm 

(USFWS 2004). The project area is outside designated Critical Habitat for the Northern Sea 

Otter southwest Alaska DPS. Unit 5 (Kodiak, Kamishak, Alaska Peninsula) of Designated 

Critical Habitat is present on the western side of the lower Cook Inlet as far north as Redoubt 

Point, which is well to the south of Knik Arm. (http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/ 

mmm/seaotters/pdf%5CSeaOtterCriticalHabitatMaps.pdf). 

1.6 Effects Analysis 

1.6.1 Cook Inlet Beluga Whale 

Potential effects to Cook Inlet beluga whales include potential behavioral responses to the 

overflight of F-22s. Animals may react to the sound of the jet aircraft or the visual stimulus of 

the aircraft being overhead by avoiding the area or altering their natural behavior patterns, 

which could constitute behavioral harassment. Beluga whales are known for the variety of their 

vocalizations and have good hearing sensitivity at medium to high frequencies (see Appendix 

2). The following analysis and discussion focuses on the potential effects on belugas from 

overflight by F-22s. 

The additional F-22s associated with the proposed Plus-Up would contribute an approximate 21 

percent increase in F-22 sorties from JBER. Approaches and departures would follow 

previously established and defined approach and departure patterns from JBER that are 

currently in use by F-22s. The action area for this analysis encompasses portions of the Knik 

Arm that are overflown by F-22 aircraft on established approach, departure, and reentry 

patterns. These portions of Knik Arm are located to the west and north of JBER runways. 

Figures 2 through 8, presented in Section 1.6.1.2 below, encompass the Action Area. A detailed 

analysis of noise associated with F-22 sorties following these patterns has been conducted for 

this assessment and is presented in Appendix 1. Some background information and a summary 

of the analysis are provided here. 

1.6.1.1 Aircraft Overflight Noise Background 

Sound is transmitted from an airborne source to a receptor underwater by four principal means: 

(1) Direct path, refracted upon passing through the air-water interface; 


Page 1-6 


(2) Direct-refracted paths reflected from the bottom in shallow water; 

(3) Lateral (evanescent) transmission through the interface from the airborne sound field 

directly above; and 

(4) Scattering from interface roughness due to wave motion. 

Aircraft noise is chiefly transmitted from air into the water within a narrow band centered on 

the flight path. A large portion of the acoustic energy is reflected from the air-water interface 

during transmission of sound from air to water. For an overhead sound source such as an 

aircraft much of the sound at angles greater than 13 degrees from the vertical is reflected and 

does not penetrate the water. The area of maximum transmission can therefore be visualized as 

a 13-degree cone (26-degree aperture) with the aircraft at its apex (see Figure 1). Aircraft will be 

audible for longer as they climb and the base of the cone increases, however the acoustic energy 

reaching the water surface diminishes with increasing altitude of the aircraft. Outside the 

conical area of maximum transmission, sound may be reflected back into the air or transmitted 

shallowly into the water where it stays near the surface, but could be heard by an animal on or 

near the surface outside the cone. 

Figure 1. Aircraft noise transmission into water 


Page 1-7

Most sound is actually transmitted to water within the 13-degree “cone”, especially in calm 

conditions. Outside the cone most sound is reflected except where appropriately oriented faces 

of waves and chop enable some sound to be transmitted across the air-water interface. The 

sound that penetrates outside the cone does not penetrate deeply. The analysis conducted for 

this project described in Appendix 1 and below treats the area ensonified as if the cone didn’t 

exist. This simplifying assumption results in an overstatement of the amount of noise 

transmitted into the water from the air-water interface and results in an overestimation of the 

area affected by elevated noise levels in the water. 

Exposures to elevated noise levels from aircraft overflight would be brief in duration (seconds) 

as the aircraft passes overhead and would diminish rapidly due to the speed of the aircraft. For 

example, Blackwell and Greene, in their study of underwater noise in the Cook Inlet near 

Elmendorf AFB (2002, Figure 3C), found that a landing F-15 passing directly overhead only 

generated underwater noise levels exceeding the ambient noise level for approximately three 

seconds. The exposed animal would need to be nearly directly underneath the overflight in 

order to be exposed to elevated noise levels from an aircraft overflight due to lack of or greatly 

diminished transmission of sound into water at angles greater than 13 degrees from the vertical. 

Furthermore, a noise would generally need to be louder than ambient (background) noise levels 

in order to be perceived by the animal. 

Blackwell and Greene (2002) also measured high ambient noise levels in the Knik Arm. They 

found a 119 dB re 1 µPa average in-water reading adjacent to Elmendorf AFB while no 

overflights were taking place. The same investigators measured ambient noise of 124 dB re 1 

µPa at Point Possession (a nearby locality south of Anchorage) during a changing tide. An EA 

for the Port of Anchorage reported noise levels on shipping days averaged 134–143 dB re 1 µPa 

and the Knik Arm Bridge EIS (Underwater Measurements of Pile-Driving Sound) reported 

background levels of 115–133 dB re 1 µPa. Additionally, KABATA et al. (2010) summarized a 

variety of existing noise studies conducted within the Knik Arm and concluded that measured 

background levels rarely are below 125 dB re 1 μPa, except in conditions of no wind and slack 

tide. Ambient noise energy in the Knik Arm is typically concentrated at frequencies below 10 

kHz (Blackwell and Greene 2002). 

Of F-15 aircraft overflights measured in air and in water while on approach for landing at 

Elmendorf AFB by Blackwell and Greene (2002), the sounds of overflight were detectable in 

water in only two of the eleven overflights, one at 90 degrees (i.e., directly overhead) and one at 

80 degrees overhead. The peak in-water noise measured was 134dB re 1 μPa for the F-15 

landing straight overhead; the second measured overflight (at 80 degrees overhead) was 122 dB 

re 1 μPa. The sounds from the remainder of the overflights could not be detected in the water. 

The authors attributed this to two factors, angles exceeding 13 degrees from vertical, which 

reduces penetration of sound energy into the water, and high ambient in-water noise. For those 

events where aircraft noise was detectable in the water, it was only detectable for approximately 

3 seconds. 

F-22 aircraft have been based at JBER since 2007, when F-22s replaced the F-15E and one of the 

F-15C squadrons that had been based at JBER. In 2010, the last remaining F-15 squadron 

departed JBER, leaving the F-22 as the only fighter aircraft based at JBER. F-22 engines are more 

powerful than those used in F-15 aircraft, and have the potential to be louder than engines of 


Page 1-8 


F-15C or F-15E aircraft that had been present at Elmendorf AFB at the time the measurements 

by Blackwell and Greene (2002) described above were made. However, two operational factors 

reduce the differences in noise levels between the two aircraft types with regard to overflight of 

the Knik Arm under normal circumstances. These are: (1) faster rate of climb of the F-22, 

causing it to be at higher altitude when it overflies the Knik Arm during departures and (2) 

lower power settings required by the F-22 than for the F-15 on approach and when landing. It is 

interesting to note that in-water F-15 noise levels reported in the Blackwell and Greene study 

are only slightly less than estimated in-water F-22 noise levels predicted in this analysis (see 

Appendix 1). This result fits expectations given the characteristics of the two aircraft. Jet 

aircraft noise, which is generated primarily by turbulent mixing of air, is concentrated in 

relatively low frequency bands, primarily below 4,000 Hz (= 4 kHz – Wyle Labs 2001, see also 

Appendix 1, Figure 2). Spectral characteristics of F-22 noise in water have not been measured, 

but are expected to be similar to dominant ambient noise sources in the Knik Arm. 

1.6.1.2 Potential Overflight Effects 

The additional F-22 overflights would produce airborne noise and some of this energy would be 

transmitted into the water. Cook Inlet beluga whales could be exposed to noise associated with 

the additional F-22 overflights while at the surface or while submerged. In addition to sound, 

marine mammals could react to the shadow of a low-flying aircraft. 

Exposure to F-22 aircraft noise would be brief (seconds) as an aircraft quickly passes overhead. 

Most observations of cetacean responses to aircraft overflights [(e.g., diving, slapping the water 

with flukes, swimming away from track of low-flying survey aircraft (Richardson et al. 1995)] 

are from aerial scientific surveys that involve aircraft flying at relatively low altitudes 

(frequently below 200 ft. MSL) and low airspeeds, often with repeated passes or circling. It 

should be noted that most of the aircraft overflight exposures analyzed in the studies reviewed 

by Richardson et al. (1995) are different than F-22 overflights. Compared to F-22s overflying the 

Knik Arm while approaching or departing from JBER, survey and whale watching aircraft are 

expected to fly at lower altitudes and exposure durations would be longer for aircraft intending 

to observe or follow an animal or group of animals. 

The visual aspect of an F-22 overflight over the Knik Arm would be minimal, because of its 

altitude, small size, and rapidity of the overflight. The F-22’s closest approach to the water 

surface ranges from 653 to 4295 feet MSL, depending on the flight procedure being conducted 

(data in Appendix 1, Table 1). Based on the annual use of the different flight paths, the 

weighted average of closest approach to water is 2,250 feet MSL for all flight paths. 

As reported by F-22 pilots during interviews, airspeeds when crossing the Knik Arm range 

from 160 to 350 knots. Reported airspeeds were used to calculate time spent over Knik Arm in 

configurations that generate >120 dB SPL. The total time per flight event in flight 

configurations that result in underwater noise levels >120 dB SPL over the Knik Arm is between 

26 and 163 seconds with the number of seconds depending on the flight procedure being 

conducted. Due to the F-22’s airspeed, at any given point within the overflown portion of Knik 

Arm, exposures to underwater noise levels >120 dB SPL would be very brief—in the 

neighborhood of 2-5 seconds. Consecutive overflights (e.g., “two-ship” departures) could cause 

the period of exposure to noise level >120 dB SPL to be longer (e.g., up to about 10 seconds). 


Page 1-9

The visual experience of an F-22 overflight would be similar to that of an F-15 overflight. The 

F-22 is 62 ft long with a 44-foot wingspan and is similar in size to an F-15C or F-15E. Altitude 

profiles for the two aircraft are similar during arrival operations. During departure operations, 

the F-22 climbs more quickly than the F-15, resulting in the F-22 being at higher altitudes while 

overflying the Knik Arm. Airspeeds in the runway vicinity are similar for the two aircraft 

meaning that the duration of the visual experience is similar. Because of its altitude, small size, 

and rapidity of the overflight, adverse visual behavioral response to F-22 overflight on 

established flight tracks over Knik Arm is not expected. 

A variety of effects may result from exposure to sound-producing activities. The severity of 

these effects can vary greatly between minor effects that have no realizable cost to the animal, to 

more severe effects that may have lasting consequences. Potential acoustic effects to marine 

mammals fall into five major categories: 1) Direct Trauma; 2) Auditory Fatigue; 3) Auditory 

Masking; 4) Stress Response; and 5) Behavioral Reactions. 

Direct trauma refers to injury to organs or tissues of an animal as a direct result of an intense 

sound wave or shock wave impinging upon or passing through their body. This has only been 

shown with close proximity to very intense sources such as explosions. Auditory fatigue may 

result from overstimulation of the delicate hair cells and tissues within the auditory system. The 

maximum sound pressure level predicted within the water is 137dB re 1 μPa for a duration of a 

few seconds (see noise modeling calculations below and in Appendix 1). A temporary hearing 

loss (temporary threshold shift [TTS]) threshold of 195 dB re 1 μPa 2 -s is primarily based on the 

cetacean TTS data from Schlundt et al. (2000) and corroborated by the short-duration tone data 

of Finneran et al. (2001, 2003, 2005) and the long-duration sound data from Nachtigall et al. 

(2003a, b). This is the best threshold to predict temporary hearing loss for non-impulsive sound, 

which is the lowest order direct physiological effect (with the exception of stress). An animal 

would need to be exposed to 137 dB re μPa continuously for about 175 hours to reach the 195 dB 

re 1 μPa 2 -s sound exposure level threshold. Therefore direct trauma and auditory fatigue as a 

result of F-22 overflights are not predicted. 

Auditory masking occurs when the perception of a sound is interfered with by a second sound 

and the probability of masking increases as the two sounds increase in similarity and the 

masking sound increases in level. The maximum predicted in-water sound from F-22 

overflights is 137 dB re 1 µPa for a duration of a few seconds; during most flight operations and 

in most places under the flight path the maximum noise levels would be significantly less. As 

described above, ambient noise levels in the northern Cook Inlet and Knik Arm normally 

exceed 120 dB re 1 µPa. Therefore, since predicted F-22 overflight noise levels are often very 

close to ambient noise levels, and the noise would only be heard for a few seconds at any given 

point within the water, masking is not predicted. 

Physiological stress and behavioral reactions may occur at the predicted in-water sound levels. 

The data to predict physiological stress based on specific sound levels do not exist for marine 

mammals. Therefore, the following analysis examines the possibility that F-22 overflights will 

cause a behavioral reaction (and possible physiological stress response) in Cook Inlet beluga 

whales. An analytical model was used to quantify potential behavioral disturbances based on 

predicted sound levels; thresholds derived from reactions of animals to similar intermittent, 

non-impulsive sounds; and Cook Inlet beluga whale density estimates. The most appropriate 


Page 1-10 


acoustic threshold is currently the odontocete risk function which assesses the probability of a 

behavioral reaction from 120 dB SPL to 195 dB SPL for non-pulse sound as described in 

Appendix 1. The results of this model were studied and a number of contextual factors were 

considered to ascertain the potential effects of F-22 overflights on the beluga whales. 

As described in Appendix 1, all established flight profiles used by F-22s at JBER were modeled, 

taking into account engine power settings, altitudes, and maneuvers at points along each flight 

track. These parameters were verified with F-22 pilots at JBER through interviews and followup 

questions during the week of 6 December 2010. Each of the flight profiles consists of 

multiple segments (i.e., initial approach to the airfield, circling to land, etc.). Each flight profile 

segment that overflies the Knik Arm was assessed for potential to impact beluga whales. Noise 

levels in air were calculated at increments along each flight path. Appropriate conversions 

were made to account for the transmission of sound across the air/water interface as described 

in Appendix 1 and the maximum in-water sound pressure levels associated with overflights 

were calculated. As stated above, maximum modeled in-water sound pressure levels (SPL) 

associated with F-22 overflight of the Knik Arm do not exceed 137 dB re 1 µPa (Appendix 1). 

The threshold for potential effects was then established using the odontocete risk function, an 

“S”-shaped curve which assesses the probability of a behavioral reaction in the interval between 

120 dB SPL to 195 dB SPL for non-pulse sound (see Appendix 1, page 2, and Appendix 1, Figure 

1). The odontocete risk function as applied in this analysis was designed based on findings of 

several studies, including numerous individuals, and therefore takes into account variation 

among individuals in sensitivity to stimulus. Highly sensitive individuals (or groups) would 

have a slightly higher likelihood of behavioral response than indicated by the odontocete risk 

curve at a given received level and unusually insensitive individuals would have a slightly 

lower likelihood of behavioral response than indicated by the odontocete risk curve. Given this 

threshold range, all areas in which modeled in-water SPL exceeds 120 dB re 1 µPa at the loudest 

point were delineated and broken down into subareas or “bins” within which in-water SPLs 

ranged from 120-125 dB; 125-130 dB; and above 130 dB re 1 µPa, respectively. These were 

mapped for each type of flight path and their areas determined using GIS. The affected area was 

then multiplied by a value estimating beluga population density. We considered two density 

values, 0.08 beluga whales/km 2 and 0.12 beluga whales/km 2 , and ultimately used the higher 

density in our calculations because it would yield a higher estimate of effect. The smaller value 

(0.08 beluga whales/km 2 ) was the maximum monthly density of belugas calculated for the Knik 

Arm near JBER based on several monitoring studies (KABATA et al. 2010, Table 8). The larger 

density value was based on the current (2010) estimated Cook Inlet beluga whale population of 

340 individuals (NMFS 2010b) divided by 2,800 km 2 , the area estimated to represent 95 percent 

of the occupied Cook Inlet beluga whale range (Rugh et al. 2010), thus yielding a density 

estimate of 0.12 beluga whales/km 2 . 

The results are shown in Figures 2 through 8, which portray all flight profiles in which in-water 

SPLs were calculated to equal or exceed 120 dB. The F-22 flight profiles depicted in Figures 2 

through 8 are named according to five character codes which are sometimes followed by a 

number (e.g. RAPTR, EEEGL2, and MATSU5) or according to the type of pattern being 

conducted (e.g., IFR approach, VFR re-entry). The legend of each figure contains the probability 

of behavioral effect, determined for the highest SPL in the range (e.g., 125 dB for the range 120- 

125 dB). For areas exceeding 130 dB SPL, the maximum probability of behavioral reaction from 

the odontocete risk function for the probability associated with 137 dB SPL was used. This was 

the highest modeled exposure for any flight path. 


Page 1-11

Figure 2. Water Surface Area Below Which Modeled Instantaneous In-Water 

Sound Pressure Levels Are 120 dB or Greater Resulting From F-22 Overflight on 

RAPTR Transition to Runway 06, Flight Lead (Track 06AT1), Initial Approach to 

Runway. 


Page 1-12 




RAPTR Transition to Runway 06, Wingman (Track 06AT2), Initial Approach to 

Runway. 


Page 1-13



IFR Approach to Runway 06 (Track 06AT3), Arrival or Closed Pattern. 


Page 1-14 




VFR Re-entry Pattern to Runway 06 (Track 06CR), Initial Approach to Runway. 


Page 1-15



EEEGL2 Departure from Runway 24 (Track 24D2), Military or Afterburner 

Departure. 


Page 1-16 




EEEGL2 Departure from Runway 34 (Track 34D1), Military Departure. 


Page 1-17



Overhead Pitch or Visual Closed Pattern to Runway 06 (Track 06C2). 


Page 1-18 


As detailed in Appendix 1, the analysis was again conservative (i.e., overestimates effects), 

calculating the largest possible footprint of sound levels exceeding 120 dB. Much of the noise 

energy generated by jet aircraft is at low frequencies (below 10 kHz), which is below the best 

hearing range of belugas (30-80kHz). Overflights generally occur over portions of the lower 

Knik Arm where beluga whales are generally transiting when present (KABATA et al., 2010). 

The probability and consequences of altering a transiting animal's behavior are unknown, 

however biologically significant effects would be less likely than those associated with 

disturbing feeding or mating behavior. However, modeled noise levels of 120-125 dB 

associated with some flight tracks are predicted in the vicinity of the mouth of Six Mile Creek 

(Figures 5-7) and Eagle Bay (Figure 7), areas where belugas are known to feed and congregate. 

Given the regular occurrence of overflight of belugas by jet aircraft at Stevens International 

Airport and JBER, the brief duration of the exposure to elevated in-water noise (seconds, as 

described above), and the absence of direct physical harm or injury to belugas from overflight, 

there is potential for diminution of any behavioral response to overflight over time 

(habituation). Blackwell and Greene (2002) indicated this appears to be the case with belugas, 

which are thought to habituate and become tolerant of the vessels, when exposed to substantial 

boat traffic. Additionally, for animals to detect and respond to a noise it needs to be louder 

than background by greater than a value known as the critical ratio. Odontocete critical ratios 

are typically between 10 and 20 dB, with the actual value varying by frequency and species 

(Richardson et al. 1995). Given that measured in-water noise levels in the Knik Arm near JBER 

are frequently in the neighborhood of 120-125 dB re 1 µPa or more (NMFS 2010b; Blackwell and 

Greene 2002), it is possible that elevated in-water noise from overflights would not be perceived 

as a distinct noise source by the belugas because of the high levels of ambient in-water noise. 

The high levels of ambient noise are not accounted for in the analytical approach employed in 

this document (see Appendix 1) and this is another factor that may result in overestimation of 

the likelihood of behavioral reaction to overflights. 

The resulting estimated number of behavioral reactions associated with the proposed action are 

less than 0.04 individuals per year (Appendix 1). Because the likelihood of behavioral reaction 

is essentially zero, it is so low as to be discountable and it is therefore concluded that the project 

may affect but is unlikely to adversely affect the Cook Inlet beluga whale. 

The potential for project effects on the proposed critical habitat for Cook Inlet beluga whale was 

evaluated as summarized below with respect to the five Primary Constituent Elements (PCEs) 

in the proposed critical habitat (74 FR 63095, December 2, 2009). The PCEs are listed above in 

Section 1.5.1 of this report. 

(1) Because there would be no onshore or in-water construction, earth moving, or 

vegetation removal associated with the proposed F-22 plus-up, there would be no effects 

on the water quality or hydrology of waters of the Knik Arm or its tributaries. 

(2) Overflights by additional F-22s, including elevated sound levels, are not expected to 

affect prey species consumed by Cook Inlet beluga whales. In the Knik Arm project 

area, these primarily include four salmon species and Pacific eulachon; however Pacific 

cod, walleye pollock, saffron cod, and yellowfin sole are also taken. Salmon and most 

marine fish are hearing generalists with their best hearing sensitivity at low frequencies 

(below 300 Hz) where they can detect particle motion induced by low frequency sound 

at high intensities (Amoser and Ladich 2005; Popper and Hastings 2009), not 


Page 1-19

approached by projected sound levels associated with F-22 overflight. Studies of 

Atlantic salmon conclude that they are unlikely to detect sounds originating in air 

(Hawkins and Johnstone 1978). It is unlikely that the fish species listed as beluga prey 

would detect the noise from any jet overflights. If overflight sounds were detected by 

fish species, any effects would be short-term and minor, given the low projected sound 

pressure levels (maximum of 137 dB re 1 µPa), short duration, and intermittent nature of 

elevated in-water sound associated with F-22 overflight. 

(3) There would be no introduction of toxins or other agents of a type or amount harmful to 

beluga whales. 

(4) The project would not affect passage of beluga whales within or between critical habitat 

areas. 

(5) Based on the analysis in this report, there would be “absence of in-water noise at levels 

resulting in the abandonment of habitat by Cook Inlet beluga whales.” 

Therefore the project is not expected to result in adverse modification of the proposed critical 

habitat for the Cook Inlet beluga whale. 

In conclusion, although Cook Inlet beluga whales are likely to be present during some of the 

F-22 overflights, analysis of modeled underwater noise levels shows that exposure to projected 

in-water noise levels exceeding 120 dB re 1 µPa would be exceedingly unlikely to result in 

behavioral harassment. Therefore this proposal will have no indirect, cumulative or 

interdependent/interrelated effects in regards to Cook Inlet Beluga whale and would have no 

effect on its proposed critical habitat. 

Determination: May affect not likely to adversely affect Cook Inlet Beluga Whale. No effect on 

Cook Inlet Beluga Whale proposed Critical Habitat, or its prey species. 

1.7 Steller Sea Lion 

(1) This species is not expected to occur in the project area (NMFS 2010b) and the combined 

likelihood of its occurrence in the project area and being in the area of elevated noise 

levels from F-22 overflight is so low as to be discountable. 

(2) Therefore, this proposal will have no direct, indirect, cumulative or effect in regards to 

Western population of Steller sea lion or its habitat. 

(3) Determination: May affect not likely to adversely affect Steller sea lion. 

1.8 Steller’s Eider 

(1) This species is not expected to occur in the project area and the combined likelihood of 

its occurrence in the project area and being in the area of elevated noise levels from F-22 

overflight is so low as to be discountable. 

(2) Therefore, this proposal will have no direct, indirect, or cumulative effects in regards to 

the Alaska breeding population of Steller’s eider. 

(3) Determination: May affect not likely to adversely affect Steller’s eider. 


Page 1-20 


1.9 Yellow-billed Loon 





the yellow-billed loon. 

(3) Determination: May affect not likely to adversely affect the yellow-billed loon. 

1.10 Kittlitz’s Murrelet 





Kittlitz’s murrelet. 

(3) Determination: May affect but not likely to adversely affect Kittlitz’s murrelet. 

1.11 Northern Sea Otter, Southwest Alaska DPS 




(2) Therefore, this proposal will have no direct, indirect, or cumulative effects in regards 

Southwest Alaska DPS of the Northern Sea Otter. 

(3) Determination: May affect but not likely to adversely affect the Southwest Alaska DPS 

of the Northern Sea Otter. 

1.12 Conclusion 

A determination of “may affect not likely to adversely affect” is found for all species analyzed; 

therefore, no Sec 7 consultation is required for this project. 

1.13 Additional Considerations 

1.13.1 Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) 

All marine mammals are protected under the Marine Mammal Protection Act. Because 

behavioral reactions by beluga whales are not predicted (< 1 behavioral reaction per year) there 

would be no harassment of this species under MMPA. Other marine mammal species 

occasionally documented in the Knik Arm Project Area include Steller’s sea lion (discussed 

above), harbor seal (Phoca vitulina), harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and killer whale 

(Orcinus orca). Their occurrences are infrequent and in much lower abundance in the Knik Arm 

than the Cook Inlet beluga whales. Potential project effects identified above for the beluga 


Page 1-21

whale are considered to be possible, but even less likely given the very low abundance of these 

species in the Knik Arm. Adverse effects associated with the proposed Plus-Up, including 

behavioral reactions to overflight, are not expected to occur for any marine mammal. 

1.13.2 Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA) 

The Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918 (amended in 1936 and 1972) prohibits the taking of 

migratory birds, unless authorized by the Secretary of Interior. Executive Order 13186 

(Responsibilities of Federal Agencies to Protect Migratory Birds) provides for the conservation 

of migratory birds and their habitats, and requires the evaluation of the effects of Federal 

actions on migratory birds, with an emphasis on species of concern. Federal agencies are 

required to support the intent of the migratory bird conventions by integrating bird 

conservation principles, measures, and practices into agency activities and by avoiding or 

minimizing, to the extent practicable, adverse impacts on migratory birds when conducting 

agency actions. The DoD has an exemption of the MBTA for training for military readiness. 

Although not directly for this project, a permit for take exists and is maintained in the Bird 

Exclusion Zone on JBER. 

1.13.3 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) 

This wildlife analysis has been prepared in conjunction with an F-22 Plus-Up Environmental 

Assessment (EA) being prepared by the United States Air Force (Air Force) to evaluate the 

potential environmental consequences of the proposal to add six primary and one back-up F-22 

aircraft to the Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson (JBER) F-22 inventory, an increase in primary 

aircraft of approximately 17 percent. 

1.14 Literature Cited 

Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation. 2010. Construction General Permit for 

Stormwater. Available at: http://www.dec.state.ak.us/water/wnpspc/stormwater/ 

sw_construction.htm. 

Amoser, S. and F. Ladich. 2005. Are hearing sensitivities adapted to the ambient noise in their 

habitats? J. Experimental Biology 208:3533-3542. 

Blackwell, S. B. and C. R. Greene, Jr. Acoustic Measurements in Cook Inlet, Alaska, During 

August 2001. Prepared by Greeneridge Sciences for National Marine Fisheries Service, 

Protected Resources Division, Anchorage AK. 12 August. 

Eller, A. I. and R. C. Cavanagh. 2000. Subsonic Aircraft Noise At and Beneath the Ocean 

Surface: Estimation of Risk for Effects on Marine Mammals. Prepared by Science 

Applications International Corporation for United States Air Force Research Laboratory. 

Wright-Patterson AFB, OH. AFRL-HE-WP-TR-2000-0156. 

Funk, D.W., T.M. Markowitz, and R. Rodrigues (eds.) 2005. Baseline studies of beluga whale 

habitat use in Knik Arm, Upper Cook Inlet, Alaska, July 2004-July 2005. Rep. from LGL 

Alaska Research Associates, Inc., Anchorage, AK, in association with HDR Alaska, Inc., 


Page 1-22 


Anchorage, AK, for Knik Arm Bridge and Toll Authority, Anchorage, AK, Department 

of Transportation and Public Facilities, Anchorage, AK, and Federal Highway 

Administration, Juneau, AK. 

Hawkins, A. D. and A. D. F. Johnstone. 1978. The hearing of the Atlantic Salmon, Salmo salar. J. 

Fish Biol. 13:655-673. 

KABATA (Knik Arm Bridge and Toll Authority) et al. 2010. Request for Letter of Authorization 

under Section 101(a)(5) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act Incidental to Construction 

of the Knik Arm Crossing Project in Upper Cook Inlet, Alaska. Submitted to Office of 

Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), Silver Spring, MD 

20910-3226 Submitted by: Knik Arm Bridge and Toll Authority, Anchorage, Alaska 

99501; Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities, Anchorage, Alaska 

99501 and Federal Highway Administration, Juneau, Alaska 99802. Biological 

Consultant: HDR Alaska, Inc., Anchorage, Alaska. August 18. 

McKee, C. and C. Garner. 2010. Cook Inlet Beluga Whale Monitoring Eagle Bay, Fort 

Richardson, Alaska 2008-2009. Presented 12 October 2010. In Cook Inlet Beluga Whale 

Science Conference, hosted by National Marine Fisheries Service, Alaska Region, 

Anchorage Downtown Marriott, Alaska, October 11 & 12, 2010. Available at: 

http://www.alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/protectedresources/whales/beluga/workshop/ 

presentations/17_cib_monitoring_eaglebay.pdf 

National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS = NOAA Fisheries). 2008a. Conservation Plan for the 

Cook Inlet Beluga Whale (Delphinapterus leucas). National Marine Fisheries Service, 

Juneau, Alaska. 128 pp. Available at: 

http://www.alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/protectedresources/whales/beluga/mmpa/final 

/cp2008.pdf 

_____. 2008b. Recovery Plan for the Steller Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus). Revision. National 

Marine Fisheries Service, Silver Spring, MD. 325 pp. Available at: 

http://www.fakr.noaa.gov/protectedresources/stellers/recovery/sslrpfinalrev030408. 

pdf 

_____. 2009. Endangered and Threatened Species: Designation of Critical Habitat for Cook 

Inlet Beluga Whale. Proposed Rule. 50 CFR Part 226. Federal Register 74(230): 63080- 

63095. Available at: http://www.fakr.noaa.gov/prules/74fr63080.pdf 

_____. 2010a. Letter dated January 5, 2010 - Threatened and Endangered Species Associated 

with Elmendorf AFB and Cook Inlet . United States Department of Commerce, National 

Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries Service, Juneau, 

AK. 2 pp. 

_____. 2010b. Biological Opinion, Endangered Species Act: Section 7 Consultation Biological 

Opinion. Knik Arm Crossing, Anchorage, Alaska. November 30, 2010. United States 

Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National 

Marine Fisheries Service, Juneau, AK. 86 pp. 


Page 1-23

_____. 2010c. Proposed Critical Habitat for the Cook Inlet Beluga Whales. Presentation made 

at Public Hearings February, 2010. Available at: 

http://www.fakr.noaa.gov/protectedresources/whales/beluga/chabitat/phearingppt0 

210.pdf 

Popper, A. N., and Hastings, M. C. (2009). The effects on fish of human-generated 

(anthropogenic) sound. Integrative Zool. 4:43-52. 

Rugh, D.J., Shelden, K.W., Hobbs, R.C. 2010. Range Contraction in a Beluga Whale Population. 

Endangered Species Research. Vol 12: 69-75 

Stewart, Brent S. 2010. Interactions between beluga whales (Delphinapterus leucas) and boats in 

Lower Knik Arm, Alaska: Behavior and Bioacoustics (1 August-14 September 2008. 

Presented 12 October 2010. In Cook Inlet Beluga Whale Science Conference, hosted by 

National Marine Fisheries Service, Alaska Region, Anchorage Downtown Marriott, 

Alaska, October 11 & 12, 2010. Available at: 

http://www.alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/protectedresources/whales/beluga/workshop/ 

presentations/19_stewart_cib_bioacoustics.pdf 

United States Air Force (Air Force). 2000. Explosives Safety Standards. Available at: 

http://www.fas.org/nuke/intro/aircraft/afman91-201.pdf. 213 pp. 

_____. 2004. Integrated Natural Resources Management. Available at: http://www.epublishing.af.mil/shared/media/epubs/AFI32-7064.pdf. 

84 pp. 

_____. 2006. F-22A Beddown Environmental Assessment, Elmendorf AFB, Alaska. June 2006. 

United States Department of Interior Fish and Wildlife Service USFWS). 2003. Steller’s Eider 

Recovery Plan. Fairbanks, Alaska. Available at: http://alaska.fws.gov/ 

fisheries/endangered/pdf/Steller%27s%20Eider%20Recovery%20Plan.pdf 29 pp. 

_____. 2004. Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Listing the Southwest Alaska 

Distinct Population Segment of the Northern Sea Otter (Enhydra lutris kenyoni) as 

Threatened. Federal Register 69:6600-6621. 

_____. 2007. The Steller’s eider. Available at: 

http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/endangered/listing.htm. 2 pp. 

_____. 2009a. Yellow-billed loon (Gavia adamsii). March 2009. Available at: 

http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/endangered/pdf/ybl_factsheet.pdf. 

_____. 2009b. Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; 12-Month Finding on a Petition 

to List the Yellow-Billed Loon as Threatened or Endangered. Available at: 

http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries/endangered/pdf/2009-06012_PI.pdf 150 pp. 

_____. 2010a. Letter dated January 13, 2010 – Elmendorf/Fort Richardson Renewal of 

Integrated Natural Resource Management Plan. United States Department of the 

Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Anchorage, AK. 1 pp. 


Page 1-24 


_____. 2010b. Species profile: Kittlitz Murrelet (Brachyramphus brevirostris). Available at: 

http://ecos.fws.gov/speciesProfile/profile/speciesProfile.action?spcode=B0AP 

_____. 2010c. Southwest Alaska Distinct Population Segment of the Northern Sea Otter 

(Enhydra lutris kenyoni) Draft Recovery Plan. Available at: http://ecos.fws.gov/docs/r 

ecovery_plan/101012.pdf 

_____. 2010d. ESA Listed Species Consultation Guide—Anchorage Fish and Wildlife Field 

Office. Consulted December 20, 2010. Available at: http://alaska.fws.gov/fisheries 

/endangered/pdf/Consultation_guide_31010.pdf 

Wyle Laboratories. 2001. Wyle Report 01-21 Status of Low-Frequency Aircraft Noise Research 

and Mitigation. September 

Adapted from Wildlife Analysis Prepared by: Matthew Moran, GS-12, Wildlife Biologist, 611 th 

CES/CEAN, JBER, AK, Herman Griese, YD-02, Wildlife Biologist, 673 CES/CEANC, JBER, AK, 

Brent A. Koenen, YF-02, Chief, Conservation & Planning, 673 CES/CEANC, JBER, AK, and 

Elizabeth E. Godden, YD-02, NEPA Coordinator, 673 CES/CEAO, JBER, AK, on 17 November 

2010. 


Page 1-25

APPENDIX 1. NOISE IMPACTS ASSESSMENT 

METHODOLOGY AND QUANTITATIVE 

RESULTS 

1.15 Introduction 

This appendix describes a methodology for estimation of potential behavioral effects of Cook 

Inlet beluga whales (CIBW) associated with proposed increase in F-22 aircraft operations at 

Joint Base Elmendorf Richardson (JBER), AK associated with the addition of six primary aircraft 

and summarizes results of the analysis. 

1.16 Methodology 

The steps involved in predicting potential behavioral reactions are described below: 

Step 1: Calculate Maximum in-air noise level associated with overflights. F-22 pilot 

interviews were held during the week of 6 December 2010 for the purpose of collecting detailed 

data on aircraft operations (i.e., engine power settings, altitudes, and airspeed at several points 

along each flight track). During the interviews, several flight profiles were developed which are 

representative of F-22 flying patterns at JBER. Each of the flight profiles consists of multiple 

segments (i.e., initial approach to the airfield, circling to land, etc.). Each flight profile segment 

that overflies the Knik Arm was assessed for potential to impact beluga whales. Event types 

were aggregated when the flight profile segment of two events were identical over the Knik 

Arm. For example, afterburner and non-afterburner departures are identical over the Knik 

Arm. Pilots turn off afterburner prior to reaching water and the altitude/power setting profiles 

and flight tracks describing these two event types are the same from that point onward. 

Maximum A-weighted noise level reference 20 µPa (LA max re 20 µPa) at sea level associated with 

each F-22 flight profile segment was calculated at the location over the Knik Arm where aircraft 

altitude is lowest. Calculations were made using the program SEL_CALC under median 

atmospheric noise propagation conditions at JBER (59° F and 71% R.H.). Variable weather 

conditions (e.g., wind direction, wind intensity, temperature profile, relative humidity) have a 

limited affect on received aircraft noise levels. For example, monthly average atmospheric 

sound absorption coefficients at JBER vary from median value by less than 1.3 dB per 1,000 feet. 

The term ‘A-weighted’ denotes adjustment of component frequency band sound pressure levels 

to reflect human hearing. Decibels are a way of expressing sound levels that involves the ratio 

of a sound pressure against a reference pressure level. By convention, sound levels in air are 

stated as referenced to 20 µPa. 

Step 2: Calculate Maximum in-water noise level associated with overflights. The A- 

weighted noise levels re 20 µPa reported by SEL_CALC were converted to estimated unweighted 

sound pressure levels (SPL) re 1 µPa. A-weighted and un-weighted F-22 aircraft noise 

levels from the NOISEMAP NOISEFILE database were compared for several F-22 aircraft 

configurations, and it was found that un-weighted noise levels were consistently 2.9 to 3.1 dB 

higher than A-weighted noise levels. Three dB were added to A-weighted noise levels to 


Page A1-1

estimated un-weighted SPL. It should be noted that odontocete hearing is not strong at low 

frequencies (Southall et al 2007). Much of the noise energy generated by jet aircraft is at low 

frequencies, and use of un-weighted SPL yields conservative estimates of noise impacts to 

belugas. Transmission of sound from a moving airborne source to a receptor underwater is 

influenced by numerous factors and has been studied extensively (Richardson et al. 1995, Young 

1973, Urick 1972). In this wildlife analysis, twenty-six dB were added to SPL re 20 µPa to 

convert to SPL re 1 µPa and, an additional 6 dB are added to account for doubling of sound 

pressure as the sound rays cross the interface between air and water. Taking into account 

sound metric conversion and the reflectance of noise energy at the air-water interface, noise 

levels in water (SPL re 1 µPa) were calculated as being 35 dB higher than noise levels in air just 

above the water’s surface (LA max re 20 µPa). Additional discussion on transmission of aircraft 

noise into water is located in ‘Step 4: Establish area exposed to noise exceeding thresholds’. 

Step 3: Establish threshold for potential effects. Calculated noise levels generated by F-22 

aircraft in the Knik Arm do not exceed 137 dB SPL re 1 µPa, well below the threshold for 

temporary hearing loss (195 dB re 1 µPa 2 -s) and permanent hearing loss (215 dB re 1 µPa 2 -s) for 

non-pulse sound. However, such noise levels do have some probability of causing a behavioral 

reaction such as area avoidance or alteration of natural behaviors. 

The most appropriate acoustic threshold is currently the odontocete risk function, which 

assesses the probability of a behavioral reaction from 120 dB SPL to 195 dB SPL for non-pulse 

sound (U.S. Navy 2008). The risk function was derived by the U.S. Navy and NMFS to 

determine effects from mid-frequency sonar. However, the odontocete risk function is currently 

the best available science for predicting behavioral effects from intermittent, non-impulsive 

(non-pulse) sound. 

The risk function is used to estimate the percentage of an exposed population that is likely to 

exhibit behaviors at a given received level of sound (NOAA 2009, NMFS 2009). For example, at 

165 dB SPL (dB re: 1 μPa rms), the risk (or probability) of harassment is 50 percent, and NMFS 

applies that 50 percent of the individuals exposed at that received level are likely to respond by 

exhibiting behavior that NMFS would classify as behavioral harassment (NOAA 2009, NMFS 

2009). 

The values used in the odontocete risk function are based on three sources of data: Temporary 

threshold shift (TTS) experiments conducted at Space and Warfare Systems Center (SSC) and 

documented in Finneran, et al. (2001, 2003, and 2005; Finneran and Schlundt 2004); 

reconstruction of sound fields produced by the USS SHOUP associated with the behavioral 

responses of killer whales observed in Haro Strait and documented in NMFS (2005), DoN 

(2004), and Fromm (2004a, 2004b); and observations of the behavioral response of North 

Atlantic right whales exposed to alert stimuli containing mid-frequency components 

documented in Nowacek et al. (2004). 

The risk function represents a general relationship between acoustic exposures and behavioral 

responses. The risk function, as currently derived, treats the received level as the only variable 

that is relevant to a marine mammal’s behavioral response. However, we know that many other 

variables—the marine mammal’s gender, age, and prior experience; the activity it is engaged in 

during an exposure event, its distance from a sound source, the number of sound sources, and 

whether the sound sources are approaching or moving away from the animal—can be critically 


Page A1-2 


important in determining whether and how a marine mammal will respond to a sound source 

(Southall et al. 2007). The data that are currently available do not allow for incorporation of 

these other variables in the current risk functions; however, the risk function represents the best 

use of the data that are available (NOAA 2009). 

The odontocete risk function curve was adapted from Feller 1968 (Figure 3) 

Where: R = risk (0 – 1.0); 

L = Received Level (RL) in dB; 

B = Basement RL (i.e. lowest RL at which behavioral reaction possible) in dB; 

K = the RL increment above basement in dB at which there is 50 percent risk; 

A = Risk transition sharpness parameter 

Feller function parameter values used in this analysis were selected in keeping with values used 

to predict behavioral reaction from non-impulsive noise to odontocetes in the U.S. Navy 

Atlantic Fleet Active Sonar Training (AFAST) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) (U.S. Navy 

2008). The values published in the AFAST EIS (A=10, K=45 dB SPL, and B = 120 dB SPL) were 

selected based on extensive research and coordination with NMFS. 

Establishment of a risk modeling basement threshold (e.g. lowest noise level at which impacts 

could potentially occur) of 130 dB re 1 µPa was considered and eventually rejected. Average 

measured ambient noise levels in the portion of the Knik Arm due west of the JBER runway 

have been reported as being 119 dB re 1 µPa and 125 dB re 1 µPa (Blackwell and Greene 2002, 

KABATA et al. 2010). Sounds that are louder than ambient noise levels by less than the “critical 

ratio” and that are in the same frequency band as ambient noise sources, would not typically be 

perceived by the animal as a distinct noise source, and would not be expected to generate any 

direct behavioral reaction (Richardson et al. 1995). Odontocete critical ratios are typically 

between 10 and 20 dB at the lower frequencies concerned here, with the actual value varying by 

frequency and species (Richardson et al. 1995). Figure 1 shows F-22 noise energy in frequency 

bands between 10 and 10,000 Hz in several aircraft configurations, as taken from the 

NOISEFILE database. Jet noise is most intense in low frequency bands (e.g.,

esults (i.e. over-estimation of potential effects), 120 dB re 1 µPa was adopted as the basement 

threshold for impacts. 

Probability of Harassment 

1 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 

Received Level (dB) 

Figure 1. Risk Function Curve for Odontocetes 

Source: U.S. Navy 2008 

Step 4: Establish area exposed to noise exceeding thresholds. For each F-22 event type for 

which SPL exceeds 120 dB re 1 µPa at the loudest point, SEL_CALC was used to calculate the 

slant range at which noise level drops below 120, 125, and 130 dB re 1 µPa. Along each 

representative aircraft flight track, the aircraft altitude at several increments was calculated 

based on data reported by F-22 pilots. At each distance increment, the lateral distance from the 

flight track at which the critical slant range would be exceeded was calculated (see Figure 2). At 

a certain distance from the airfield, aircraft altitude is high enough that noise levels at the 

water’s surface would not exceed 120 dB SPL re 1 µPa even directly beneath the flight track. 

Flight tracks and lateral distance to threshold noise level were plotted using ESRI Geographic 

Information System software and compared to shoreline to allow calculation of water area 

affected at 120-125 dB re 1 µPa, 125-130 dB re 1 µPa, and greater than 130 dB re 1 µPa. 

According to Snell's Law, noise energy that intersects the water’s surface at more than 13 

degrees from vertical is almost entirely reflected. The area of maximum transmission can 

therefore be visualized as a 13-degree cone (26 degree aperture) with the aircraft at its apex. 

Outside of this area, only the upper few meters of the water column would typically be affected 

by elevated noise levels during an overflight. Because sound waves would have decreased to 

below threshold noise levels prior to reaching the bottom at any but the shallowest water 

depths, reflected sound energy from the bottom was not considered as part of this study. 


Page A1-4 


SPL (dB) 

Frequency (Hz) 

Figure 2. Un-weighted SPL re 20 µPa (In-Air) at 10-10,000 Hz Generated by F-22 

Overflight at 1,000 AGL in Several Aircraft Configurations 

When the sea surface is rough, a common condition in the Knik Arm, reflectance of noise 

energy is highly variable, depending on the angle at which incoming sound waves impact 

individual wave surfaces. In general, when the wave face is close to perpendicular to inbound 

sound rays, more energy enters the water. When sound rays happen to impact a wave face that 

is oblique to the direction of the ray, more energy is reflected from the water’s surface. This 

variable transmission can lead to isolated volumes of water being very briefly exposed to higher 

noise levels than would occur under calm sea conditions. The location and extent of this 

phenomenon depends heavily on specific sea conditions. For simplicity, this analysis assumed 

equal transmission of sound waves across the air-water interface for anywhere the basement 

threshold of 120dB re 1 µPa is exceeded at the water's surface. Snell's law dictates sound 

wavesare only directly transmitted into the water at 13 degrees or less from the vertical. By 

ignoring Snell's law in the model, different sea states causing sound to enter the water in 

multiple transmission paths and evanescent surface scattering can be conservatively accounted 

for by calculating the largest possible footprint. It is also assumed for the analysis that the 

footprint extends from the surface to the bottom, even for areas outside of the 13-degree cone 

(26-degree aperture) dictated by Snell's law that would limit sound energy to the first few 

meters of the water column. Animals at depth would also experience lower sound levels than at 

the surface due to transmission loss in the water column. 

Step 5: Determine the density of Cook Inlet beluga whales in Knik Arm. Surveys conducted 

as part of the Knik Arm Crossing Project, indicate that average beluga density during the month 

of September was 0.08 individuals per square kilometer (KABATA et al. 2010). September was 

the month during which the highest density of belugas was observed. However, to ensure 

conservative analysis results, a larger density value was used. The larger density value was 

based on the current (2010) estimated CIBW population of 340 individuals (NMFS 2010) divided 

by 2,800 km 2 , the area estimated to represent 95 percent of the occupied CIBW range (Rugh et 

al. 2010), thus yielding a density estimate of 0.12 beluga whales/km 2 . 


Page A1-5

Figure 3. Calculation of Lateral Distance From Aircraft Flight Track At Which 

Surface Water Ensonified at >120, >125, and >130 dB SPL 

Step 6: Calculate potential behavioral reactions. The number of times per average busy flying 

day (i.e., non-holiday weekday with reasonably good weather) that the proposed additional 

F-22 aircraft would conduct each event type was multiplied by the total number of average 

busy flying days per year. 

The footprint bins (120-125dB; 125-130dB; and 130-137dB re 1 µPa) for each type of event 

(calculated above in step 4) were multiplied by the annual number of events to calculate total 

annual footprints per type of overflight. The number of animals exposed to levels in each 

footprint bin were then calculated by multiplying the highest Cook Inlet beluga whale density 

derived in any given month (see step 5 above) by the area of each of the annual footprints. 

Then, within each footprint bin, the number of animals that would likely exhibit a behavioral 

response was predicted by multiplying the number of animals exposed annually, by the 

probability of behavioral response at the highest sound level within that footprint bin according 

to the odontocete risk function (see step 3 above for an explanation of the odontocete risk 

function). To yield conservative impact estimates, the entire noise footprint area (i.e., 120-125 dB 


Page A1-6 


e 1 µPa, 125-130 dB re 1 µPa, and greater than 130 dB re 1 µPa) was treated as if it were affected 

by the highest noise level in that range. The probability corresponding to 125dB re 1 µPa was 

used for the 120-125 dB re 1 µPa footprint; 130dB re 1 µPa for 125-130 dB re 1 µPa; and 137dB re 

1 µPa for the 130-137 dB re 1 µPa footprint. For each overflight type, the predicted behavioral 

reactions in each footprint bin are added to yield the predicted annual behavioral responses for 

that type of overflight. The number of animals predicted to exhibit a behavioral response 

annually for each type of event is then added together to yield the annual total number of 

predicted behavioral responses for all proposed F-22 overflight events. 

1.17 Results 

Based on application of the methodology described above, approximately 0.04 belugas would 

be behaviorally harassed annually resulting from proposed additional F-22 flying operations 

(Table 1). 


Page A1-7

Table 1. Estimated Annual Beluga Behavioral Responses Resulting From Proposed Additional F-22 Flying Operations 

Aircraft 

Configuration 

Noise Levels 

Events 

Per 

Year 

Number of Belugas in Affected 

Area 

Risk of Behavioral Responses 

EEEGL 2 Departure on 

RW 24 (military and 

A/B power departures 

identical at overwater 

segment) 

EEEGL 2 Departure on 

RW 34 

IFR Approach (IFR 

arrival and IFR closed 

pattern are idetical in 

overwater segment) 

MATSU Transition 

(initial approach) 

RAPTR Transition 

(initial approach) 

ALL VFR approaches 

(overhead break) AND 

visual closed patterns 

Re-entry Pattern (initial 

approach) 

Lowest Altitude Over 

Water (MSL) 

Power (% ETR) 

LAmax Just Above Surface 

(dB re 20 µPa) 

SPL Just Below Surface 

(dB re 1 µPa) 

Additional Events Per 

Year (Proposed Action) 

Area Affected at 120-125 

dB SPL (sq km) 

Area Affected at 125-130 

dB SPL (sq km) 

Area Affected at >130 dB 

SPL (sq km) 

Approx. Beluga Density 

(Animals per km 2 ) 

Prob. of Behavioral 

Response at Highest Level 

Within 120-125 dB SPL 

Prob. of Behavioral 

Response At Highest Level 

Within 125-130 dB SPL 

Response at Highest Level 

>130 dB SPL (0 if max SPL 

1.18 Appendix 1 References 

Blackwell, S. B. and C. R. Greene, Jr. 2002. Acoustic Measurements in Cook Inlet, Alaska, 

During August 2001. Prepared by Greeneridge Sciences for National Marine Fisheries 

Service, Protected Resources Division, Anchorage AK. 12 August.Department of the 

Navy (DoN). 2004. Report on the Results of the Inquiry into Allegations of Marine 

Mammal Impacts Surrounding the Use of Active Sonar by USS SHOUP (DDG 86) in the 

Haro Strait on or about 5 May 2003. 

Feller, W. 1968. Introduction to Probability Theory and its Application. Vol. 1. 3rd ed John 

Wilay & Sons, NY, NY. 

Finneran, J.J., and C.E. Schlundt. 2004. Effects of intense pure tones on the behavior of trained 

odontocetes. Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center, San Diego, Technical Document. 

September. 

Finneran, J.J., D.A. Carder, and S.H. Ridgway. 2001. Temporary threshold shift (TTS) in 

bottlenose dolphins Tursiops truncatus exposed to tonal signals. Journal of the Acoustical 

Society of America. 1105:2749(A), 142nd Meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, 

Fort Lauderdale, FL. December. 

_____. 2003. Temporary threshold shift measurements in bottlenose dolphins Tursiops truncatus, 

belugas Delphinapterus leucas, and California sea lions Zalophus californianus. 

Environmental Consequences of Underwater Sound (ECOUS) Symposium, San Antonio, 

TX, 12-16 May 2003. 

Finneran, J.J., D.A. Carder, C.E. Schlundt and S.H. Ridgway. 2005. Temporary threshold shift in 

bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) exposed to mid-frequency tones. Journal of 

Acoustical Society of America. 118:2696-2705. 

Fromm, D. 2004a. Acoustic Modeling Results of the Haro Strait For 5 May 2003. Naval Research 

Laboratory Report, Office of Naval Research, 30 January 2004. 

_____. 2004b. EEEL Analysis of U.S.S. SHOUP Transmissions in the Haro Strait on 5 May 2003. 

Naval Research Laboratory briefing of 2 September 2004. 

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). 2009. Taking and Importing 

Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy Training in the Hawaii Range Complex. NMFS, Final Rule, 

Federal Register 74, No. 7, 1465-1491, 12 January. 

National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). 2005. Assessment of Acoustic Exposures on Marine 

Mammals in Conjunction with USS Shoup Active Sonar Transmissions in the Eastern 

Strait of Juan de Fuca and Haro Strait, Washington. 5 May 2003. National Marine 

Fisheries, Office of Protected Resources. Silver Spring, MD 20910. 

_____. 2009. Endangered Species Act Section 7 Consultation, Biological Opinion, Proposed 

regulations to authorize the U.S. Navy to "take" marine mammals incidental to the 


Page A1-9

conduct of training exercises in the Southern California Range Complex January 2009 to 

January 2014. NMFS, Silver Spring, MD, dated 14 Jan 2009, 293 pages. 

_____. 2010. Biological Opinion, Endangered Species Act: Section 7 Consultation Biological 

Opinion. Knik Arm Crossing, Anchorage, Alaska. November 30, 2010. United States 

Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National 

Marine Fisheries Service, Juneau, AK. 86 pp. 

Nowacek, D.P., M.P. Johnson, and P.L. Tyack. 2004. North Atlantic right whales (Eubalaena 

glacialis) ignore ships but respond to alerting stimuli. Proceedings of the Royal Society of 

London, Part B 271:227-231. 

KABATA (Knik Arm Bridge and Toll Authority) et al. 2010. Request for Letter of Authorization 

under Section 101(a)(5) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act Incidental to Construction 

of the Knik Arm Crossing Project in Upper Cook Inlet, Alaska. Submitted to Office of 

Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), Silver Spring, MD 

20910-3226 Submitted by: Knik Arm Bridge and Toll Authority, Anchorage, Alaska 

99501; Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities, Anchorage, Alaska 

99501 and Federal Highway Administration, Juneau, Alaska 99802. Biological 

Consultant: HDR Alaska, Inc., Anchorage, Alaska. August 18. 

Richardson, W.J., Greene, C.R., Malme, C.I., Thomson, D.H. 1995. Marine Mammals and Noise. 

Academic Press Inc. 

Rugh, D.J., Shelden, K.W., Hobbs, R.C. 2010. Range Contraction in a Beluga Whale Population. 

Endangered Species Research. Vol 12: 69-75 

Southall, B.L., Bowles, A.E., Ellison, W.T., Finneran, J.J., Gentry, R.L., Greene, C.R., Kastak, D, 

Ketten, D.R., Miller, J.H., Natchigall, P.E., Rchardson, W.J., Thomas, J.A., Tyack, P.L. 

2007. Marine Mammal Noise Exposure Criteria: Initial Scientific Recommendations. 

Aquatic Mammals, Volume 33, Number 4. ISSN 0167-5427. 

U.S. Navy. 2008. Atlantic Fleet Active Sonar Training Environmental Impact Statement/ 

Overseas Environmental Impact Statement. December 12. 


Page A1-10 


APPENDIX 2. INFORMATION ON BELUGA 

WHALE HEARING AND VOCALIZATIONS* 

*Provided by Keith Jenkins, SPAWARSYSCEN-PACIFIC, 71510 [keith.a.jenkins@navy.mil] 

Beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas) in-water vocalizations include whistles, squeals, bleats, 

yelps, bangs, chirps, trills, hums, peeps, yelps, blares, rasps, squawks, bangs, and growls, and 

clicks and creaks associated with echolocation (Fish and Mowbray, 1962; Anderson, 1974; Ford, 

1975; Sjare, 1986; Thompson and Richardson, 1995). Beluga whales have also been reported to 

produce high pitched screams and a variety of squeaks and squeals above the water surface 

(Ford, 1975). Ford (1975) reported frequencies for beluga whale in-water social vocalizations to 

range 0.80–29 kHz with out-of-water vocalizations that ranged 0.95–20 kHz. Flat contour, 

upsweep, and variable contour sounds were recorded from a beluga whale calf that ranged in 

frequency from 400 Hz to 15.1 kHz (Parijs et al., 2003). Belikov and Bel’kovich (2007) identified 

16 whistle types of beluga whales that had average values of maximum fundamental frequency 

between 1.4–4.5 kHz. Beluga whale echolocation vocalization frequencies have been reported to 

range 1.0–120 kHz (Ford, 1975, Au et al., 1985). 

Measuring short-latent auditory evoked potentials (SAEP) of two male beluga whales with their 

heads above the water’s surface, Popov and Supin (1987) reported their range of hearing to be 

limited to 110 kHz with a maximum sensitivity at 60–70 kHz. Using evoked potential methods, 

Klishin et al. (2000) also tested a captive beluga whale in a pool with its head out-of-water and 

reported a broader range of maximum sensitivities (32–108 kHz). 

Results from behavioral tests conducted underwater in a concrete pool for two beluga whales 

indicated upper frequency limits around 122 kHz with maximum sensitivity around 30 kHz 

(White et al., 1978). Awbrey et al. (1988) measured the hearing sensitivity of a captive adult male, 

adult female and juvenile male beluga whale tested in a concrete pool using underwater 

behavioral techniques at test frequencies between 125 Hz and 8 kHz and reported an average 

threshold of 65 dB re 1 µPa at 8 kHz. The juvenile male was slightly more sensitive to low 

frequencies than either of the adults. Ridgway et al. (2001) reported behavioral hearing 

thresholds for two beluga whales at depths of 5, 100, 200 and 300 m in the open ocean at 

frequencies between 0.5 kHz to 100 kHz with maximum sensitivities between 8 and 24 kHz. In 

underwater behavioral tests conducted in San Diego Bay closer to the surface (i.e., 1.5 m), 

Finneran et al. (2002) reported that two captive beluga whales were able to detect 0.4 kHz tones 

at 117±1.6 dB re 1 µPa. Finneran et al. (2005) obtained underwater hearing thresholds for two 

other beluga whales housed and tested behaviorally in an indoor facility. Test frequencies that 

ranged 2.0–130 kHz. Best sensitivities for one subject ranged from approximately 40 to 50 dB re 

1 µPa at 50–80 kHz with functional hearing above 100 kHz. The second subject had best 

sensitivity that ranged 40 to 50 dB re 1 µPa at 30–35 kHz and an upper frequency cutoff of about 

50 kHz. The high-frequency hearing loss in the latter subject was attributed to the treatment 

with the aminoglycoside antibiotic amikacin which is toxic to hair cells in the cochlea of the ear. 

Schlundt et al. (2000) reported temporary threshold shifts in the masked hearing thresholds 

(MTTS) of two beluga whales exposed to 1-s pure tones at 0.4, 3, 10, and 20 kHz. One of the 

subjects experienced a 12-dB MTTS in response to a 3-kHz tone of 195 dB re 1 µPa. The other 


Page A2-1

subject experienced a 7-dB MTTS after exposure to a 10-kHz tone of 192 dB re 1 µPa. Both 

subjects had MTTSs of 6–12 dB following 20-kHz tones at levels between 197 to 201 dB re 1 µPa. 

Neither subject experienced an MTTS after exposure to 0.4 kHz tones up to 193 dB re 1 µPa. 

Deviations in the whales’ trained behaviors were observed following exposures that ranged 

from 180-196 dB re 1 µPa at all four exposure frequencies. 

Appendix 2 References 

Anderson W.B. (1974) Acoustic signature of the beluga whale. Journal of the Acoustical Society 

of America 55. 

Au W.W.L., Carder C.A., Penner R.H., Scronce B.L. 1985. Demonstration of adaptation in beluga 

whale echolocation signals. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 77:726-730. 

Awbrey F.T., Thomas J.A., Kastelein R.A. 1988. Low-frequency underwater hearing sensitivity 

in belugas, Delphinapterus leucas. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 84:2273- 

2275. 

Belikov R.A., Bel’kovich V.M. 2007. Whistles of beluga whales in the reproductive gathering off 

Solovetskii Island in the White Sea. Acoustical Physics 53:528–534. 

Finneran J.J., Carder D.A., Ridgway S.H. 2002. Low-frequency acoustic pressure, velocity, and 

intensity thresholds in a bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) and white whale 

(Delphinapterus leucas). Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 111:447-456. 

Finneran J.J., Dear R., Carder D.A., Belting T., McBain J., Dalton L., Ridgway S.H. 2005. Pure 

tone audiograms and possible aminoglycoside-induced hearing loss in belugas 

(Delphinapterus leucas). Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 117:3936-3943. 

Fish M.P., Mowbray W.H. 1962. Production of underwater sound by the White Whale or 

Beluga, Delphinapterus leucas (Pallus). Journal of Marine Research 20:149-161. 

Ford J. 1975. Sound Production by the Beluga Whale, Delphinapterus leucas, in captivity. 

Klishin V.O., Popov V.V., Supin A.Y. 2000. Hearing capabilities of a beluga whale, 

Delphinapterus leucas. Aquatic Mammals 26:212-228. 

Popov V.V., Supin A.Y. 1987. Characteristics of hearing in the beluga Delphinapterus leucas. 

Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR 294:1255-1258. 

Ridgway S.H., Carder D.A., Kamolnick T., Smith R.R., Schlundt C.E., Elsberry W.R. 2001. 

Hearing and whistling in the deep sea: depth influences whistle spectra but does not 

attenuate hearing by white whales (Delphinapterus leucas) (Odontoceti, Cetacea). The 

Journal of Experimental Biology 204:3829-3841. 

Schlundt C.E., Finneran J.J., Carder D.A., Ridgway S.H. 2000. Temporary shift in masked 

hearing thresholds of bottlenose dolphins, Tursiops truncatus, and white whales, 


Page A2-2 


Delphinapterus leucas, after exposure to intense tones. Journal of the Acoustical Society of 

America 107:3496-3508. 

Sjare B.L., Smith T.G. 1986a. The vocal repertoire of white whales, Delphinapterus leucas, 

summering in Cunningham Inlet, Northwest Territories. Canadian Journal of Zoology 

64:407-415. 

_____.1986b. The relationship between behavioral activity and underwater vocalizations of the 

white whale, Delphinapterus leucus. Canadian Journal of Zoology 64:2824-2831. 

Thomson D.H., Richardson W.J. 1995. Marine mammal sounds, in: W. J. Richardson, et al. 

(Eds.), Marine Mammals and Noise, Academic Press, San Diego, CA. pp. 159-204. 

Van Parijs S.M., Lydersen C., Kovacs K.M. 2003. Sounds produced by individual white whales, 

Delphinapterus leucas, from Svalbard during capture (L). Journal of the Acoustical Society 

of America 113:57-60. 

White M.J., Norris J., Ljungblad D.K., Baron K., di Sciara G.N. 1978. Auditory thresholds of two 

beluga whales (Delphinapterus leucas), Hubbs Sea World Research Institute, San Diego. 


Page A2-3



Appendix F 

Review of Effects of Aircraft Noise, Chaff, and Flares on Biological Resources


APPENDIX F REVIEW OF EFFECTS OF 

AIRCRAFT NOISE, CHAFF, AND FLARES ON 

BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES 

F1 

Introduction 

This biological resources appendix addresses the effects of aircraft noise, including sonic booms, 

on wildlife and domestic animals. This appendix also considers the effects of training chaff and 

flares on biological resources under the training airspaces used by the Joint Base Elmendorf- 

Richardson (JBER) F-22s and the transient F-15Cs. 

F2 

Aircraft Noise 

The review of the noise effects literature shows that the most documented reaction of animals 

newly or infrequently exposed to low-altitude aircraft and sonic booms is the “startle effect.” 

Although an observer’s interpretation of the startle effect is behavioral (e.g., the animal runs in 

response to the sound or flinches and remains in place), it does have a physiological basis. The 

startle effect is a reflex; it is an autonomic reaction to loud, sudden noise (Westman and Walters 

1981, Harrington and Veitch 1991). Increased heart rate and muscle flexion are the typical 

physiological responses. 

The literature indicates that the type of noise that can stimulate the startle reflex is highly 

variable among animal species (Manci et al. 1988). In general, studies have indicated that close, 

loud, and sudden noises that are combined with a visual stimulus produce the most intense 

reactions. Rotary wing aircraft (helicopters) generally induce the startle effect more frequently 

than fixed wing aircraft (Gladwin et al. 1988, Ward et al. 1999). Similarly the “crack-crack” of a 

nearby sonic boom has a higher potential to startle an animal compared to the thunder-like 

sound from a distant sonic boom. External physical variables, such as landscape structure and 

wind, can also lessen the animal’s perception of and response to aircraft noise (Ward et al. 

1999). 

Animals can habituate to fixed wing aircraft noise as demonstrated under controlled conditions 

(e.g., Conomy et al. 1998, Krausman et al. 1998) and by observations reported by biologists 

working in parks and wildlife refuges (Gladwin et al. 1988). Brown et al. (1999) defined 

habituation as “… an active learning process that permits individuals to discard a response to a 

recurring stimulus for which constant response is biologically inappropriate without 

impairment of their ability to respond to other stimuli.” However, species can differ in their 

ability to habituate to aircraft noise, particularly the sporadic noise associated with military 

aircraft training (e.g., Conomy et al. 1998). Furthermore, there are no studies that have 

investigated the potential for adverse effects to wildlife due to long-term exposure to aircraft 

noise. 


Appendix F Aircraft Noise, Chaff, and Flares Page F-1

F2.1 Ungulates 

Wild ungulates appear to vary in sensitivity to aircraft noise. Responses reported in the 

literature varied from no effect and habituation to panic reactions followed by stampeding 

(Weisenberger et al. 1996; see reviews in Manci et al. 1988). Aircraft noise has the potential to be 

most detrimental during periods of stress, especially winter, gestation, and calving (DeForge 

1981). Krausman et al. (1998) studied the response of wild bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis) in a 

790-acre enclosure to frequent F-16 overflight at 395 feet AGL. Heart rate increased above 

preflight level during 7 percent of the overflights but returned to normal within 120 seconds. 

No behavioral response by the bighorn sheep was observed during the overflights. 

Wild ungulates typically have little to no response to sonic booms. Workman et al. (1992) 

studied the physiological and behavioral responses of pronghorn (Antilocapra americana), elk 

(Cervus elaphus), and bighorn sheep to sonic booms. All three species exhibited an increase in 

heart rate lasting from 30 seconds to 1 ½ minutes in response to their first exposure to a sonic 

boom. After successive sonic booms, this response decreased greatly, indicating habituation. 

A recent study in Alaska documented only mild short-term reactions of caribou (Rangifer 

tarandus) to military overflights in the Yukon Military Operations Areas (MOAs) (Lawler et al. 

2005). A large portion of the Fortymile Caribou Herd calves underneath the Yukon MOAs. The 

authors concluded that military overflights did not cause any calf deaths, nor did cow-calf pairs 

exhibit increased movement in response to the overflights. Because daily movements increase 

with calf age, the authors controlled for calf age in their analysis. Lawler et al. (2005) generally 

only observed higher-level reactions, such as rising quickly from a bedded position or extended 

running, when the faster F-15 and F-16s were within 1,000 feet above ground level (AGL). They 

also noted considerable variation in responses due to speed, slant distance, group size and 

activity, and even individual variation with groups. 

In contrast, a study of the Delta Caribou Herd in interior Alaska found that female caribou with 

calves exposed to low-altitude overflights moved about 2.5 kilometers more per day than those 

not exposed (Maier et al. 1998). The authors, however, stated that this distance was of low 

energetic cost. Furthermore, this study did not consider calf age in their analyses (Lawler et al. 

2005), which may bias results. Harrington and Veitch (1991) expressed concern for survival and 

health of woodland caribou calves in Labrador, where military training flights are allowed 

within 100 feet AGL. 

Few studies of the effects of low-altitude overflights have been conducted on moose (Alces alces) 

or Dall’s sheep (Ovis dalli). Andersen et al. (1996) observed that moose responded more 

adversely to human stimuli than mechanical stimuli. Beckstead (2004) reported on a study of 

the effects of military jet overflights on Dall’s sheep under the Yukon 1 and 2 MOAs in Alaska. 

He could find no difference in population trends, productivity, survival rates, behavior, or 

habitat use between areas mitigated and not mitigated for low-level military aircraft by the 

Alaska MOAs Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) (United States Air Force [Air Force] 1995). 

In the mitigated area, flights are restricted to above 5,000 feet AGL during the lambing season, 

while the unmitigated area could experience flights as low as 100 feet AGL. Similarly, largeforce 

Major Flying Exercises did not adversely affect Dall’s sheep. 

Page F-2 


Appendix F Aircraft Noise, Chaff, and Flares

F2.2 Marine Mammals 

The effects of noise on marine mammals, such as dolphins and whales, have been relatively 

well studied. A detailed analysis of noise properties in water and the potential effects on marine 

mammals are presented in Append E. 

F2.2 Small Mammals 

A few researchers have studied the potential affects of aircraft noise on small mammals. 

Chesser et al. (1975) found that house mice (Mus musculus) trapped near an airport runway had 

larger adrenal glands than those trapped 2 kilometers from the airport. In the lab, naïve mice 

subjected to simulated aircraft noise also developed larger adrenal glands than a control group. 

However, the implications of enlarged adrenals for small mammals with a relatively short life 

span are undetermined. The burrows of some small mammals may reduce their exposure to 

aircraft noise. Francine et al. (1995) found that kit foxes (Vulpes macrotis) with twisting tunnels 

leading to deeper burrows experienced less noise than kangaroo rats (Dipodomys merriami) with 

shallow burrows. McClenaghan and Bowles (1995) studied the effects of aircraft overflights on 

small mammals and were unable to distinguish potential long-term effects due to aircraft noise 

compared to other environmental factors. 

F2.2 Raptors 

Most studies have found few negative effects of aircraft noise on raptors. Ellis et al. (1991) 

examined behavioral and reproductive responses of several raptor species to low-level flights. 

No incidents of reproductive failure were observed and site re-occupancy rates were high (95 

percent) the following year. Several researchers found that ground-based activities, such as 

operating chainsaws or an intruding human, were more disturbing than aircraft (White and 

Thurow 1985, Grubb and King 1991, Delaney et al. 1997). Red-tailed hawks (Buteo jamaicensis) 

and osprey (Pandion haliaetus) appeared to readily habituate to regular aircraft overflights 

(Andersen et al. 1989, Trimper et al. 1998). Mexican spotted owls (Strix occidentalis lucida) did 

not flush from a nest or perch unless a helicopter was as close as 330 feet (Delaney et al. 1997). 

Nest attendance, time-activity budgets, and provisioning rates of nesting peregrine falcons 

(Falco peregrinus) in Alaska were found not to be significantly affected by jet aircraft overflights 

(Palmer et al. 2003). On the other hand, Andersen et al. (1990) observed a shift in home ranges of 

four raptor species away from new military helicopter activity, which supports other reports 

that wild species are more sensitive to rotary wing aircraft than fixed-wing aircraft. 

The effects of aircraft noise on the bald eagle (Haliaetus leucocephalus) have been studied 

relatively well, compared to most wildlife species. Overall, there have been no reports of 

reduced reproductive success or physiological risks to bald eagles exposed to aircraft 

overflights or other types of military noise (Fraser et al. 1985, Stalmaster and Kaiser 1997, Brown 

et al. 1999; see review in Buehler 2000). Most researchers have documented that pedestrians and 

helicopters were more disturbing to bald eagles than fixed-wing aircraft, including military jets 

(Fraser et al. 1985, Grubb and King 1991, Grubb and Bowerman 1997). However, bald eagles 

can be disturbed by fixed-wing aircraft. Recorded reactions to disturbance ranged from an alert 

posture to flushing from a nest or perch. Grubb and King (1991) reported that 19 percent of 

breeding eagles were disturbed when an aircraft was within 625 meters (2,050 feet). 



F2.2 Waterfowl and Other Waterbirds 

In their review, Manci et al. (1988) noted that aircraft can be particularly disturbing to 

waterfowl. Conomy et al. (1998) suggested, though, that responses were species-specific. They 

found that black ducks (Anas rubripes) were able to habituate to aircraft noise, while wood 

ducks (Aix sponsa) did not. Black ducks exhibited a significant decrease in startle response to 

actual and simulated jet aircraft noise over a 17-day period, but wood duck response did not 

decrease uniformly following initial exposure. Some bird species appear to be more sensitive to 

aircraft noise at different times of the year. Snow geese (Chen caerulescens) were more easily 

disturbed by aircraft prior to fall migration than at the beginning of the nesting season 

(Belanger and Bedard 1989). On an autumn staging ground in Alaska (i.e., prior to fall 

migration), 75 percent of brant (Branta bernicla) and only 9 percent of Canada geese (Branta 

canadensis) flew in response to aircraft overflights (Ward et al. 1999). There tended to be a 

greater response to aircraft at 1,000 to 2,500 feet AGL than at lower or higher altitudes. In 

contrast, Kushlan (1979) did not observe any negative effects to wading bird colonies (i.e., 

rookeries) when fixed-wing aircraft conducted surveys within 200 feet AGL; 90 percent of the 

observations indicated no reactions from the birds. Nesting California least terns (Sterna 

albifrons browni) did not respond negatively to a nearby missile launch (Henningson, Durham, 

and Richardson 1981). 

Previous research also shows varied responses of waterbirds to sonic booms. Burger (1981) 

found that herring gulls (Larus argentatus) responded intensively to sonic booms and many eggs 

were broken as adults flushed from nests. One study discussed by Manci et al. (1988) described 

the reproductive failure of a colony of sooty terns (Sterna fuscata) on the Dry Tortugas 

reportedly due to sonic booms. However, based on laboratory and numerical models, Ting et al. 

(2002) concluded that sonic boom overpressures from military operations of existing aircraft are 

unlikely to damage avian eggs. 

F2.2 Domestic Animals 

As with wildlife, the startle reflex is the most commonly documented effect on domestic 

animals. Results of the startle reflex are typically minor (e.g., increase in heart rate or 

nervousness) and do not result in injury. Espmark et al. (1974) did not observe any adverse 

effects due to minor behavioral reactions to low-altitude flights with noise levels of 95 to 101 A- 

weighted decibels (dBA). They noted only minimal reactions of cattle and sheep to sonic 

booms, such as muscle and tail twitching and walking or running short distances (up to 65 feet). 

More severe reactions may occur when animals are crowded in small enclosures, where loud, 

sudden noise may cause a widespread panic reaction (Air Force 1993). Such negative impacts 

were typically only observed when aircraft were less than 330 feet AGL (United States Forest 

Service 1992). Several studies have found little direct evidence of decreased milk production, 

weight loss, or lower reproductive success in response to aircraft noise or sonic booms. For 

example, Head et al. (1993) did not find any reductions in milk yields with aircraft Sound 

Exposure Levels (SEL) levels of 105 to 112 dBA. Many studies documented that domestic 

animals habituate to aircraft noise (see reviews in Manci et al. 1998; Head et al. 1993). 

There is little direct evidence that aircraft noise or sonic booms can cause domestic chicken eggs 

to crack or result in lower hatching rates. Stadelman (1958) did not observe a decrease in 

Page F-4 



hatchability when domestic chicken eggs were exposed to loud noises measured at 96 dB inside 

incubators and 120 dB outside. Bowles and Seddon (1994) found no difference in the hatch rate 

of four groups of chicken eggs exposed to 1) no sonic booms (control group), 2) sonic booms of 

3 pounds per square foot (psf), 3) sonic booms of 20 psf, and 4) sonic booms of 30 psf. No eggs 

were cracked by the sonic booms and all chicks hatched were normal. 

F3 

Training Chaff and Flares 

Specific issues and potential impacts of training chaff and flares on biological resources are 

discussed below. These issues have been identified by Department of Defense (DoD) research 

(Air Force 1997, Cook 2001), General Accounting Office review (United States General 

Accounting Office 1998), independent review (Spargo 1999), resource agency instruction, and 

public concern and perception. No reports to date have documented negative impacts of 

training chaff and flares to biological resources. These studies are reviewed below. 

Concerns for biological resources are related to the residual materials of training chaff and flares 

that fall to the ground or dud flares. Residual materials are several flare components, including 

plastic end caps, felt spacers, aluminum-coated wrapping material, plastic retaining devices, 

and plastic pistons. Specific issues are (1) ingestion of chaff fibers or flare residual materials; (2) 

inhalation of chaff fibers; (3) physical external effects from chaff fibers, such as skin irritation; (4) 

effects on water quality and forage quality; (5) increased fire potential; and (6) potential for 

being struck by large flare debris (the plastic Safe and Initiation [S&I] device of the MJU-7 A/B 

flare). 

Because of the low rate of application and dispersal of training chaff fibers and flare residues 

during defensive training, wildlife and domestic animals would have little opportunity to 

ingest, inhale, or otherwise come in contact with these residual materials. Although some 

chemical components of chaff are toxic at high levels, such levels could only be reached through 

the ingestion of many chaff bundles or billions of chaff fibers. Barrett and MacKay (1972) 

documented that cattle avoided consuming clumps of chaff in their feed. When calves were fed 

chaff thoroughly mixed with molasses in their feed, no adverse physiological effects were 

observed pre- or post-mortem. 

Chaff fibers are too large for inhalation, although chaff particles can degrade to small pieces. 

However, the number of degraded or fragmented particles is insufficient to result in disease 

(Spargo 1999). Chaff is similar in form and softness to very fine human hair, and is unlikely to 

cause negative reactions if animals were to inadvertently come in contact with it. 

Chaff fibers could accumulate on the ground or in water bodies. Studies have shown that chaff 

breaks down quickly in humid environments and acidic soil conditions (Air Force 1997). In 

water, only under very high or low pH could the aluminum in chaff become soluble and toxic 

(Air Force 1997). Few organisms would be present in water bodies with such extreme pH 

levels. Given the small amount of diffuse or aggregate chaff material that could possibly reach 

water bodies, water chemistry would not be expected to be affected. Similarly, the magnesium 

in flares can be toxic at extremely high levels, a situation that could occur only under repeated 

and concentrated use in localized areas. Flare ash would disperse over wide areas; thus, no 

impact is expected from the magnesium in flare ash. The probability of an intact dud flare 



leaving an aircraft during training and falling to the ground outside of a military base is 

estimated to be 0.01 percent (Air Force 2001). Since toxic levels would require several dud flares 

to fall in one confined water body, no effect of flares on water quality would be expected. 

Furthermore, uptake by plants would not be expected to occur. 

The expected frequency of an S&I device from an MJU-7 A/B or MJU-10/B flare striking an 

exposed animal depends on the number of flares used and the size and population density of 

the exposed animals. Calculations of potential strikes to a human-sized animal with a density 

of 50 animals per square mile, where 8,000 flares were used annually, was one strike in 200 

years. An animal 1/100 th the size of a human with a density of 500 animals per square mile 

exposed 100 percent of the time (i.e., animals not protected by burrows or dense vegetation) 

would also have an expected strike rate of one in 200 years. The S&I device strikes with the 

force of a medium-sized hailstone. Such a strike to a bird, small mammal, or reptile could 

produce a mortality. The very small likelihood of such a strike, especially when compared with 

more immediate threats such as highways, would not be expected to have any effect on 

populations of small species. Strikes to larger species, such as wild ungulates or farm animals 

could produce a bruise and a startle reaction. Such a strike from an S&I device would not be 

expected to seriously injure or otherwise significantly affect natural or domestic species. 

Flare debris also includes aluminum-coated mylar wrapping and lighter plastic parts. The 

plastic parts, such as end caps, are inert and are not expected to be used by or consumed by any 

species. The aluminum coated wrapping, as it degrades, could produce fibrous materials 

similar to naturally occurring nesting materials. There is no known case of such materials being 

used in nest construction. In a study of pack rats (Neotoma spp.), a notorious collector of odd 

materials, no chaff or flare materials were found in nests on military ranges subject to decades 

of dispensing chaff and flares (Air Force 1997). Although lighter flare debris could be used by 

species under the airspace, such use would be expected to be infrequent and incidental. 

Bovine hardware disease is of concern for domestic cattle. Hardware disease, or traumatic 

reticuloperitonitis, is a relatively common disease in cattle. The disease results when a cow 

ingests a foreign object, typically metallic. The object can become lodged in the wall of the 

stomach and can penetrate into the diaphragm and heart, resulting in pain and infection; in 

severe cases animals can die without treatment. Treatment consists of antibiotics and/or 

surgery. Statistics are not readily available, but one study documented that 55-75 percent of 

cattle slaughtered in the eastern United States (U.S.) had metallic objects in their stomachs, but 

the objects did not result in damage (Moseley 2003). Dairy cattle are typically more vulnerable 

to hardware disease due to the confined nature of diary operations. Many livestock managers 

rely on magnets inserted into the cow’s stomach to prevent and treat hardware disease. The 

magnet attracts metallic objects, thereby preventing them from traveling to the stomach wall. 

The culprit of bovine hardware disease is often a nail or piece of wire greater than 1 inch in 

length, such as that used to bale hay (Cavedo et al. 2004). If livestock ingested residual 

materials of the M-206, MJU-7 A/B, and MJU-10/B flares, the plastic materials of the end cap 

and slider and the flexible aluminum wrapping would be less likely to result in injury than a 

metallic object. 

Flares used for training by F-22 and F-15 aircraft are designed to burn out within approximately 

400 feet of the release altitude. Given the minimum allowable release altitudes for flares, this 

Page F-6 



leaves an extensive safety margin to prevent any burning materials from reaching the ground 

(Air Force 2001). In the Alaska training airspace, flares must be released above 5,000 feet AGL 

from June 1 to September 30 to reduce any potential of a flare-caused fire. For the remainder of 

the year when soils and vegetation are moist or snow covered, flares can be released above 

2,000 feet AGL. Plastic and aluminum coated wrapping materials from flares that do reach the 

ground would be inert. The percentage of flares that malfunction is small (

Cavedo, A. M., K. S. Latimer, H. L. Tarpley, and P. J. Bain. 2004. Traumatic Reticulopertonitis 

(Hardware Disease) in Cattle. Class of 2004 and Department of Pathology, College of 

Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia, Athens, GA. Available at 

http://www.vet.uga.edu/vpp/clerk/cavedo. Accessed 6/23/2005. 

Chesser, R.K., R.S. Caldwell, and M.J. Harvey. 1975. Effects of Noise on Feral Populations of 

Mus musculus. Physiological Zoology 48(4):323-325. 

Conomy, J.T., J.A. Dubovsky, J.A. Collazo, and W.J. Fleming. 1998. Do Black Ducks and Wood 

Ducks Habituate to Aircraft Disturbance? Journal of Wildlife Management 62(3):1135- 

1142. 

Cook, B.C. 2001. Investigation of Abrasion, Fragmentation and Re-suspension of Chaff. 

Master’s Thesis. Christopher Newport University. 

DeForge, J.R. 1981. Stress: Changing Environments and the Effects on Desert Bighorn Sheep. 

Desert Bighorn Council 1981 Transactions. 

Delaney, D.K., T.G. Grubb, and L.L. Pater. 1997. Effects of Helicopter Noise on Nesting 

Mexican Spotted Owls. Project Order No. DE P.O. 95-4, U.S. Air Force, Holloman Air 

Force Base, New Mexico. 

Ellis, D.H., C.H. Ellis, and D.P. Mindell. 1991. Raptor Responses to Low-Level Jet Aircraft and 

Sonic Booms. Environmental Pollution 74:53-83. 

Erbe, C., and D. M. Farmer. 2000. Zones of Impact around Icebreakers Affecting Beluga Whales 

in the Beaufort Sea. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 108(3):1332-1340. 

Espmark, Y., L. Falt, and B. Falt. 1974. Behavioral Responses in Cattle and Sheep Exposed to 

Sonic Booms and Low-altitude Subsonic Flight Noise. The Veterinary Record 94:106- 

113. 

Francine, J.K., J.S. Yaeger, and A.E. Bowles. 1995. Sound from Low-Altitude Jet Overflights in 

Burrows of the Merriam’s Kangaroo Rat, Dipodomys merriami, and the Kit Fox, Vulpes 

macrotis. In R. J. Bernhard and J. S. Bolton. Proceedings of Inter-Noise 95: The 1995 

International Congress on Noise Control Engineering. Volume II. Pages 991-994. 

Fraser, J.D., L.D. Frenzel, and J.E. Mathisen. 1985. The Impact of Human Activity on Breeding 

Bald Eagles in North-Central Minnesota. Journal of Wildlife Management 49(3):585-592. 

Gladwin, D.N., D.A. Asherin, and K.M. Manci. 1988. Effects of Aircraft Noise and Sonic Booms 

on Fish and Wildlife. Results of a Survey of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Endangered 

Species and Ecological Services Field Offices, Refuges, Hatcheries, and Research Centers. 

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Ecology Research Center, Fort Collins, 

Colorado. 

Grubb, T.G. and R.M. King. 1991. Assessing Human Disturbance of Breeding Bald Eagles with 

Classification Tree Models. Journal of Wildlife Management 55(3):500-511. 

Page F-8 



Grubb, T.G. and W.W. Bowerman. 1997. Variations in Breeding Bald Eagle Responses to Jets, 

Light Planes and Helicopters. Journal of Raptor Research 31(3):213-222. 

Harrington, F.H., and A.M. Veitch. 1991. Short-term Impacts of Low-level Jet Fighter Training 

on Caribou in Labrador. Arctic 44(4):318-327. 

Head, H. H., R. C. Kull, Jr., M. S. Campos, K. C. Bachman, C. J. Wilcox, L. L. Cline, and M. J. 

Hayen. 1993. Milk Yield, Milk Composition, and Behavior of Holstein Cows in 

Response to Jet Aircraft Noise before Milking. Journal of Dairy Science 76:1558-1567. 

Henningson, Durham and Richardson. 1981. Effects of Minuteman Launch on California Least 

Tern Nesting Activity, Vandenberg AFB, California. Prepared for U.S. Air Force, 

Ballistic Missile Office, Norton Air Force Base, California. 

Krausman, P.R., M.C. Wallace, K.L. Hayes, and D.W. DeYoung. 1998. Effects of Jet Aircraft on 

Mountain Sheep. Journal of Wildlife Management 62(4):1246-1254. 

Kushlan, J. A. 1979. Effects of Helicopter Censuses on Wading Bird Colonies. Journal of 

Wildlife Management 43(3):756-760. 

Lawler, J. P., A. J. Magoun, C. T. Seaton, C. L. Gardner, R. D. Bobertje, J. M. Ver Hoef, and P. A. 

Del Vecchio. 2005. Short-term Impacts of Military Overflights on Caribou during 

Calving Season. Journal of Wildlife Management 69(3):1133-1146. 

Maier, J. A. K., S. M. Murphy, R. G. White, and M. D. Smith. 1998. Responses of Caribou to 

Overflights by Low-Altitude Jet Aircraft. Journal of Wildlife Management 62(2):752-766. 

Manci, K.M., D.N. Gladwin, R. Villella, and M. Cavendish. 1988. Effects of Aircraft Noise and 

Sonic Booms on Domestic Animals and Wildlife: a Literature Synthesis. U.S. Fish and 

Wildlife Service National Ecology Research Center, Ft. Collins, CO. NERC-88/29. 

McClenaghan, L, and A.E. Bowles. 1995. Effects of Low-Altitude Overflights on Populations of 

Small Mammals on the Barry M. Goldwater Range. In R. J. Bernhard and J. S. Bolton. 

Proceedings of Inter-Noise 95: The 1995 International Congress on Noise Control 

Engineering. Volume II. Pages 985-990. 

Moore, S. E., and J. T. Clarke. 2002. Potential Impact of Offshore Human Activities on Gray 

Whales (Eschrichtius robustus). Journal of Cetacean Research and Management 4(1):19- 

25. 

Moseley, B. L. 2003. Hardware Disease in Cattle. University of Missouri, MU Extension. 

Available at http://muextension.missouri.edu/explore/agguides/pests/g07700.htm. 

Accessed 7/26/2005. 

Palmer, A.G., D.L. Nordmeyer, and D.D. Roby. 2003. Effects of Jet Aircraft Overflights on 

Parental Care of Peregrine Falcons. Wildlife Society Bulletin 31(2):499-509. 



Perry, E. A., D. J. Boness, and S. J. Insley. 2002. Effects of Sonic Booms on Breeding Gray Seals 

and Harbor Seals on Sable Island, Canada. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 

111(1):599-609. 

Spargo, B.J. 1999. Environmental Effects of RF Chaff: a Select Panel Report to the 

Undersecretary of Defense for Environmental Security. NRL/PU/6100—99-389, 

Washington, D.C. 

Stadelman, W.J. 1958. The effect of sounds of varying intensity on hatchability of chicken eggs. 

Poultry Sciences 37:166-169. 

Stalmaster, M.V. and J.L. Kaiser. 1997. Flushing Responses of Wintering Bald Eagles to Military 

Activity. Journal of Wildlife Management 61(4):1307-1313. 

Stocker, M. 2002. Fish, Mollusks and other Sea Animals, and the Impact of Anthropogenic 

Noise in the Marine Acoustical Environment. Michael Stocker Associates, For Earth 

Island Institute. 

Ting, C., J. Garrelick, and A. Bowles. 2002. An Analysis of the Response of Sooty Tern Eggs to 

Sonic Boom Overpressures. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 111(1):562- 

568. 

Trimper, P.G., N.M. Standen, L.M. Lye, D. Lemon, T.E. Chubbs, and G.W. Humphries. 1998. 

Effects of Low-level Jet Aircraft Noise on the Behaviour of Nesting Osprey. Journal of 

Applied Ecology 35:122-130. 

United States Air Force (Air Force). 1993. The Impact of Low Altitude Flights on Livestock and 

Poultry. AF Handbook #-#, Volume 8. 

United States Air Force (Air Force). 1997. Environmental Effects of Self Protection Chaff and 

Flares. Final Report. August. 

_____ . 2001. Final Environmental Assessment for the Defensive Training Initiative, Cannon 

Air Force Base, New Mexico. Prepared for Air Combat Command, Langley Air Force 

Base, Virginia. 

United States Forest Service. 1992. Report to Congress: Potential Impacts of Aircraft 

Overflights of National Forest System Wilderness. Prepared pursuant to Public Law 

100-91, The National Parks Overflights Act of 1987. 

United States General Accounting Office. 1998. DoD Management Issues Related to Chaff: 

Report to the Honorable Harry Reid, U.S. Senate. 

Ward, D.H., R.A. Stehn, W.P. Erickson, and D.V. Derksen. 1999. Response of Fall-Staging Brant 

and Canada Geese to Aircraft Overflights in Southwestern Alaska. Journal of Wildlife 

Management 63(1):373-381. 

Page F-10 



Weisenberger, M.E., P.R. Krausman, M.C. Wallace, and D.W. De Young, and O.E. Maughan. 

1996. Effects of Simulated Jet Aircraft Noise on Heart Rate and Behavior of Desert 

Ungulates. Journal of Wildlife Management 60(1):52-61. 

Westman, J.C., and J.R. Walters. 1981. Noise and Stress: a Comprehensive Approach. 

Environmental Health Perspectives 41:291-309. 

White, C.M., and T.L. Thurow. 1985. Reproduction of Ferruginous Hawks Exposed to 

Controlled Disturbance. Condor 87:14-22. 

Workman, G.W., T.D. Bunch, L.S. Neilson, E.M. Rawlings, J.W. Call, R.C. Evans, N.R. Lundberg, 

W.T. Maughan, and J.E. Braithwaite. 1992. Sonic Boom/Animal Disturbance Studies on 

Pronghorn Antelope, Rocky Mountain Elk, and Bighorn Sheep. Utah State University. 

Contract number F42650-87-0349. Submitted to U.S. Air Force, Hill Air Force Base, Utah. 




Page F-12 



Acronyms 

µg Microgram 

3 WG 3 rd Wing 

AATA Anchorage Alaska Terminal Area 

ACHP Advisory Council on Historic Preservation 

ADEC Alaska Department of Environmental 

Conservation 

AFB Air Force Base 

AFI Air Force Instruction 

AFOSH Air Force Occupational Safety and Health 

AGL Above Ground Level 

AIRFA American Indian Religious Freedom Act 

AK SCC Alaska Species of Special Concern 

APZ Accident Potential Zones 

AQCR Air Quality Control Regions 

AR Aerial Refueling Tracks 

ARTCC Air Route Traffic Control Center 

ATC Air Traffic Control 

ATCAA Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace 

BASH Bird-Aircraft Strike Hazard 

BLM Bureau of Land Management 

BRAC Base Realignment and Closure 

CAA Clean Air Act 

CDNL C-weighted Day-Night Average Noise Level 

CEQ Council on Environmental Quality 

CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, 

Compensation, and Liability Act 

CFR Code of Federal Regulations 

CIBW Cook Inlet beluga whale 

CO Carbon Monoxide 

CO 2e Carbon Dioxide Equivalent 

CZ Clear Zones 

dB Decibel 

DoD Department of Defense 

EA Environmental Assessment 

EIAP Environmental Impact Analysis Process 

EIS Environmental Impact Statement 

EO Executive Order 

EOD Explosive Ordnance Disposal 

ERP Environmental Restoration Program 

ESA Endangered Species Act 

FAA Federal Aviation Administration 

FHWA Federal Highway Administration 

FONSI Finding of No Significant Impact 

FTE Fighter Town East 

FY Fiscal Year 

GBU Guided Bomb Unit 

GHG Greenhouse Gases 

GWP Global Warming Potential 

HAZMART Hazardous Materials Pharmacy 

Hz Hertz 

IFR Instrument Flight Rule 

IICEP Interagency and Intergovernmental Coordination 

for Environmental Planning 

IR Instrument Route 

JBER Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson 

JDAM Joint Direct Attack Munition 

JPARC Joint Pacific Alaska Range Complex 

kHz Kilohertz 

KIAS Knots Indicated Airspeed 

L dn Day-Night Average Sound Level 

L dnmr Onset-Rate Adjusted Monthly Day-Night 

Average Sound Level 

L max Maximum Sound Level 

LRSOW Long Range Standoff Weapons 

m 3 Cubic meter 

MBTA Migratory Bird Treaty Act 

MFE Major Flying Exercises 

MMPA Marine Mammal Protection Act 

MMT Million Metric Tons 

MOA Military Operations Areas 

MR_NMAP MOA-Range NOISEMAP 

MSL Mean Sea Level 

MTR Military Training Routes 

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards 

NEPA National Environmental Policy Act 

NHPA National Historic Preservation Act 

NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and 

Health 

NM Nautical Miles 

NMFS National Marine Fisheries Service 

NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide 

NOI Notice of Intent 

NRHP National Register of Historic Places 

NRIS National Register Information System 

O 3 Ozone 

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration 

Pb Lead 

PM10 Less Than or Equal to 10 Micrometers in 

Diameter 

PM2.5 Particulate Matter less than 2.5 microns in 

diameter 

PPM Parts per million 

PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration 

PSF Sonic Boom Peak Overpressures 

PTE Potential to Emit 

R- Restricted Areas 

ROD Record of Decision 

ROI Region of Influence 

S & I Safety and Initiation 

SDB Small Diameter Bomb 

SEL Sound Exposure Level 

SHPO State Historic Preservation Officer 

SIP State Implementation Plan 

SO 2 Sulfur Dioxide 

SPL Sound Pressure Level 

SUA Special Use Airspace 

TPY Tons Per Year 

U.S. United States 

USACE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 

USAF United States Air Force 

USC United States Code 

USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency 

USFWS U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 

VFR Visual Flight Rule 

VR Visual Route

F-22 Plus-Up Environmental Assessment - Joint Base Elmendorf ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?